Home

User Manual

1. or are treated as POSIX file names All other file names are assumed to be MPE file names MPE file names are upshifted and POSIX file names are not POSIX file names are limited to a maximum of 239 characters Here are some examples of POSIX file names hello david mgr dev david NEWDIR SUBDIR CHDIR SUBDIR run suprtool pub robelle gt input file gt verify input DEV DAVID SUBDIR file Strings Suprtool expects all strings to be surrounded by a pair of single or double quotes or When Suprtool knows the length of a field it pads strings with trailing spaces For example gt define long 1 125 125 character field gt extract long abcef Suprtool adds 120 spaces Doc To Help Standard Template Doc To Help Standard Template gt if long abcde Suprtool checks for trailing spaces Suprtool accepts the null string Suprtool pads it with spaces so this is an easy way to see if a field is blank gt if name if name is blank One problem with any tool that accepts strings is how to include a quote mark inside the string Suprtool offers two solutions 1 Use the opposite quote mark e g don t 2 Whenever two quote marks appear in a string they are treated as a single quote e g don t Subscript A subscript is used to specify one of many fields in a repeated item Within IMAGE it is possible to specify repeated fields For example costs 5J2 The ite
2. Demon iX does not print the System SL version numbers If you are on MPE iX and have installed Speed Demon V into the System SL you can get the version numbers by running the compatibility mode version of Demon run demonCM pub robelle version 396 e The Demon Program Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Examples of Calling Speed Demon Copying the Examples This chapter contains working examples of COBOL and Pascal source code that call Speed Demon You can copy the examples from the manual but typing them from scratch would be tedious and error prone The best way to copy the examples is to take them from the on line Speed Demon documentation file The file is stored in Robelle Qedit format If you have Qedit just Text a copy of Demon Doc Robelle and extract the portions that you are interested in If you don t have Qedit use the Qcopy program to copy the documentation file to a new file in non Qedit format then use your favorite text editor to edit this file COBOL Example The following is an example COBOL program that shows how to call Speed Demon This program prompts for a database database password dataset and field list to process Because upshifting is so messy in COBOL you must enter the dataset name and field list in uppercase If you want to use the field list just specify when asked by the sample program Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 397 Scontrol nol
3. O offset parameter 106 Omnidex 76 77 112 193 202 457 OmniQuest 77 Open command 184 option parameter Dbedit 306 optional command name 173 optional Link option 360 OR operator 145 Oracle date format 169 Oracle dates 165 259 out of disc space 59 182 output choices 41 Output command 185 276 362 Index e 469 output file format 258 output file name duplicated 39 453 output file maximum fields 374 output file maximum record length 297 374 output file Suprlink 338 output filecode 206 output format 293 output limits with Count and Total 117 output record format 371 Output Append option 185 Output ASCII option 32 188 Output ASK option 188 Output Data option 187 276 362 Output Display option 189 Output Erase option 185 Output Key option 187 Output Link option 188 Output Num option 187 Output Num Data option 187 Output Num Key option 187 Output Num Query option 188 output number of records 39 40 Output PRN option 190 Output Query option 188 Output Temp option 185 overflow 117 overpunches not used 147 overview of Dbedit 299 overwriting files 186 P packed constants 123 packed fields maintaining the sign 132 packed decimal fields 108 packed decimal illegal digits 340 page headings in List 177 Paradox 66 parameters Dbedit commands 305 parentheses 145 461 Parm values for STExport 247 Parm values for Suprlink 335 Parm values for Suprtool 40 Parm 0 in Spee
4. Date Selection The If command has four functions to help select records based on dates date today days and stddate The date function works for any date The today function works for the current date and dates relative to today The stddate and days functions work for almost any date To use these date functions you must first identify the date format of an item by using the Item command The date function makes it easier to specify a target date for certain date formats e g PHdate or ASK To select records based on a specific date use this feature gt if field Sdate year month day Suprtool checks the date s validity To select the transactions for January 1999 you would do the following gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt date 1999 01 01 and trans date lt date 1999 01 31 Relative Dates You can specify a relative date using the date function Then you can create job streams that don t rely on hard coded dates The general syntax of the date function is date year month day The year can be a specific number e g 2000 or an asterisk for the current year To specify a relative year you add or subtract years from the one you specified gt if field date 2000 01 01 January 1 2000 gt if field date 2000 1 01 01 January 1 1999 gt if field date 1 01 01 January 1 last year The month can be a specific number e g 6 for June or an asteri
5. Input and Output Files As with SORT 3000 it is possible to specify both the input file and the output file using File commands and then specify only the Key fields as Suprtool commands Only one task is allowed per RUN with this method file input oldxx file output newxx run suprtool pub robelle Suprtool Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 4 5 gt key 1 10 gt key 20 5 gt exit Using CREATEPROCESS Since both command input and message output are under user control it is possible to run Suprtool as a son process from within an application program see the MPE Manual for CREATEPROCESS You can check the Job Control Word to see if Suprtool called Quit and terminated in an error state See the Suprcall user manual for a complete description of a working interface that is available to all Suprtool users Duplicating Files One of the most common reasons for using Suprtool in a SESSION is to duplicate a disc file quickly Accordingly Suprtool has a special option to facilitate this function If you RUN the Suprtool program with Parm 16 a file copy is implied from Input to Output and no commands are needed File commands are used to specify the names of the files For example file input xxx file output xxxnew run suprtool pub robelle parm 16 reset input reset output With the User Defined Command facility UDC of MPE you can reduce all of this to a single command
6. You can define a byte field to be a display field if all of the characters in the field contain a number For example if you have a six character byte field that looks like this 012345 you can define it in the following manner gt def display field 1 6 display This field can then be converted to any of the other numeric types that Suprtool supports If the field is six characters and contains blanks you would have to pad the field with zeros so that Suprtool can manipulate the field as a display field Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 133 Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost dept Correct gt extract name i sales commission gt extract c cost gt extract dept Extracting Bits The Extract command can be used to define individual bits from one data item as separate fields order shipped 1 2 int order paid iZ at order shipped status field 0 1 order paid status field 1 1 This makes it easier to check the status of certain bits within a given field EBCDIC Conversions Use the etoa or atoe functions to convert specific fields from EBCDIC to ASCII or vice versa Each of these functions accepts a single parameter that is a byte type
7. subroutine invokesuprtool command character 254 command common suprtool suprcontrol integer 2 suprcontrol 291 integer 2 integer 2 suprversion suprstatus character 254 character 2 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool suprcommand suprfiller Examples of Calling Suprtool e 423 character 2 suprpriority integer 4 suprmaxdata character 2 suprprintstate character 18 suprotherflags character 2 suprtotaltype character 18 suprtotals 15 integer 4 suproutcount character 20 suprworkspace prversion suprcontrol prstatus suprcontrol prcommand suprcontrol prfiller suprcontrol prpriority suprcontrol prmaxdata suprcontrol prprintstate suprcontrol prtotaltype suprcontrol protherflags suprcontrol prtotals suprcontrol proutcount suprcontrol prworkspace suprcontrol equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence su su su su su su su su su su su su system intrinsic setjcw if suprstatus ne 0 goto 900 suprcommand command call suprtool2 suprcontrol if suprstatus eq 0 goto 900 display SUPRTOOL interface failed with command display command call setjcw 1 return end TRANSACT Example To call the Suprtool2 interface from a TRANSACT program you must first define the Suprtool2 control record We suggest that the control record be incl
8. 05 20 close d sales call SPDEDBSHUT using db base db set d sales db model db status area db dummy arg if not db stat ok then perform 98 spde fatal error 05 report control exit exit The read and report section has one change Calls to DBGET are replaced with calls to SPDEDBSCAN If SPDEDBSCAN fails we perform a different error section Note that the parameter list for SPDEDBSCAN is not the same as for DBGET Our original program used the list so we don t need to make any changes to the buffer d sales declaration 10 read and report section perform 10 10 read d sales if not end of d sales then if dsa sales total gt 10000 then perform 20 report d sales thru 20 report d sales exit go to 10 read and report exit 10 10 read d sales call SPDEDBSCAN using db base db status area db buffer d sales db dummy arg if db end of file then move true value to end of d sales flag else if not db stat ok then perform 98 spde error 10 read and report exit exit If the original program used partial field lists we would call SPDEDBINIT with mode 2 and pass the field list as the last parameter For example Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Accessing Speed Demon e 385 move CUST ACCOUNT PRODUCT NO PRODUCT PRICE PURCH DATE to db list d sales call SPDEDBINIT using db base db set d sales db mode2 db status area spde db control db list d sales if not db stat ok then perform 98 spde error
9. 304 e Dbedit Commands run suprtool pub robelle gt base store pub 5 open the database in Suprtool gt edit enter Dbedit list m customer use all of the defaults list m customer all list all records in m customer exit return to Suprtool Control Y If you press Control Y during an operation Dbedit responds by printing a blank line and stopping the current operation Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Dbedit command line You can also enter comments after field values List all related records for a specific supplier list m supplier related Must include Related keyword SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons supplier to search for If you want to include a brace as part of an x type field you must precede the brace with the Dbedit escape character For example to search for the supplier STD Ribbons you would use list m supplier include braces in the name SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons MPE Commands Dbedit interprets any command line beginning with a colon as an MPE command Only the commands that MPE allows in break are allowed in Dbedit This feature can be used to establish File commands for the SUPRLIST file to show the time and to include COMMENT lines For example c
10. Date Attribute Data Type Compatibility ASK Jl and K1 Calendar Jl and K1 ddmmyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ddmmyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater mmddyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater mmddyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater Oracle X7 PHdate J1 K1 J2 and K2 yymm X4 Z4 Jl and K1 yymmdd X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyymmdd J2 P8 yyyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater aammdd X6 aamm X4 mmddaa X6 ddmmaa X6 ccyy X4 Z4 Jl and K1 SRNChronos X6 mmyyyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyddd X5 Z5 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ccyyddd X7 Z7 J2 K2 and P10 or greater HPCalendar J2 K2 EDSDate J2 P8 JulianDay J2 PHdate8 J1 K1 J2 and K2 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 167 168 Suprtool Commands Calendar The Calendar attribute is provided for users who have fields containing the 16 bit MPE Calendar date format as an unsigned logical value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 followed by nine bits for the day of the year bits 7 15 The Calendar date format only supports dates up to
11. Input File Maximum Fields 255 If you must have more than 255 fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes When formatting many fields it is possible to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input records will avoid large output records The total length of the Heading line in the output file is also restricted to 4096 bytes Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Limits Within STExport e 297 Welcome to Dbedit Introduction Restrictions Welcome to version 4 5 of Dbedit a module of Suprtool that permits people to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an IMAGE 3000 database Dbedit is useful for debugging applications for quickly prototyping systems and for the data entry of simple applications The functions of Dbedit are similar to QUERY but the commands and operations are more consistent and logical Because Dbedit is a part of Suprtool you can hold Suprtool as a suspended process from within other software e g Qedit with the database open This facilitates fast process switching when you need to examine a test database You enter Dbedit via the Edit command of Suprtool Once in Dbedit you cannot use the Suprtool commands while in Suprtool you cannot use the Dbedit commands Certain commands are the same in bot
12. Specify a specific date format for all dates DATE NONE date format separator INVALID ASTERISKS NULL string Default yyyymmdd Invalid Asterisks Use the Date command to specify an output format for dates Use the Invalid option to specify how invalid dates should be formatted in the output file The advantage of the None option is that it formats all dates whether they are valid or not If you select a date format the default Invalid option replaces invalid dates with asterisks mn STExport must know which fields are dates and the format of each date Use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to specify the date information Date Format The date format can be one of e ccyymmdd e yyyymmdd e ddmmyyyy e mmddyyyy e yymmdd e ddmmyy e mmddyy e aammdd STExport converts each date field from its internal date format into the format that you specify Separator Character By default STExport formats all dates without a separator between the day month and year Specify your own separator by enclosing it inside quotes after you specify the date format The separator must be one character long For example to specify dates in ddmmyyyy format with a slash separator use Sdate ddmmyyyy To specify dates in yymmdd format with a dash separator use Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time STExport formats the date but not the time If you specify Date None Oracle dates will
13. These commands produce a report with four columns The title consists of the Store database and the m customer dataset The column headings are the name of each field that we extracted Printing a Report By default the List command writes output to stdlist where lines are folded as necessary to fit within 78 columns to prevent line overflow To write the report to a system line printer use the following file command before using the List command gt file suprlist dev 1p rec 132 If you are writing a report to a LaserJet we suggest that you add this command to your task It selects 175 column output in Landscape mode gt set list pcl 1 Specifying Your Own Title If you don t like Suprtool s default title you can override it with your own gt list standard title Customers in California Column Headings Column headings default to uppercase field names The names are truncated if they are longer than the field itself One space is inserted between fields Suprtool does not automatically align user specified headings with the data columns We suggest specifying heading strings with the same length as the fields they represent while taking into account the space between the data columns In our example we enter one column heading per line using Suprtool s continuation character amp standard heading 1 2 mag field is X12 Account amp field is Z8 First Name field is X10 Las
14. date compiled installation Robelle Solutions Technology Inc security Copyright 1983 2001 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc remarks KKEKKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA KKK KKK KKK TOOL2COB FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW uses Suprtool to extract and print INPUT Invrec set of INVORY database All items with spec prefix 4 char sorted OUTPUT print report on LINE PRINTER TERMINATED BY eof or error PREP WITH cap ph REV INIT DATE REASON 00 xrmg 19 Apr83 started first implementation 01 dig 25 Jan84 modified the control record to include the version number 02 djg 09 Nov87 modified to include totals in the control record 03 djg 10 Aug90 modified for version 4 control rec K KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Spage environment division environment division configuration section source computer hp 3000 object computer hp 3000 special names top is new page input output section file control select line printer assign to LINEPRT UR A LP select selitem assign to SELITEM data division file section fd selitem data record is item record 01 item record 05 05 Spage constants working storage section 0 true value x value 0 false value x value 0 revision no 99 value Spage logical v
15. dup XXX XXXNew The Info parameter is ignored in this mode Note that the MPE iX Copy command is faster than Suprtool for simple file duplication Job Control Word Suprtool sets the system job control word JCW to a fatal state when Suprtool fails in a batch job Suprtool sets only the high order bit of the JCW job control word That 38 e Running Suprtool under MPE Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool is it adds 32 768 to the existing JCW value HP subsystems use the other bits of the JCW job control word so Suprtool does nothing to them Suprmgr Configuration File Each time you run Suprtool it attempts to execute a usefile named Suprmgr Pub Sys If this file exists the commands in it are ALWAYS executed there is no way to avoid them The system manager may use this to ensure that standard Set commands are configured for every Suprtool user For more details see The Suprmgr Configuration File on page 10 Using Suprtool in Batch Suprtool operates in session mode or batch mode In batch usage any error message causes Suprtool to quit setting the Job Control Word to flush the remainder of the JOB Warning messages do not cause an abort In batch mode Suprtool does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode Instead it attempts to choose the alternative that has the least chance of destroying valid data For example if the output file is a duplicate file name in batch mode Suprtool saves the
16. gt get dataset gt if lookup duptab rec gt delete gt xeq Deleting Non Unique Duplicate Database Records If you need to delete duplicates that cannot be uniquely identified 1 e the entire record is a duplicate use the following set of four tasks Task 1 Get a list of the duplicates gt get dataset gt define rec 1 length of your record gt sort rec gt dup only record gt out dupfile gt xeq Dataset Dupfile Dupfile2 a a a a b ol c Task 2 Get a unique list of the duplicates gt input dupfile gt dup none record gt output dupfile2 gt xeq Dataset Dupfile Dupfile2 a a a a a E b E Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 27 Task 3 Delete the duplicate records including the original gt get dataset gt table duptab rec sorted dupfile2 gt if lookup duptab rec gt delete gt output archive gt xeq Dataset Dupfile Dupfile2 b a a a G Task 4 Restore one copy of the original duplicates gt input dupfile2 gt put dataset gt xeq Dataset Dupfile Dupfile2 a a a e e e Deleting Duplicate Data File Records This is a similar procedure to deleting database records The main difference is that you use the Input and Output commands instead of the Get and Delete commands You also need to define your sort fields Task 1 Identify which records to delete gt input datafile gt define keyl
17. A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file A common reason for usefiles is to isolate Define and Item commands for a database in one place This makes future changes easier and prevents mistakes In this example we isolate all Item commands for dates from our database in a Suprtool usefile gt use store suprtool define delivered deliv date define purchased purch date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd Dataset Field Definitions In the store database the street address is a 2X25 item Suppose that you always wanted to refer to the first and second part of the address with different names The following usefile would access the m customer dataset and define the two necessary fields gt use mcust suprtool get m customer define street address 1 street address 1 define street address 2 street address 2 Info and the Base Command Our final example shows how to embed a database password in a usefile using the 2 password in the Base command gt use store5 suprtool hint 5 is the open mode base store 5 2 means read password from usefile Password reads password from usefile but no echo Quiet Execution By default Suprtool displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed The quiet option is not used in the examples above so that you could see the actual commands inside each usefile Suprtool can execute comman
18. Define Command D 106 e Suprtool Commands Defines fields that can be used in the Duplicate Extract If Item Sort Table and Total commands With Define you can do selection on ordinary data files using the same kind of readable expression that you use with databases You can also access data fields that are not actually structured as defined in the database e g implicit subfields within an IMAGE field DEFINE field definition field is an identifier up to 32 characters long must begin with a letter and can consist of letters A through Z digits 0 through 9 or the following symbols S6 Q_ In the case where the field name is written to a self describing file only the first 16 characters are used definition can be in two different forms absolute or relative Absolute Definitions DEFINE field byteposition sublen type subcount Default type BYTE subcount 1 The byteposition is a positive integer giving the byte index where the field starts The first byte is always number 1 not 0 The sublen is the number of bytes in the field When the subcount is 1 default the sublen is the total number of bytes in the field When you specify a subcount the sublen is the byte length of each subfield See Data Types below for the definition of type gt input discfile input from a disc file gt def qty 14 4 double double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt def name 5 6 character string of 6 bytes gt sort
19. Due to limitations in MPE 1X Suprtool cannot open remote Jumbo datasets Suprtool will fail with an error similar to that showed as below Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 99 Error Unable to open MPE file ACCT GROUP DATASET 001 Privileged File Violation When trying to access a database on a remote computer with Suprtool the Get command may fail with the error Privileged File Violation FSERR 45 This is the result of changes made to NS to improve security for remote file access Apparently some customers complained to HP that a program on the local system should not be permitted to FOPEN a privileged file such as an IMAGE dataset on a remote system unless the user on the remote system has PM capability There are three workarounds to this problem 1 Set Privmode Off in the Suprtool task before the Base command This forces Suprtool to use slow DBGETs instead of fast NOBUF MR access 2 Log on to the remote system as a user with PM capability and proper read write access to the database such as Manager Sys Or run a program on the remote system such as GOD from VESOFT granting the remote user the required capability and file access privileges 3 Logon to the remote system as you have done in the past but run Suprtool on the remote system instead of the local system That is run Suprtool on the same computer as the database resides and direct the output file back to the local computer An added a
20. Initially NM MPE ON ReadOnly OFF Tablesize 2 047 megabytes When Set Limits MPE is Off you cannot execute any MPE command e g Purge This is an irreversible option once disabled it cannot be enabled again by the user This option also applies to MPE commands executed inside Dbedit and Suprlink Table Size The Table command allows you to load large tables Once these tables reach the size of real memory on your machine performance starts to degrade Setting Tablesize restricts the total amount of table space to the specified number of megabytes We suggest leaving at least one megabyte of real memory for MPE It is not necessary to enter both parameters in order to change one gt set limits tablesize 2 MPE ability unchanged Due to internal restrictions in the CM version of Suprtool the maximum Tablesize is fifteen megabytes The NM version of Suprtool is restricted to 2 047 megabytes per table We recommend that you set the Tablesize to be around 50 of your total memory Read Only Suprtool normally allows any user with the proper access capabilities to add update and delete records to a database To prevent users from accidentally updating their database we provide the following setting within Suprtool gt set limits ReadOnly On The ReadOnly setting once turned on cannot be turned off for the current run of Suprtool This disables all commands that potentially change data for the specified database If Set
21. ME PAE T E ao 375 Conditions of U Sei eari RN O E E E E E N cia 375 Speed Demon ys SUP lacno e A E ds 376 Fourth Generation Languages 4GLS ccccesccessceseceseeseecseeceeeeneeseeeeceseenaeenaeeaeenseeeeeneeeaes 376 DOCUMENTA OM ces Se Bsa Ne aces Macao E ec anesc N E Rasen E E agen betes 376 CD or Web Download assirinassi renan a E oaei ee nit 376 Printed Documentations ceine a e e e a Sa AEE Tis 376 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format ocococnnccnncnnonnoonconnconnconoconcnnncnnnonnnonnos 377 Caveats for Privileged Mode Users cccesscessceseceseeesecseecseecseeeceeeeeeeenseenaeeeaeeeseneeneenseenaes 377 SPDEPREFRPTCHIJC W orior nan RE A A R 377 Installing Speed Demon 379 Compatibility and Native Mode Versions ccccccscesecsseesseeseeeseeseeeeeeeseceseeeseenaeenaeeneeeseeenes 379 System SE Installation e e R E E aia 379 User XL Install 33 caste Ban a aie sh e ER E E N pE RER A 380 Group or Pub SL Installation ooononncninonoonnonnconcconcnononononnnonnonnn Siea EE A EEEE e SNEK SeSi 381 A are a E p RAEN EEE eh WA AGS HOR aon eee 381 PUB Slee ture earn s eel occa ate eat ea e eee erates 381 SA OO 382 Accessing Speed Demon 383 Accessing Speed DEMO ooooooococononononconconnconnconnonn nono nono ron rro n non n ron r nn nr nnn ron n ron ran ran rr rear narran 383 Original Program Using DBGET cccceescceseeeseesceeseeesecseeeeeeeneeeeeeaeensecnaeeeaeeaeenseesaeeseeenes 383 Modified Program
22. Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the Link file name s Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual Suprlink linkage task If you entered the Exit command Suprlink will finish the current task then return you to the Operating system EXIT End of program BYE If you entered the Xeq command Suprlink will finish the current task then prompt you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate Suprlink immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This will terminate the Suprlink program immediately without attempting any task If you RUN Suprlink within Qedit or Select you can retain the Suprlink process and re activate quickly later Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Accessing Suprlink e 333 run qedit pub robelle r suprlink pub robelle n texit SUPRLINK PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y ne activate SUPRLINK PUB ROBELLE Ae Gs texit Program Held Use ACTIVATE RUN HOLD to re run eerste Suprtool Link Command You can access Suprlink from within the Suprtool program using Suprtool s Link command Suprtool will then run Suprlink for you All of Suprlink s commands are available to you in Suprtool When passing Suprlink commands through Suprtool you must preface each Suprlink command with Link For example run suprtool pub robelle gt b
23. Notes By default STExport will add the simplest version tag at thebeginning of the file then it inserts a lt file gt and matching lt file gt at the beginning and the end of the file Then STExport encloses each record from the input file in a lt record gt and lt record gt tag Finally the Self Describing tags are added around each field s data values and edited appropriately Naturally users would want options to customize and specify the various options and tags themselves in order to generate a file that is acceptable to their tools Version You can specify the version tag at the beginning of the XML file with the following command xml version xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the version string Doctype A Document Type Declaration can be made at the beginning of the file via the DOCTYPE specification This typically tells whatever tool that is parsing the xml file where the DTD for the file resides In STExport you can specify simple one line doctype specs with the following command xml doctype DOCTYPE address book SYSTEM address book dtd This will write the doctype specification at the top of the output file directly after the XML version specification More complicated and lengthy doctype specifications can be implemented by using the filename option whereby STExport will append the contents of a named file directly
24. Ohare 25G at Mb gr Error Data Overflow In this example Suprtool attempted to create three 256 byte constants There wasn t enough room for the last constant Solutions to this problem include 1 If possible define short fields If you have long field names you may want to use the Define command to define shorter subfields 2 Use tables and lookup for many values 3 Split the extract task into multiple passes On the first pass use an If expression that results in the fewest possible number of output records Use the output file from the first pass as input to the second Apply the remainder of your If expression during the second pass Error Code Overflow Suprtool translates If commands to an internal machine representation There is a limit on the size of this code When an error occurs there is little you can do except use tables and lookup wherever possible and when this fails use multiple passes Read in Usefiles When you specify read in a usefile Suprtool expects the If expression to appear in the usefile This provides a method for storing and executing complicated If commands You can also manipulate Suprtool into prompting for portions of an If command When the If command with read is the last command in a usefile Suprtool satisfies the read from stdinx The read function can appear anywhere in which a space can appear so you can use this to prompt the user for values Suprtool 4 4 for HP e300
25. altacct robelle pass hardpass something tricky Please note that during the installation we add OP capability to the Robelle account When the Suprtool installation is finished you can remove OP capability The Suprtool program files are located in the Pub group of the Robelle account Here are the names of the various files that are restored Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Installing Suprtool e 7 suprem pub suprnm pub Suprtool linkcm pub linknm pub Suprlink demonusl pub Ho ee Demon USL File demonxl pub Demon XL File When running Suprcm Pub Robelle the Link command invokes Linkcm Pub Robelle The Link command invokes Linknm Pub Robelle when you are running Suprnm Pub Robelle Our installation job installs Suprtool Stexport Suprlink and Speed Demon No one can be using these programs when you do the installation Warn people not to use Suprtool or Suprlink for a while and then stream our installation job hello mgr robelle warn please exit from Suprtool Stexport and Suprlink NOW stream install suprjob supply passwords as necessary Check the installation job stdlist If anyone was using Suprtool Stexport Suprlink or Speed Demon or attempting to back them up the job fails Chase away any users ensure that backup is not in progress then stream the installation job again The installation job renames your current versions of Suprtool STExport Suprlink and Speed Demon to the PubOld group of the
26. does not match The pattern is specified as a quoted string using the same Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool special characters as in the MPE Listf command Embedded spaces are allowed in the pattern and must be matched in the target field These are the special characters Character Meaning Zero or more characters of any type A single numeric character A single alphabetic or numeric character Zero or more blank characters amp Escape character to match the next character explicitly amp looks for the character A Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Any other character must be matched one for one gt if name BIRD does name contain BIRD anywhere gt if name JIM BIRDG does name contain JIM perhaps other characters then BIRD gt if name gt lt does name not contain numerics gt if name qgedit suprtool qedit or suprtool For more information see Special Characters in the Glossary Trimming Spaces Trim Ltrim Rtrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Because Suprtool pads shorter strings with spaces when doing comparisons trimming spaces is most useful when creating a combined string with sev
27. find serial suprfile list cust name cust addr cust nbr cust out perform p100 process customer end cust If this program is a batch program you would insert the following MPE and Suprtool commands before you invoke the TRANSACT program Irun suprtool pub robelle gt base cust database 5 read gt get customer detail gt if cust out YES gt extract cust name cust addr cust nbr cust out gt sort cust nbr gt output suprfile gt exit Irun tranprog pub If this program is used on line you would invoke Suprtool using the Suprtool2 interface see the Calling Suprtool user manual To avoid file name conflicts on line programs should use a job temporary Suprtool output file For TRANSACT to read a temporary file the asterisk in the file name is required If you use the LIST statement you have to use the Suprtool Extract command to specify the desired fields The order of the fields in the Extract command must match the order of the fields in the LIST statement The Extract may be omitted if the TRANSACT program reads all of the fields in the dataset but the program must be recompiled if the dataset is changed The Suprtool If command replaces the MATCH register of the TRANSACT program You can still use the MATCH register to do further selection e g from other datasets A FIND Chain can be modified to use Suprtool but you must verify that your program actually runs faster in many cases it will not
28. value is less than 16 384 you must create a new COLDLOAD tape with the limit increased then restart your HP with the COLDLOAD option The CM version Suprtool uses extra data segments for the Table command If you use the Table command you should configure the maximum extra data segment size as 32 764 words Suprtool runs with sizes as small as 16 384 words but this reduces the possible number of values per table Configuring the maximum extra data segment size as 32 764 words should not affect any other programs The maximum number of XDS per process is 255 and changing this value should not affect any other programs The Suprmgr Configuration File Each time that you run Suprtool Suprtool attempts to open and use a disc file named Suprmgr in Pub Sys It does this to check whether the System Manager has specified any default configuration values The Suprmgr file may be an Editor Keep file UNN or a Qedit workfile No more than 256 characters per record are processed Because Suprtool treats the Suprmgr file exactly like a usefile Suprmgr can include any Suprtool commands Use Set commands in the Suprmgr file to establish custom defaults for the shop Dbedit Set values can also be changed from within the Suprmegr file You must use the Edit command enter the Dbedit Set commands and then Exit back to Suprtool If you forget the Exit each execution of Suprtool leaves you in Dbedit An example Suprmer file might be set dumponerror
29. 2048 Words See the description of the maximum input block size Link File Maximum Fields 255 See the description of the maximum number of input fields Link File Maximum Number Seven Suprlink will link one input file with up to seven Link files Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Limits Within Suprlink e 373 Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Words When linking many files together 1t is easy to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input and link records will avoid large output records Output File Maximum Fields 1023 Internal Suprlink tables that keep track of the output fields are restricted to 1023 entries 374 e Limits Within Suprlink Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Welcome to Speed Demon Welcome to Speed Demon Welcome to version 4 5 of Speed Demon For improved performance call Speed Demon in your programs instead of DBGET mode 2 to read serially through a large dataset There are a few restrictions to using Speed Demon 1 The database must not be open in mode 3 or mode 7 You must have read access to all of the fields in the dataset The field list cannot be the same list 1 e no list 2 3 4 The database must be local i e not on a remote machine 5 Entries cannot be updated or deleted 6 On MPE V or compatibility mode on MPE 1X the calling program must not use DB 14 and DB 32 of the data stack MPE V O
30. 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit abs credit 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work on fields and expressions For example gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev Struncate stddev 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if truncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 String Expressions You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create new fields out of existing ones This can reduce the number of tasks required to provide a solution String expressions may involve the operator and Supper Slower trim ltrim or rtrim To extract a string expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length for the expression The data type must be Byte or Char The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort Examples gt extract id no warehouse no bin n
31. 7 Error Batch vs Interactive Mode In batch mode Suprtool aborts when an error message is printed setting the JCW job control word to FATAL This causes the rest of the job to flush unless a CONTINUE was in effect and prevents subsequent job steps from using the results of the failed Suprtool run In interactive mode Suprtool prints the error message and prompts for the next command File System Errors When a file system error occurs Suprtool prints the MPE error message and asks if you want to see a full File Information Display When Suprtool asks a question that requires a yes or no answer Y OUI JA and SI are accepted as YES and any other answer is considered NO Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Errors and Warnings e 237 Warnings If the output file is too small to hold all the selected input records an error occurs and Suprtool terminates the extract task In fact any error during processing terminates the current task exceptions a chain head delete error a duplicate key value error or bad data with an If command when Set Ignore is On If Suprtool cannot Save the output file 1t goes through a recovery procedure see Output command Arithmetic Trap Abort If Suprtool should Abort with Parm 99x an error has been detected in the Arithmetic Trap Routine This should never happen so please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc NUMRECS exceeded some records not
32. C R credit rating gt output ascii implies stdlist gt xeq The output would look like Account 04598921 C R 500000 Account 44657844 C R 2000000 Account 98753198 C R 300000 Simple Reports You can produce simple reports with Suprtool s List command You select the records for the report with the If command and the fields for the report with the Extract command Reports can include running headings with the date title and page number and an optional line of column headings Suprtool can produce default titles and headings gt get m customer gt item credit rating decimal 2 gt extract cust account gt extract credit rating gt list standard gt xeq The output would look like this Feb 16 2000 Base STORE Set M CUSTOMER Page 1 CUST ACCO CREDIT RATING 4598921 5000 00 44657844 20000 00 98753198 3000 00 Your First Report Our report selects all customers in California sorts the records by city and reports on the city account number and name of each California customer 32 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt get m customer input dataset gt if state CA California customers gt sort city sort by city name gt extract city city first on each line gt extract cust account followed by account gt extract name first and first name gt extract name last and finally last name gt list standard produce a quick report gt xeq
33. Database CD DB DATA BtreeModel ON Wildcard character M ARTIST Master Indexed Set 1 Entry Offset ARTIST X30 1 lt lt Search Field gt gt NOTES 2X60 31 Capacity 211 4 Entries 3 Bytes 150 gt form d songs Database CD DB DATA BtreeModel ON Wildcard character D SONGS Detail Set 4 Entry Offset CD NO J2 1 CD TITLE X40 5 A CD TITLE lt lt Indexed gt gt SUB TITLE X40 45 ARTIST X30 85 M ARTIST lt lt Indexed gt gt SONG NO J1 rts SONG TITLE X40 LLZ A SONGS lt lt Indexed gt gt Capacity 1004 4 Entries 41 Highwater 41 Bytes 156 Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprtool assumes a temporary file by default gt file formout dev lp gt form sets writes to line printer gt file formout dev disc gt form d inventory writes to temporary disc file Default Form If a Chain Get or Input command of a self describing file has been entered a Form command without parameters shows the fields in the current input source If a Base command has been specified but no input source a Form command without parameters does a Form Sets Form Keywords The Form command shows items paths and sets before it searches for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display the form of a dataset or file t
34. For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 367 Verify Command V Print the definition of the current linkage task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input Link and Output files in other words it is a Verify All command 368 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Xeq Command X Perform the current linkage task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an input file and at least one Link file Then it performs the linkage and creates the output file Finally it closes the files and resets ready for you to specify another linkage task or Exit If you also wish to leave Suprlink after completing the linkage task use Exit instead of Xeq Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 369 Example Suprlink Output Example The Form command displays the fields in a self describing file This information is stored in the user labels of an MPE file and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of Suprlink output files The following example shows the Form command listing for an input file a Link file and the resulting output file We start with an input file of invoices form invoices File NVOICES TEST DATA SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUSTNUM X8 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED 12 9 PRODUCTNUM Z8 13 PRICE 12 21 PURCHASED 12 25 OTY Ll 29 TAX 12 31 TOTAL 12 35
35. If you wish to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprtool is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprtool uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprtool You can run as many Suprtool instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack you might start running into these type of problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Qedit instance at any one point in time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get gt set redo myredo EXCLUSIVE VIOLATION FILE BEING ACCESSED FSERR 90 Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprtool continues to use the redo stack active at the time so you can continue to work as normal Qedit also has the ability to have permanent redo stacks It is advisable to have separate redo stacks for each product as they will write commands to each others redo stack if you supply the same filename For example if you use the command gt set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called myredo for your Suprtool commands If you exit Suprtool and run Qedit and supply the same comman
36. Input from Stdinx If file is stdinx is opened as the source of input records To terminate Input from stdinx hit Control Y on your terminal after the last input record or make eod the last input record in your batch job Do not use eof to end the input data as this causes the batch job to abort The record size of the output file is determined by the record size of stdinx Because this record size varies in terminals and batch jobs we recommend that you build the output file first and use the Output xxx Erase option Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 163 164 e Suprtool Commands job mgr robelle purge outfile build outfile rec 80 16 f ascii Irun suprtool pub robelle gt input gt output outfile erase gt exit Line 1 of 2 Line 2 of 2 eod listf outfile 2 leoj Permanent and Temporary Files create the output file input from stdinx output to an existing file end of Suprtool commands input data end of input data end of the job If you have both a temporary and a permanent file with the same name Suprtool tries to open the temporary file Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter specifies a range of input records by record number The default value for endrecord is the highest record in the file The first record number is 0 for MPE files and some KSAM files or 1 for other KSAM files The startrecord endrecord pa
37. Limit 100 EOF 100 Entry Length 38 Blocking 107 Suprtool produced both the invoice and the customer file by using the Get Extract and Sort commands The invoice file was produced with Suprtool s Output Link option If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the Form command would not have printed any information about the key fields The next listing is the customer file form cust File CUST TEST DATA SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset TX X12 T RATING I2 13 X8 17 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt TUS X2 25 X10 2y TNAME X16 37 TE X2 53 DDRESS 2X25 55 PCODE X6 105 Limit 50 EOF 50 Entry Length 110 Blocking 37 The street address is a compound field If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the field would have appeared with a question mark for the data type In that case you cannot use the field as a key field in Suprlink but the actual data in the field will be processed and linked correctly Your final report should be able to read Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Example Suprlink Output e 371 this data just as if it came from the database We use Suprlink to combine the invoice and cust files into one Output file run suprlink pub robelle invoices by custnum 1 cust o invcust e The final Form command shows the record layout of the Output file You would use this file as input to your report program form invcust File NVCUST TEST DATA SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUSTNU
38. SD as the CODE this means it is self describing It contains a description of its own record structure in some special user labels this allows you to refer to the same field names as in the original database and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record For example input sales Sales is sorted by custno Hink custfile key is custno link addrfile output custsale link three files texit 1nto custsale Link Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Link file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Link key field is different from the Input key field use the BY clause to specify the correct key field tinput customer key name is custnum link sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suppose that you are linking a master to a detail and the detail can have several entries for each master Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which link record you want by matching a second key field in the master LINK filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Suprlink to compare both the primary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a link record For example tinput students key name is ssn
39. Speed Demon iX runs at the same speed as Suprtool With Speed Demon your application program is responsible for selecting records and sorting them e g using the Sort verb in COBOL Application programs should invoke Suprtool when they expect to select a small percentage of the records 1 e when the overhead of reading the output file will be minimized Application programs should call Speed Demon when they expect to select a large percentage of the records Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool STExport Data Export Utility STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts Summary of the STExport commands Before Form Quote Verify Columns Heading Redo Xeq Date Help Reset Xml Delimiter HTML Set Zero DO Input Sign expression Exit LISTREDO Spaces OS command Floating Output Use Suprlink Multidataset Access Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multidataset capability to Suprtool Suprlink is not a set of callable routines To use it you must run Suprlink Pub Robelle or use Suprtool s Link command Rather t
40. The first digit in the EDSDATE is either 0 or 1 a 0 represents a century of 19 and a represents a century of 20 JulianDay The JulianDay number is the absolute count of the days that have elapsed since January 1 4713 BC on the Julian calendar Typically Julian Day numbers refer to an integer number corresponding to whole days while the Julian Date may mean an integer plus a decimal value that resolves the Julian count to precise parts of a day Suprtool supports the JulianDay number and does not attempt to support an hour or point in the day aammdd and Related Date Formats The aammdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except the aa portion of the date uses a combination of letters and numbers in order to represent dates beyond 1999 The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in their MM3000 product This format is available only for X6 data type Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY 00 09 1900 1909 90 99 1990 1999 AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence you can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two character year representation These format
41. add change delete list modify of individual fields and entries To access a remote DS database specify the system name in the Base command To access a remote NS database use a File command To close the current database use Base without parameters BASE system basename mode password Default system logon mode 1 password Creator System is the DS name of a remote HP e3000 optional Basename is the name of your database Mode is the DBOPEN mode that you want i e mode 1 for shared updates mode 5 for shared read only and password is the DBOPEN database password When the password is included in the Base command it is always upshifted Use the option to specify lowercase passwords Suprtool opens the Base which remains open until you do another Base command a Reset Base or a Reset All even if you do several extracts from the database Examples The first example shows a typical Suprtool task A dataset in the Store database is read and a subset of the entries are sorted into a disc file gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt get d sales select an input dataset gt if sales total gt 10000 choose a subset of all entries gt sort cust account sort by account number gt output salesout output has same structure gt exit as the d sales dataset Our next example opens the database with the Creator password which is the default No output file is produced instead we produce
42. gt define last name 21 byte gt define age By int gt extract account age first name last name gt output result link gt xeq Repeating Commands Repeating a Command Use the Listredo command to see a list of your most recent commands Use the Do command to repeat a command or use the Redo command to modify a command before repeating it gt listredo 20 most recent commands gt listredo input most recent Input commands gt input result Soa gt xeq gt do input repeat previous Input command gt input result gt if quantity gt 10000 Five gt redo if modify previous If command then repeat If you have used two commands that begin with the same letter you have to be careful when repeating those commands Make sure you use enough letters to identify each command distinctly from the other In the following example if you wish to repeat the Input command instead of the If command you need to use do i s instead of just do 1 gt i somefile gt if lt expression gt Das gt xeq gt do is repeats previous Input command How to Save On line Commands to a File After you have performed a task on line you can save the commands you ve used to a file You can edit this file to help you create Suprtool batch jobs gt listredo all unn out somefile Selecting Database Records These examples show you how to get records from an IMAGE dataset It assumes you have opened the demo database w
43. link majors by ssn cmaj Students contains cmaj This example says that the file Majors is sorted by ssn and may contain more than one record per student To select the desired record for each student Suprlink matches the students cmaj against the cmaj in the link record Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 359 Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Link file The FROM clause lets you handle this case tinput students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj from ssn curmajor Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the previous secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called curmajor in the students file and cmaj in the majors file Optional Linkage If there is more than one link record with the same key value Suprlink will select the first one it finds You can sort by another value such as date time to force a certain record to be first Please note that this is unlike Quiz which does a hierarchical expansion to include every record accessed If there are no link records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the linkage optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find a matching link record in the file
44. no Respond Yes for the task to continue In batch mode Suprtool assumes Yes and keep processing Note that if there is no If command but there is some other command to limit the number of records deleted e g the Numrecs command or a record range on the Get command Suprtool still asks the question implying that all records in the dataset will be deleted In these cases only the records that are read based on the limiting factor will be deleted For interactive approval of each deletion see the Delete command of Dbedit Notes For IMAGE manual master datasets a DBDELETE call fails if the entry to be deleted is a chain head with related detail entries still linked to it When this happens Suprtool by default prints an error and stops processing the input data If Set Dumponerror On the record is printed on stdlist If Set Ignore On has been entered Suprtool continues processing and prints a count of chain heads at the end Records that cannot be deleted are not included in the output file Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands
45. put Set Hints Off in Suprmgr Pub Sys Ifcheck SET IFCHECK ON OFF Initially ON With Set Ifcheck On the If command produces an error if any field used in the If command is not contained entirely within the input file record For compatibility reasons users may wish to disable this error checking by turning Set Ifcheck Off Ignore SET IGNORE ON OFF Initially OFF IGNORE tells Suprtool to continue processing if there are errors in these situations duplicate key errors in writing to a KSAM file or IMAGE master dataset chain head errors in deleting entries from an input dataset or putting records to a detail dataset a record changed before Suprtool could delete it division by zero when doing an If or invalid numeric data in an input file when doing an If ItemAbbreviateDate SET ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF Initially ON The specification of the Date format within the Item command by default expects the entire keyword For example for the date format of Calendar you would have to specify the entire token of Calendar If you Set ItemAbbreviateDate On you would only have to specify CAL for the Calendar date format Interactive SET INTERACTIVE ON OFF Initially depends If you run Suprtool from a session Set Interactive is On If you run Suprtool from a batch job or with Stdin or Stdlist re directed Set Interactive is Off When it is On Suprtool waits for answers to questions and continues processing even if
46. start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you do not need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can Redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples Slistf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 redo redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source edited command is shown you press lt return gt Slistredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th redo 10 r
47. that you make sure that there is enough real memory to hold the table Remember that MPE takes at least one megabyte of real memory on Classic HP e3000s Set Limits Tablesize restricts the maximum size of tables so you can limit the total amount of table space to a specified number of megabytes Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool In order to accomodate some large tables you may need to increase the value of Maximum number of XDS per process The maximum value of this setting is 255 and can be changed using SYSDUMP on MPE V or SYSGEN on MPE iX The Table command now rejects RIO files when using the Sorted option Notes on NM MPE X The Xeq command clears any tables that are not held Searching huge tables is CPU intensive If you do this on line 1t seriously affects other users While it is possible to load a table as large as 2047 megabytes we suggest that you make sure that there is enough real memory to hold the table The Table command now rejects RIO files when using the Sorted option Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 225 Total Command T 226 e Suprtool Commands Totals specified fields in the selected input records Totals can be written to stdlist default a file or to the List device TOTAL field subscript decimal places file filename APPEND ERASE TEMP file list Default subscript first sub item decimal places 0 Parameters Each totaled field must be an IMAGE fi
48. to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool purge notecust to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool output notecust to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool e to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool 10 90 call suprtool call SUPRTOOL2 using supr control if not supr ok then display Error Unable to call Suprtool2 display display Suprtool interface error number supr status 10 create notecust file exit exit Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Calling Suprlink e 443 Spage 20 produce report Read the notecust file which contains the detail records from the NOTES dataset and the company name from the CUSTOMER dataset We produce a break on each new customer serial number otherwise we just print the text of the note lines 20 produce report section open input notecust file open output line printer move spaces to head serial no move false value to end of notecust flag perform 20 10 read notecust until end of notecust go to 20 produce report exit 20 10 read notecust read notecust file at end move true value to end of notecust flag if not end of notecust then perform 20 20 process record 20 20 process record if notecust serial no lt gt head serial no then perform 20 30 print header move notecust text line to rept text line write line record from report detail 20 30 print header move spaces to line
49. 08 12 gt output result gt xeq Select by Year Suppose we want to select all the sales transactions for 2000 Suprtool does not have a short hand for specifying everything in that year To specify an entire year use a date range from January Ist to December 31st gt get d sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date gt date 2000 01 01 and purch date lt date 2000 12 31 gt output result gt xeq Select Prior Month In the date function use a to indicate the current year month or day Similarly a means the previous year month or day For this example select all the sales transactions for the prior month Note the use of the special keywords first and last to indicate the first and last day of the month gt get d sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date gt date 1 first and amp purch date lt date 1 last gt output result gt xeq Selecting by Lists of Values Sometimes you want to find records based on criteria contained in another file or dataset Finding Data Based on a List Suppose we want to find all orders for the customers 1234 9876 and 5555 We simply use a list of values after the equal sign in the If command A match is made if a customer matches any one of the values in the list gt get ord details gt if cust no M2347 T98 76T Sooo gt output orders gt xeq If we wanted to find orders
50. 14 and later In the C 09 02 version of Image the limitation is now based on 2 billion entries Limitations Due to file system limitations Suprtool can extract and sort more than 4Gb of data only on MPE iX 6 5 and higher In prior versions of MPE 1X Suprtool is limited to 4Gb Due to limitations in MPE iX Suprtool cannot open a remote Jumbo dataset Notes If Set Stat is On and Set Prefetch is greater than zero then each time a file in a jumbo dataset is closed you receive a prefetch summary for each file This could appear in the middle of a gt List if you are listing to stdlist Since datasets greater than 4Gb are likely to be on big machines we suggest that you try a Set Prefetch value of greater than 2 See Prefetch on page 212 for more information Suprtool and KSAM Files Suprtool reads and writes both compatibility mode and native mode KSAM files One exception is variable length records which Suprtool cannot handle Use the Input command to read from a KSAM file Use the Erase or Append option of the Output command to write selected input records to a KSAM file When writing to a KSAM file the input source can be an IMAGE dataset a KSAM file or an MPE file You must build the KSAM file first as Suprtool unlike FCOPY cannot create new KSAM files Suprtool uses different methods for accessing compatibility mode KSAM files versus native mode KSAM files In our discussion of KSAM files we designate compatibility mode
51. 42 4 EGER 46 2 RACTE 48 30 RACTE 78 30 RACTE 108 E O D SONU ARFS TYPN SOES SOES BILN DORENZCmOa OO O A ERTER PPpPrap pp First we define what the QSHOW reports look like in a dictionary Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 73 File Oshow Subfile Organization Direct Open QSHOLIST File Oshow File Organization Direct Open QSHOLIST Record Qshow Subfile tem Filler character tem Name character tem Type character tem Offset freeform tem ItemSize freeform tem Occurs freeform Record Qshow File tem Key character tem Name character tem Type character tem Offset freeform tem ItemSize freeform tem Occurs freeform Note that we have two definitions one for the Show Subfile output and one for the Show File output We use the same names for the columns and adjust the Size to accommodate the differences in horizontal positioning Note that Freeform is a number stored in a character field Quiz automatically converts it to a number The Quiz Report It is not essential to use Quiz to do the definition translation a COBOL program could be used The object of the Quiz report is to produce a Suprtool Define command for each field The Define command has the following components 1 The word define 2 The field name 3 The position starting with column 1 The QSHOW report gives an offset starting at zero so the position is the of
52. 68 343 subscript parameter 122 226 457 subscript parameter character 148 subscript parameter Define 106 subscript parameter numeric 148 substrings 148 subsystem access 216 Subsystem Set option 216 subtotals 30 115 Subtract Days 126 sum of field values 226 summary of STExport 249 summary of Suprlink 337 Super Cartridge 177 Superdex 76 457 Supr2job job stream 10 445 Suprcall 3 Suprcall Suprjob Robelle 445 Suprhint Help Robelle 206 Suprlink 3 174 188 Suprlink performance 91 Suprlink using from Suprtool 334 Suprlink Pub Robelle 174 Suprlist file 33 179 324 Suprmegr file 10 39 Suprtool in Suprlink 338 359 Suprtool package 2 Suprtool performance 90 Suprtool vs Speed Demon 376 Suprtool program file name 415 Suprtool Help Robelle 8 Suprtool Pub Robelle 8 Suprtool2 3 Suprtool2 error messages 447 Suprtool2 installation 10 414 445 Suprtool2 routine 121 174 Suprtool2 routine MPE iX 62 Suprtool2filecommand 415 SuprtoolFullCount variable 40 SuprtoolOutCount JCW 39 413 Suspend option on Exit 119 264 353 Suspend Set option 217 suspending STExport 246 suspending Suprlink 335 suspending Suprtool 37 system parameter 99 system SL 379 380 381 445 system XL file 380 415 T Table command 221 Table command decimal places 222 table HTML option 272 tables 457 tables in Chain command 103 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual tables holding between Xeqs 222 tables maximum size 10 208
53. Base command for workarounds to this problem 142 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in Suprtool HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a Suprtool command If you know the structure of the help file you can additionally specify one of the keywords under the command name gt help ext help on the Extract command gt help ext notes Notes section of the Extract command Keyword Help If Suprtool cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file it assumes that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to Suprtool and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword gt help start Quick Start section gt help start task Task section of Quick Start Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprtool to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the Suprtool Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command gt hq input quick description of Input gt hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse th
54. Escape in Patterns or Continue Command Line amp is used in patterns to match one of the special pattern characters For example the character matches a single numeric character If you need to look for the character itself you would specify amp in the pattern gt if type REC amp look for REC followed by amp is used to continue a command line You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states Means O S Commands or Bit Selection Colon at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command gt listf gt 1s Colon is used in the If command for bit selections gt define bitfield 1 2 logical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 Means O S Commands at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command This only works on Suprtool UX gt du gt ls Means Multiple Commands Semicolon is used to string several Suprtool commands together on a single line Doc To Help Standard Template Doc To Help Standard Template gt input a output b xeq complete task is in one line Means a List Comma in Suprtool commands is used to separate parameters gt base actrec data 3 open the database exclusively gt key 1 4 double specify a double integer key gt if acct 764523 4
55. How to Use Speed Demon To replace the DBGET mode 2 calls with calls to SPDEDBSCAN we did the following 1 Called SPDEDBINIT to initialize the d sales dataset 2 Replaced calls to DBGET with calls to SPDEDBSCAN and modified the parameters passed to SPDEDBSCAN 3 Performed a different error section for Speed Demon errors 4 Called SPDEDBSHUT to close the dataset SPDEDBINIT and the Control Record SPDEDBINIT requires a special control record For COBOL we suggest that this control record be placed in the COPYLIB and copied into programs that use Speed Demon A common error in using Speed Demon is typing the control record incorrectly Use the file Cobol2 Qlibsrc Robelle instead You can copy the control record directly into your COBOL program with the following Qedit commands use JOIN with EDIT 3000 add 50 1 cobol2 qlibsrc robelle 1 20 The definition of the control record with the proper initializing values is spde db control 05 spde version pic s9 4 comp value 0 05 spde buffer size pic s9 9 comp value zeros 05 spde future pic x 20 value spaces Error Handling Programs that call IMAGE intrinsics usually have an error section for fatal IMAGE errors These sections typically call DBEXPLAIN and abort the program When a fatal Speed Demon error occurs SPDEEXPLAIN should be called instead of DBEXPLAIN 386 e Accessing Speed Demon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon 98 spde fatal error section call S
56. KSAM files by KSAM V and native mode KSAM files by KSAM XL Locking Output KSAM Files Access to KSAM files is controlled with File commands After opening an output KSAM file Suprtool checks to see what access was granted If the KSAM file has share and lock access Suprtool must lock the output file whenever it writes an output record This provides the least contention with other users but it slows down Suprtool one lock per write Locking Input KSAM Files By default Suprtool opens Input KSAM V and XL files with lock access for application reasons We assume that application programs will likely want to write to KSAM files and in order to write to any KSAM file the file must be opened with locking To override this default you can specify the nolock option on a file command 48 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt file ksamin nolock gt input ksamin gt output mycopy gt xeg Compatibility Mode KSAM V Files Suprtool uses high speed NOBUF MR access to quickly read input KSAM V files Suprtool is typically five times faster than FCOPY when reading KSAM V files Suprtool writes output records to KSAM V files one record at a time This ensures that the KSAM V key information is updated correctly Suprtool runs at the same speed as FCOPY when writing to KSAM V files Suprtool must always have Shared Lock and Read access to all KSAM V files Suprtool briefly locks the KSAM V file
57. Limits ReadOnly is enabled the following commands from within Suprtool and Dbedit will not be processed and will return an error Suprtool e Delete e Put e Update Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Dbedit e Add e Change e Delete e Modify You can Set Limits Readonly on the command line using the Info String and Parm option For example the following command file can be used to restrict who has write access to a given database In this example only the Mgr user is allowed write access IF HPUSER MGR THEN run Suprtool pub robelle else run suprtool pub robelle parm 8 info set limits readonly on endif List SET LIST option value Use Set List to configure default values for the List command You can configure the default date time and format for LaserJet listings List Date SET LIST Date number Initially 0 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 Use Set List Date to specify a different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 List PCL SET LIST PCL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Initial amp Default 0 Use Set List PCL to configure the default format for LaserJet list
58. Name For IMAGE databases Suprtool attempts to show the fully qualified database name It cannot do this with a remote database or if the database was opened in mode 3 or if Set Privmode was Off when the Base command was specified If the database has MPE iX third party indexing the third party product name and version number are also shown gt ba store gt fo Database STORE DEMO APPDEV TPI SUPERDEX 15015d 4 0 39 Set Item Capa Entry Load Entry Sets Count city Count Factor Length M CUSTOMER 9 211 20 9 39 M PRODUCT 307 13 4 24 M SUPPLIER 211 3 I 49 D INVENTORY 550 13 2 TS D SALES 602 0 0 19 Suprtool shows the type of each dataset e g M for Manual master A for Automatic master D for Detail If you have enabled dynamic dataset expansion Suprtool adds DX to the type of the dataset e g MDX DDX Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Detail Datasets If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool prints the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sort item name When displying the form of an IMAGE SQL dataset Suprtool shows the capacity in a format similar to the one in DBSCHEMA gt form d inventory D INVENTORY Detail Entry Offset BIN NO J1 LAST SHIP DATE J2 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt ON HAND QTY J2 PRODUCT NO Z8 M PRODUCT SUPPLIER NO Z8 M SUPPLIER UNIT COST P8 oa A AR Capacity 330 22 330 66 Entries 13 Highwater 1
59. RERE 312 Delete Command D emre iini E vou taeda esi EE ENERE EA 313 Do Command DO nmn a R R ee 314 Exit Comm nd Elina E REE a 315 File Command Tiida acia 316 Form Command FO rn snn rn a E SEEN a ai 317 Help Command H enman esae a e e E a RRE 318 List Command L an e ie E a E SEEN S 319 Listredo Command LISTREDO inini ninii aei SE RE SE i n 320 Modify Command M nnna i aE E E e Eie 321 Gommand O conrei innri aA E E va tad av uti E AE TAS i 322 Redo Command REDO sis nnn a E EN S a 323 Set Command Sjeen nie a E EE E E E EER TER 324 adi 324 NN 324 MU aos ca 324 Re aaa 324 O a 325 O 325 Use Command Uli a acosta 326 Verify Command V r i E aiii 327 Welcome to Suprlink 329 Welcome to Suprink seseina e Acces RR ac A 329 Documenta A nes 329 CD or Web Download iii A e eii 329 Printed DOCU MENta OM ii A id 329 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format oooccinccincnionnonnnonononoconocnnconncnnnonnnonnos 330 Help Command io di ti 330 Notation A A ee eS awa A E A 330 Installing Supra a oa ee eee 330 Built In File Names ci A one 330 Accessing Suprlink 333 How To Run A ee ane ee ee N R 333 How to Xeq a Suprlank Task ia ba 333 SOM PLOCESS id A a dsc 333 Suprtool EC a anda Pete 334 Preventing MPE Commands ccecccessessssescessceecesecsecaeecaeecaeeeaeeeeeeeenseeeseeeaeeaeceseneeeaeenaes 334 Exit With Veri fyiie cdta 334 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Preventing Suprlink from Suspending o
60. Restrictions When you are using the Count and Total options the only Output formats that you can use are Data Data Num Query and Link If you want to quickly see the Count or Total results without using a second pass use the List Standard command gt get dataset gt sort key field gt duplicate none keys count total data field gt output result link gt list standard gt xeq P28 fields in COBOL and PowerHouse Some versions of COBOL do not allow a field greater than 18 digits To use the P28 field you must define the first five bytes of the field as filler For example 05 ST TOTALO1 10 FILLER PIC X 05 10 TOTAL 1 PIC S9 17 COMP 3 PowerHouse users should define this field as follows Define Total packed size 14 Notes The option of Only or None must be specified before the option of Record or Keys Reversing the order causes a syntax error in the Duplicate command You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 117 Edit Command ED Edits an IMAGE 3000 database EDIT The Edit command of Suprtool invokes an independent module of Suprtool called Dbedit This module permits the user to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an IMAGE database This module should be useful for debugging systems doing data entry on simple systems and quickly prototyping systems The Edit comman
61. Robelle account If you need to move these versions back into production use the Previous SuprJob job stream You can now access Suprtool by entering run suprtool pub robelle If you wish to move Suprtool to another account or invoke Suprtool from within an application program read on in this chapter for instructions Suprtool Files If you are short of disc space you can purge everything in the Robelle account except for these files suprtool pub robelle suprtool help robelle extend pub robelle dbedit help robelle shints catalog robelle st2usl pub robelle oxi pibrobell cobol qlibsrc robelle printdoc pub robelle prose qlib robelle 8 e Installing Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool There are required files for Suprlink Stexport and Speed Demon also Flename Pape suprlink help robelle stexport pub robelle demon pub robelle speed comparison program stexport help robelle on line Help file Jobs to Reduce Disc Space Robelle provides Suprtool in the Robelle account This account contains many files besides those that are absolutely required for Suprtool You can reduce your disc space usage by removing Robelle files that you do not need The jobs in the Purgejob Robelle group remove files that are only needed for specific purposes or products For example streaming Qedit Purgejob removes all Qedit related files Suprtool Purgejob purges Suprtool and all its files from the system If you are o
62. STExport would use for the STExport help file STExport Program File Name STExport Help File Name stexport Pub Robelle stexport Help Robelle stexport Pub Robelle stexport wHelp Robelle stexport Pub Account stexport Help Account stexport PubRob Account stexport HelpRob Account stexport Robelle Dist stexport Help Dist Changing Built In File Names You can use a File command to tell STExport where the help file is located Your File command must use the file name that STExport dynamically assigned to the help file For example if STExport is called STExport Robelle Dist you would use this File command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Welcome to STExport e 243 Accessing STExport How To Run STExport To access STExport type the following command run stexport pub robelle STExport Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1996 2001 Version 4 5 After a short pause STExport takes over your terminal and prints out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into STExport STExport expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq an STExport Task Son Process Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the formatting options Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual STExport task If you entered the Exit command S
63. Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default values The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example tinput custfile key name is custno link addrfile optional don t drop customers output custaddr 1f there is no address texit 360 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL UNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listredo 5 listredo 5 10 listredo help print all Help commands listredo 10 print last ten commands listredo ALL print entire redo stack listredo purge print all Purge commands listredo purge xx print all purge xx commands listredo purge print all with purge anywhere listredo rel print ALL rel
64. Suprtool from Suspending If you run Suprtool from within HPDesk and some other programs Suprtool suspends on Exit but HPDesk does not notice The next time you run Suprtool you will get a new copy of Suprtool Eventually you will have many suspended copies of Suprtool hanging from HPDesk consuming system resources Turning Set Suspend Off forces Suprtool to terminate on Exit rather than suspend You can force Set Suspend Off by running Suprtool with Parm 32 run suprtool pub robelle parm 32 Stdin and Stdlist Files Suprtool reads command lines from stdinx the MPE predefined name for the standard job input file This is usually the terminal or the stream file You can redirect the input by using an option of the Run command For example comment kcommand created with editor run suprtool pub robelle stdin kcommand You can also use the I O redirection capabilities of MPE iX to achieve the same goal run suprtool pub robelle lt kcommand This file must not be numbered use Keep xxx unn in EDIT 3000 or use KQ in Qedit The maximum record width of this input file is 256 characters Note the Stdin file must not be a Qedit workfile Suprtool prints all ASCII output messages to stdlist the MPE predefined name for the standard job listing file This is usually the terminal or the line printer but it can be re directed with the Run command For example Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Running Suprtool under MPE e 37
65. That is you cannot specify multiple options in the same command Instead use multiple Set commands For example to Set Squeeze Off and to define a PCL device for the List command you would specify two Set commands gt set squeeze off gt set list pel 1 or Add system wide Set When Suprtool starts running all the options are set to initial factory settings The commands to the Suprmer file may contain Set commands to override the initial values Set Suprmgr Pub Sys commands remain set until the end of the Suprtool run or until changed by another configuration file Set command Some commands have optional parameters e g the numeric value of Set Lock If the command is specified without a value the default that Suprtool uses may be different from the program s initial value When that is the case the command description will show the initial value and the default when omitted value Allbase SET ALLBASE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Allbase database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches with Set Allbase Rows The minimum number of rows is and the maximum number is 990 You must specify Set Allbase Rows before entering the Select command Arithmetic SET ARITHMETIC Classic IEEE Initially depends Specify which data type Suprtool should use for arithmetic expressions
66. The most common error in using the Suprtool2 interface is typing the control record incorrectly Use the file Cobol Qlibsrc Robelle instead You can copy the control record directly into your COBOL program with the following Qedit command use JOIN with EDIT 3000 add 50 1 cobol qlibsrc robelle The definition of the control record with the proper initializing values is as follows supr control 05 supr version pic s9 4 comp value 4 05 supr status pic s9 4 comp 88 supr ok value zeros 88 supr bad msgfiles value 1 88 supr aborted value 2 88 supr create error value 3 4 88 supr bad total type value 4 supr command line ic x 256 value spaces supr flags O supr priority ic x 2 value spaces 88 supr priority cs value CS 88 supr priority ds value DS 88 supr priority es value ES supr maxdata s9 9 comp value 0 supr print state x 2 value ER 88 supr print on erro value ER 88 supr print always value AL 88 supr print never value NE supr total type pic x 2 value CO 88 supr total cobol value Co 88 supr total ascii value AS 0 supr other flags pic x 18 value spaces supr totals pic s9 17 sign is trailing separate character occurs 15 times supr out count pic s9 9 comp supr workspace pic x 20 value spaces Status The supr status field returns a 0 if the command line was sent to Suprtool without incident or one of the error numbers shown as 88 levels Command Line T
67. This may be done with the following Set command gt set sortfast off If you encounter any difficulties running Suprtool with OmniQuest please call us for assistance Suprtool with TRANSACT TRANSACT is one of the Rapid products sold by HP A TRANSACT program that serially reads and selects records from a dataset can easily be modified to use Suprtool To convert a TRANSACT program to use Suprtool follow these steps 1 Adda FILE SUPRFILE READ statement to the SYSTEM statement 2 Remove any MATCH register statements use the Suprtool If command instead 3 Change the FIND SERIAL dataset to FIND SERIAL SUPRFILE Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 77 4 Use the Suprtool Extract command to select the fields from the LIST statement 5 Delete any SORT statements use the Suprtool Sort command instead 6 Use Suprtool to build the SUPRFILE The following example shows the changes to a TRANSACT program A TRANSACT program that serially reads a dataset might look like system cust base cust database READ 5 lt lt set up to select only cust out YES gt gt move cust out YES set match list cust out find serial customer detail list cust name cust addr cust nbr cust out sort cust nbr perform p100 process customer end cust The TRANSACT program is modified to look like system cust file suprfile read base cust database READ 5
68. To change a FIND Chain to use Suprtool use the same steps as FIND SERIAL 78 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool XSORT and RPG XSORT is a program which simulates the System 34 43 sort XSORT jobs can be converted to use Suprtool with few or no problems The following steps must be done to convert from XSORT to Suprtool 1 Change any Omit Record statements to use the Define command and a non equal expression in the If command 2 Change any Include Record statements to use the Define command and the If command 3 Ifan Address Sort is used Set Firstrec 1 and use Output xxx num The Set Firstrec 1 is required with KSAM files This forces Suprtool to start record numbers at 1 regardless of the setting in the KSAM Key file QUERY Program QUERY can t produce a report from an MPE file Because the output from Suprtool is an MPE file it is not usually feasible to use Suprtool to improve the speed of QUERY reports However if a small percentage of records are selected you can use the following method to improve the speed of QUERY reports 1 Create an empty copy of the database either build the database using DBSCHEMA or use DBUTIL to empty an existing copy 2 Suprtool extracts the records and Puts them to the copy of the database 3 QUERY reports on all the entries in the copy database SRN Chronos Dates Software packages from Software Research Northwest use a date format known as Chron
69. Using Speed Demon oooocoocnccnoonnoonconoconcconconnconnonn nono non nro nonn nro n rra nnrnnnnn nro 384 How to Use Speed Demon nren e sce a haptetaeesoteesteniyeieelece d EE NEE ERENER 386 SPDEDBINIT and the Control Record cccecceceseesseeseceseceseceecseeeseeeeeeneeeseeneeeeeeeeeeseenaees 386 Error Hanlin gis ocaso ee dead cal el duo de ol fel bh ne 386 MPE ida 387 Speed Demon Intrinsics 389 The TA A e A Re 389 TESSA tos 389 SPDEEXPLAIN TS A e a 390 SEDEDBINIT Tot Caors iann n E A EEE AEE css 391 SPDEDBSCAN IntTIDSIC vicio rE EE EE E arenes 393 SRDEDBSHUT Ttridsl eniras rE E EE SA AE E 394 The Demon Program 395 The Demon stration Program 0 ccccecssesscessceeecesecesecsecseecaeecaeeeneeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeenseeneenseenaes 395 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Reading with Speed Demon Parm 0 cccnccccnocnnccononononanononncnncnncnnonos Reading with DBGET Parm 1 oooncccoconononononononononn nono nnancnnnonnnnnnonos Reading All IMAGE Blocks Parm 3 oocooonoccconoconononoononancnnncnnonnnonos Verifying Version NUMDEISS c ccccceesseescessceeseeeeceseeeseeseeeeeeaeenes Examples of Calling Speed Demon Copying the Examples cccccccessessceesecesecesecesecneecseeeseeeseeneeeereees COBOL Example iic v che ih wide lisa Pascal Example td e dead katie Speed Demon Error Messages Error Messages and Numbers ccc cesccseseeseceseceeeeseeeeeeseeneeeeeeens Assertion EOS atenta ein d
70. a nonprinting comment line 322 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command cannot be abbreviated The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples listf soruce source is not spelled correctly NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 redo redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it
71. a century for the given date gt item trans date date ccyymmdd gt if trans date gt date 01 01 01 Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the specified year is less than the Set Date Cutoff value and 19 if the specified two digit year is greater than or equal to this value Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time The date and today functions check the date but ignore the time Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Non Collating Date Types You can use the stddate function to convert the non collating date format to a J2 data item with a date format of ccyymmdd For example to select the purchases by the field purch date for November 2000 in a ddmmyy X6 field you would use the stddate function as follows 158 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt item purch date date ddmmyy gt if stddate purch date gt S date 2000 11 first and stddate purch date lt Sdate 2000 11 last Dynamic Date Selection Using a first pass to generate You can use the If command for dynamic date selection Suppose you have a control a Suprtool command file that maintains the start and end of a range of dates in which you are interested dynamically then using that You can us
72. and Customer files into the Notecust file The program then reads the Notecust file and prints a report on the line printer The database used in this example is called Cust and the datasets are called Notes and Customer Here is a Suprtool Form listing of the datasets Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Calling Suprlink e 439 440 e Calling Suprlink run suprtool pub robelle gt ba cust history gt form notes NOTES Entry SERIAL NO PRODUCT COD TEXT LINE SORT ITEM Capacity 75010 gt form customer CUSTOMER Entry ERIAL NO oo Ze HONE NO DDRESS NTRY a OHG O D S C A Cc E P CO A e C R S O ES Zz DEX SI OMPANY NAME LTERNATE NAME TACT NAME TACT TITLE NTACT NOT Detail Master TOMER NOTE LATED NAME RTING SEQ TIMESTAMP INIT Capacity 1499 Entries Entries U4 CUSTOMER SORT ITEM U2 X80 K2 40459 Entry Length 45 lt lt Search Field gt gt xx GC Dow x lt dNOoNooooooo x x lt Ow aua N 6 1250 Entry Length 286 The listing for the COBOL program is Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Scontrol source errors 15 nolist Scontrol debug bounds identification division program id Link2cob author David J Greer date written 15 Sep88 date compiled installation Robelle Solutions Technology Inc security Copyright 1988 2001 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc remarks KKE
73. and another space between each field in the output record You can use either single or double quote characters to specify the delimiter e g Delimiter and Delimiter are the same The maximum length of the delimiter string is three characters Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo do do previous command again do 39 do command line 39 again do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again do input do most recent Input command do 2 do command before previous do 7 5 do by relative line number do 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport C
74. and send an operator warning Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Installing Speed Demon e 379 showjob warn please stop for 20 minutes abortjob snnn 2 Stream the installation job If MPE prompts for passwords supply them stream demon suprjob robelle 3 Speed Demon V uses the SEGMENTER to add the segments into SL Pub Sys It then requests a tape COLDLOAD to create a new cold load tape containing MPE plus the Speed Demon V intrinsics Mount a tape with a write ring and REPLY Save this tape and use it for any future cold loads 4 If you re installing to an MPE 1X machine the job does not create a cold load tape You must create a system load tape manually 5 Ifeverything goes well Speed Demon V prints a final message on the console 6 Please save the job listing for future reference Speed Demon V is now installed and you should be able to use it in your application programs User XL Installation 380 e Installing Speed Demon This procedure is for native mode programs on MPE ix and is optional You normally access Speed Demon iX by specifying XL DemonXL Pub Robelle when running your program Therefore there may be no need to perform any installation steps for Speed Demon iX The advantage of leaving Speed Demon iX in the Robelle account and always pointing to the XL when you run your programs is that when you receive an upgrade of the Robelle account files Speed Demon iX is automatically upgrad
75. as Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 126 e Suprtool Commands gt get d sales input is from a dataset gt ext product no first field in the range gt ext product price gt ext purch date gt ext sales qty last field in the range gt out dsales gt xeq Extracting a Range of Subscripted Fields Suprtool accepts a subscript on either field in a range You can even use this feature to extract a range from a single field For example if sales amt is a 12J2 field gt get d sales input is from a dataset gt ext sales amt 4 sales amt 6 gt out dsales gt xeg 1s equivalent to d sales input is from a dataset sales amt 4 first subscripted field sales amt 5 intermediate subfield sales amt 6 last subscripted field dsales Alternate Syntax for Extracting a Range Suprtool accepts a slash in place of the backslash to specify a range Use the slash with care because it is a valid character in field names For example gt extract a b would produce the error message Error Item A B not in the database To use a slash in an extract range surround it with spaces gt extract a b Numeric Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the Extract command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod Extract arithmetic expressions work exactly as If command arithmetic expressions To extract an expression use
76. associated with dates and times These fields are converted to byte type data and are returned with specific lengths The date and time fields are returned with the following byte lengths Data Type Length Date 10 Time 8 Datetime 23 Interval 8 Restrictions Suprtool cannot currently handle all Allbase database concepts The current restrictions are 1 Suprtool requires that the ownername be specified when selecting a particular table in the following manner gt select from purchdb orders In this example the owner is purchdb and the tablename is orders 2 Suprtool does not currently handle the Allbase date format You can convert the Allbase date format to something that Suprtool can handle with the TO_CHAR function in the Select statement For example gt select qty TO CHAR date YYYYMMDD from manufdb testdata gt def mydate date 1 8 redefine testdate define the date format gt item mydate date yyyymmdd gt if mydate lt Stoday 900 Suprtool and IMAGE You specify an IMAGE database with the Base command Once Suprtool has opened the database all IMAGE item set and field information is available To identify an IMAGE item as a date field use the Item command Suprtool has facilities to Get Put and Delete database records Reading Datasets For Suprtool to read a dataset it must have read access to every field in the dataset If you have a database with item level security you must be careful to
77. be treated as byte type fields Since Oracle dates actually contain binary data the output is often unusable by other applications unless you specify a specific date format Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 259 260 e STExport Commands Invalid Dates By default all invalid dates are formatted as asterisks STExport treats any date that does not have a valid century year month or combination e g February 29 2000 as invalid You can specify how you want STExport to format invalid dates by using the Invalid option of the Date command If you specify STExport will produce a zero length field if you specify Column Variable and spaces if you specify Column Fixed If you want to specify an explicit string for all invalid dates do so after the Invalid option For example Sdate invalid will cause STExport to produce a string of five percent signs for any invalid date Example First use Suprtool to create the input file with the appropriate date attributes gt get d sales gt item deliv date date mmddyyyy gt item purch date date mmddyyyy gt output dsales link gt xeq Then use STExport to read the dsales file Specify Date ddmmyyyy which causes all valid dates to be formatted in day month year format with a dash as the separator input dsales Sdate ddmmyyyy Soutput dexport Sxeq Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Decimal Command DEC Specify the format for
78. by a common key value It links sorted files that Suprtool extracts from IMAGE KSAM and MPE files It uses NOBUF MR techniques and gives you a performance improvement over random database accesses in many cases However if you have to re sort the data many times and the records are large Suprlink may not help you Performance will be optimized if you extract only the fields you need from each input source not the entire record Speed Demon is an intrinsic library for 3GL programs that provides a high speed replacement for TurboIMAGE serial gets The NM version returns records at the same speed that Suprtool does with the same low CPU overhead The MPE V version has half the speed of Suprtool at retrieving records Consider calling Speed Demon in your programs when you need to process more than 50 of the records in a file since you eliminate the need to read Suprtool s output file Obtaining Accurate Measurements The performance results obtained from Suprtool like any program vary depending on the record sizes number of records size of sorts and the current efficiency of your application Measuring performance on any computer system is a challenge but especially so on MPE iX with its demand paged virtual memory and complex scheduler Some tests do not show such a marked improvement as the examples described here That is why we recommend that you test Suprtool against your own database Suprtool works best when selecting a small subs
79. called result which is a copy of the input file Appending to a File To append to an existing file use the Append option in the Output command gt input file2 gt output result append gt xeq Concatenating Two Files To concatenate two files you have to tell Suprtool two things 1 The size of the resulting file 2 Not to truncate the empty space at the end of the resulting file Once you ve done this concatenating two files is just like copying a file then appending to a file gt file result disc 50000 maximum 50 000 records gt set squeeze off don t truncate space gt input file copy the first file gt output result gt xeq gt input file2 append the second file gt output result append gt xeq Fields in Data Files What is a Self Describing File A self describing SD file is a file that contains field information These files have the advantage of behaving like data files which can provide field information to Suprtool without you having to Define all the fields 16 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Creating an SD File To create an SD file use the Link option in the Output command gt get d sales gt output result link gt xeq Now the data file result has the same field names as the dataset d sales Suprtool can read this data file and know about the fields automatically gt input result SLE sales total gt 20000 and product price
80. can retain the Suprtool process and re activate quickly later run qedit pub robelle r suprtool pub robelle Ds bes suprtool commands gt exit SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y Lees qedit commands activate SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE Dion more suprtool commands gt exit Program Held Use ACTIVATE RUN HOLD to re run ee more gedit commands Combining Info and Son Process Normally when you re activate Suprtool from a HELD state Suprtool ignores the original Info string However if you run Suprtool with Parm 8 it re processes the Info commands every time you activate it One application of Parm 8 is with usefiles You can hold Suprtool suspended and have it execute a usefile each time you awaken it By changing the usefile between activations you can make Suprtool do any task you like 36 e Running Suprtool under MPE Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Exit with Verify run gedit pub robelle edit file named DOIT of suprtool commands run suprtool pub robelle parm 8 info USE DOIT Ssuprtool executes commands from DOIT gt exit return to Qedit edit DOIT activate returns to Suprtool executes Info again executes new commands in DOIT Some users find that they Exit from Suprtool inadvertently To require Suprtool to get user approval on Exit run Suprtool with Parm 64 run suprtool pub robelle parm 64 gt e Okay to exit no gt Preventing
81. can type a question mark to obtain a description of the field If the field has implied decimal places the field description will include the number of decimal places e g lt lt 2 gt gt for two implied decimal points Critical ltem Update Starting with MPE iX 4 0 IMAGE was enhanced to have a new feature critical item update This feature allows programs to change critical fields in detail datasets Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Welcome to Dbedit e 301 302 e Welcome to Dbedit search fields and sort fields by using DBUPDATE Prior to critical item update programs had to use DBDELETE and DBPUT to change critical fields By default IMAGE databases have critical item update disabled It is enabled using the HP DBUTIL program Enabling critical item update allows Dbedit s Change command and Modify Updatekey to execute much faster There are two choices in DBUTIL for enabling critical 1tem update 1 Set CIUPDATE On 2 Set CIUPDATE Allow The first option turns on critical item update for all programs The second option allows user programs like Dbedit to enable critical item update as needed The second option is the safest since some programs depend on IMAGE giving an error when they attempt to change a critical field Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands General Notes When you run Dbedit it prompts for commands on Stdlist with a character and reads command lines fro
82. choose a Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 43 database password that gives access to all of the fields in the dataset The Creator password always gives you full read access to every dataset By default Suprtool opens databases in mode 1 You may use any other mode except mode 7 If you use the Delete or Put commands you must open the database with a mode that permits changes to the database If Set Defer On has been specified the database must be opened in mode 3 Serial vs Keyed Access The Get command provides serial access to a dataset for chained access use the Chain command This leads to some results that seem obvious but are easily overlooked If you specify input with the Get command and sort an IMAGE dataset by a search field value such as custnum Suprtool does a serial scan of the entire dataset It does not read down the chains for each custnum value Therefore if the resulting sort file contains entries with identical sort values they are sorted in the order they were found in the serial scan not in the order they had on the chains It is good practice to ensure that implicitly sorted paths can also be explicitly sorted without benefit of the IMAGE chains If you specify date as a sort field don t overlook the possibility of two entries with the same custnum and date values Do they have an implied order perhaps by trans type When to Use Suprtool with IMAGE Suprtool is a solution f
83. closing the dataset and the database 90 close files section perform 90 10 close dataset perform 90 20 close base go to 90 close files exit 90 10 close dataset call SPDEDBSHUT using db base db set db mode2 db status area db dummy arg if not db stat ok then perform 98 supr error 90 20 close base call DBCLOSE using db base db dummy arg db model db status area if not db stat ok then perform 99 fatal error 90 close files exit exit Spage 98 supr error 98 supr error section Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 401 call SPDEEXPLAIN using db status area stop run 98 supr error exit goback Spage 99 fatal error 99 fatal error section call DBEXPLAIN using db status area stop run tal error exit goback Pascal Example Calling Speed Demon from Pascal is more difficult than from other languages due to Pascal s tighter type checking on procedure parameters The following is a complete example program written in Pascal V that reads the process dataset of the menu qlib database This example program compiles and runs in native mode under MPE ix but you must make the two changes indicated Because the buffer length parameter is not 32 bit aligned Pascal iX produces a warning when compiling the spde_db_control type Note that the check_actual_parm setting is left at 2 for the entire program This is required to prevent parameter type mi
84. command Uppercase or Lowercase You can enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprtool upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes e g abc These two commands are identical gt EXTRACT QTY gt extract qty Multiple Commands per Line You can enter several commands on a single line if you separate them with semicolons An entire task can be placed on one input line Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 93 The maximum command that may be specified in the Info parameter of the Run command is 80 characters You may also use MPE s COMMENT command to enter comment lines 94 e Suprtool Commands gt in old out new xeg gt get m customer if cust status lt gt 10 20 30 list x Caution Suprtool cannot distinguish between several commands on one line and several commands entered on several lines This is not a problem when using Suprtool in batch as Suprtool stops executing when an error occurs But when using Suprtool interactively specifying multiple commands separated by a semicolon Suprtool keeps on parsing the rest of the line after it finds an error For example if you misspell the fldname when you type the following gt get dsetname if fldname value del out filename xeq Suprtool sends you an error message with the typo but continues with the rest of the command line This has the effect of deleting all the entries in the dataset I
85. command Suprlink 365 Set command Suprtool 200 Set Date 204 Set Date Cutoff 80 203 Set Date Forcecentury 81 204 Index e 471 Set Defer 91 111 193 205 Set Dumponerror 96 205 Set Eofread 205 Set Filecode 206 Set Filename 12 Set Firstrec 79 206 Set Hints 206 Set Ifcheck 207 Set Ignore 96 193 207 238 Set Itemabbreviatedate 207 Set Labelledtaperewind 208 Set Limits 208 Set List PCL 176 209 Set Lock 45 211 Set LP Dbedit 324 Set Mapped 280 365 set name parameter 103 140 163 192 Set NLS 211 Set Openmode 212 Set Oracle 212 Set Prefetch 48 212 Set Privmode 213 Set Progress 213 Set Prompt Dbedit 324 Set Prompt Suprtool 214 Set Quiet Dbedit 324 Set Recover 214 Set Reset Dbedit 324 Set Sortfast 216 Set Squeeze 216 Set Statistics STExport 281 Set Statistics Suprlink 366 Set Statistics Suprtool 216 Set Subsystem 216 Set Suspend 217 Set Underline Dbedit 325 Set Userlabels 217 Set VarSub 218 Set Varsub STExport 281 366 Set Verify Dbedit 325 Shints Catalog Robelle 9 Sign command 283 signed function 132 single quotes 277 SL group 382 SL pub 381 SL system 379 381 slash 461 Slist234 file 416 Software Research Northwest 91 169 software updates 5 son process 38 119 264 353 sort break totals 227 Sort command 219 sort information not retained 116 sort keys 338 472 e Index sort speed 58 89 Sortfast Set option 216 sorting datasets 44 219 sorting
86. command work only with dates The Item command must precede any If or Extract commands ITEM itemname DATE DECIMAL attribute Itemname The itemname must be an IMAGE itemname an SD field or a Defined field If the itemname exists both as an IMAGE itemname and as a Defined field the attribute is associated with the IMAGE itemname and the Defined field is deleted If the itemname exists both as an IMAGE itemname and as an SD field the attribute is only associated with the IMAGE itemname and a warning is produced The itemname cannot be qualified with a subscript Date Formats For dates the attribute must be one of the following Attribute Attribute ASK ccyymm Calendar ccyy ddmmyy aammdd ddmmyyyy aamm mmddyy mmddaa mmddyyyy ddmmaa Oracle SRNChronos PHdate mmyyyy yymm yyddd yymmdd ccyyddd yyyymm HPCalendar yyymmdd JulianDay yyyymmdd EDSDate ccyymmdd PHDate8 Abbreviations When specifying the Date keyword you can use a leading subset for the date attribute For example if you want to specify the Calendar date type you can specify only CA gt item cal date date ca If you do not like this feature you can turn it off by specifying the following command in your Suprmegr file Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Data Types for Dates Each date attribute is compatible with certain data types For more information see the table on data types in the Define command The following table shows the compatibilities
87. comp value 0 x 2 value ER value ER value AL value NE pic x 2 value CO value Co value AS pic x 18 value spaces 05 05 05 supr totals pic s9 17 sign is trailing separate characte supr out count supr workspace r occurs 15 times pic s9 9 comp pic x 20 value spaces Spage procedure division kkkkkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkkxkxx k DIVISION ld PROCEDURE RAHAKHKAKAKAKAKA KA KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKKKK KK KK KKK procedure division 00 main section Ask for selection criteria display TOOL2COB revision no display T display Enter 4 character item prefix to select 420 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool move spaces to input buf accept input buf if answer spaces then go to 00 main exit move input buf to sel prefix Use suprtool to build the extract file move AL to supr print state move base invory data 5 dev to supr command line perform 01 call suprtoo move get invrec to supr command line perform 01 call suprtoo move if command to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool move purge selitem to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool move output selitem to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool move extract item descript to supr command line perform 01 call su
88. d customer to Destfile gt exit terminate no task to do last Xeq could have been Exit Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 233 Calculator Command 234 e Suprtool Commands Evaluates an expression and prints the result in one of several formats expression 0 D B H A Any command that begins with an equal sign is treated as an expression to be evaluated An expression consists of numbers and operators followed by an optional display format The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately on stdlist 20 add two numbers together Resul 20 multiply the same numbers Resul 20 subtraction Resul 20 divide print precise result Result 1 33333333333 20 15 20 raised to the 15th power Result 327680000000E 20 Order of Evaluation Unlike most programming languages the calculator always evaluates the calculation from left to right This is similar to an electronic calculator where each keystroke is operated on immediately You can use parentheses to force the calculator to evaluate the expression in a different order 14 16 15 3 compute an average Result 15 0 14 16 15 3 add 14 16 and the result of 15 3 Result 35 0 14 16 15 3 add 16 15 divide by 3 then add to 14 Result 24 3333333333 Percentages A number in the calcu
89. data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default 290 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport You can change the default character to be something else with the following set command Set xmltagchar _ STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command Quotes All of STExport s XML command options version doctype file and record allow for a string to be passed via surrounding quotes The quotes may be either single or double but keep in mind that if the string is to contain double quotes then you should surround the entire string with single quotes Zero Command Z Specify whether leading zeros are to appear in numeric fields ZERO NONE LEADING Default None Use Zero None to force all numeric fields to have leading zeros removed If a numeric field has implied decimal places STExport always formats the number with at least one digit to the left of the decimal place even if it is zero Use Zero Leading to force all numeric fields to be zero filled In this case Sign Leading and Sign Floating both cause the sign to appear in the same place in front of the leading zeros Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 291 Example of STExport Output Example In this example we show you how to use Suprtool and STExport We
90. date gt out baddates link gt xeq Stddate Function The stddate function converts any date format in nearly any data type container and internally converts it to the ccyymmdd format in a double integer container This allows you to compare dates with dissimilar formats and data types For example gt in orddets gt item order date date ccyymmdd gt item bill date date mmddyyyy gt if stddate bill date lt order date gt output badords link gt xeq This feature is also available for dates that have two digit years The century portion of the date will be generated by stddate which uses the normal cutoff rules specified by Set Date Cutoff gt in invdets gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if stddate close date lt stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeq In this case all invoice date values with a yy portion between 20 and 99 will have a 19 for the century All invoice date values with a yy portion of less than 20 will have 20 for the date generated by the stddate function Invalid Dates A date must be valid before stddate can convert it to the ccyymmdd format Otherwise a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar This includes dates selected by the invalid function We can eliminate the invalid dates fro
91. date in order to properly convert the date to the ccyymmdd format a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar This means that if you attempt to extract use the stddate function against a value that is not a valid date then the extracted value will be 0 Days As with the stddate function the days function is also available to the Extract command You can convert any supported date to a Julian Day number in the following manner gt in ordfile gt def ship days 1 4 double gt def order days 1 4 double gt def delay 1 4 double gt ext order no gt ext ship days days ship date gt ext order days Sdays order date gt ext delay Sdays ship date days order date gt out neword link gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Invalid Dates If an invalid date is encountered the extracted value will be zero Therefore in the example above if the order has not yet been shipped ship date does not contain a valid date the resulting delay value will be negative Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 125 Add and Subtract Dates With the days function you can generate a date that is n days before or after any date You only need to use two tasks the first to generate the desired date in JulianDay format and a second task to put that date into your format In the followin
92. desc newest transactions first gt output dsales write the sorted records to an MPE disc file gt exit In the next example we sort an MPE file We create a field using the Define command Rather than using the Key command we use the Sort command to specify the sort field If the MPE file changes only the Define command must be changed gt input dinvent input is from an MPE file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Dinvent gt sort a sort the input records by the A field gt exit With the dataset form of the Input command we can have even greater flexibility to use the Sort command We assume that the MPE file Mcust has the same structure as the m customer dataset We sort the file using the first of the two street addresses in m customer Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 219 220 e Suprtool Commands gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt input mcust m customer same format as m customer gt sort street address a repeated field but only gt exit the first address is used Notes The Verify command shows all of the current Sort command values and the Reset command cancels them If you have not defined any sort fields before the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy only no sort Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Table Command TA Builds a table of values for testing in the If or Chain co
93. do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples gt listredo see the previous 20 commands gt do do previous command again gt do 39 do command line 39 again gt do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again gt do list do most recent List command gt do show do last starting with show gt do showjob job do last showjob job command gt do job do last containing job gt do 2 do command before previous one gt do 7 5 do by relative line number gt do 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command can be abbreviated to as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 113 Duplicate Command DU 114 Suprtool Commands By default Suprtool copies all selected input records to the output file The Duplicate command determines what to do with duplicate output records Duplicate records can be discarded producing an output file without duplicates Alternatively you may be interested in seeing the duplicate records so you can create an output file consisting solely of the duplicate records When deciding whether an output record is a duplicate Suprtool either compares the keys only or the entire output record DUPLICATE NONE ONLY RECORD KEYS num COUNT TOTAL None The None option rem
94. do last containing job 2 do command before previous 7 9 do by relative line number 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 352 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Exit Command E Exit Suprlink in one of three ways By default perform the current linkage task if any then leave Suprlink Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprlink after specifying part of a task and Suprlink starts processing the task Use the Abort or Suspend options to exit Suprlink conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default XEQ Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprlink recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprlink The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Should Suprlink be executed as a son process Exit will only suspend Suprlink while Exit Abort will actually terminate the process Examples comment You began to speci
95. e Results of summary functions Count Subtotal etc Defined fields will have whatever storage type was specified when they were created If storage type numeric was specified PowerHouse will create a Float Size 8 field by default It is also important to note that if the Define command is not explicit about the field size PowerHouse will assume a size based on the requested number of digits For example define D PRICE integer 4 25 creates a field capable of storing 4 digits 1 e a 2 byte integer while define D PRICE integer size4 25 will guarantee a 4 byte integer field When in doubt use QSHOW to examine the structure of the subfile Tip 4 Fields Created by Summary Operations Here is a list of data types for PowerHouse summary functions written to subfiles Data Type Field Count Integer size 4 Subtotal Float Size 8 Minimum Float Size 8 for numerics Character size nn for char fields Maximum Float Size 8 for numerics Character size nn for char fields 72 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Average Float size 8 subtotal Integer size 4 count and an Integer size 4 filler of binary zeros Percent two Float Size 8 subtotals Ratio two Float Size 8 subtotals Sysname Character size 40 Sysdate Phdate integer size 2 or 4 if century included Systime Integer size 2 HHMM format Suprtool Definitions ASCHEMA You can create Suprtool field definitions from the record la
96. e3000 Suprtool Positive 7 rammoOag Dem Negative No Sign i Oo A ee AOS ee O AN Hn FP WN KF O Suprtool Commands e 189 190 e Suprtool Commands Positive values for I and J type fields are converted into neutral 1 e no sign display values The sign is preserved when converting packed fields to display DISPLAY is not supported for Real or IEEE fields Byte fields are not affected by this option Display fields in the input record are not converted into display PRN Many PC software packages import PRN files these files are also called delimited in some PC documentation A PRN file has quotes around character fields and a comma between each field Binary values are output in ASCH with an optional leading sign Not all applications accept PRN files for more precise conversion of data use STExport PRN converts each input field to a fixed width output field filling with trailing spaces where necessary All binary values are converted into their equivalent ASCII value left justified in their fields The sign precedes the ASCII value for the number and can be missing or See the ASCII output option for the field width of each data type Output fields with implied decimal places see Decimal Places on page 169 are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Like the ASCII option Suprtool reserves two extra columns for each output field with implied decimal places Lotus 1 2 3 accepts records only
97. either a 19 or 20 in front of the yymmdd date depending on the value of the year Before you can do either of these you must confirm once again that you have no invalid dates gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch date SList gt xeq Once you have confirmed that there are no invalid dates you can start converting the dates that you have Because there are two date fields in this dataset you must be careful to add the appropriate century for the proper field For this example assume that if a year is less than 1950 then the century should be 20 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 85 You can easily convert each date by processing each field separately by using an intermediate self describing file gt base store dbold 1 Database password gt get d sales gt set squeeze off gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if deliv date gt date 1950 01 01 gt out sales01 link gt ext cust account gt ext 19 gt ext deliv date sales total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 14 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 5 Now insert 20 to the century for the appropriate records gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt if deliv date lt date 1950 01 01 gt ext cust account gt ext 20 gt ext deliv date sales total gt out sales01 link append gt xeq Now you can convert the
98. fields in the input file so all fields are converted from their internal numeric representation to a string of digits All date fields were converted from their internal yyyymmdd format to the external yyyymmdd format with a dash separator between day month and year All fields with implied decimal places have been converted with a decimal point Load Data Into Oracle If you need to load the export file into an Oracle database you can use Oracle s own SQL Loader Files created with STExport can be processed immediately with SQL Loader Suppose we want to load the data extracted in Salefile We would use STExport to format the information and store the results in Expsale 294 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport run stexport pub robelle Sinput salefile self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput expsales output to a file Sxeq If the Oracle database resided on an HP 9000 we would need to transfer Expsale How you transfer the file is not important as long as it gets there in the same format including line separators Also note that the file should have an extension SQL Loader expects a dat extension by default The Oracle table should have all the necessary columns To create a table with the fields in Salefile you could use the following create table sales details CUST_ACCOUNT dec 8 DELIV DATE date PRODUCT _NO dec 8 PRODUCT PRICE dec 8 2 P
99. file or when a File command is used to specify the record size explicitly When Suprtool builds the output file for itself it always uses exactly the record size needed to hold the output record If the output file size is smaller your records are truncated If the output file size is larger your record is padded with blanks or binary zeros depending one whether the file is ASCII or binary Output Input task is not recoverable from this point This message is printed at the point that the input file has been re initialized to accept output from the sort scratch file If this task is aborted after this message prints the data from the input file will be lost gt OUTPUT file may be too small This message is printed whenever the number of input records NUMRECS exceeds the available number of output records This often occurs when appending records to an existing file If you have an If command Suprtool does not know how many records will be selected It assumes the worst case that possibly ALL records will be selected Not all sort fields were extracted The sort information will not be written to the output Link file This warning occurs when you gt output filename link and are sorting by a field but the field is not included in the list of extracted fields Suprlink cannot use the file but it may be a perfectly valid file for other applications NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and ha
100. files 29 58 172 sorting 4096 record size 62 Sortscr file 59 Spaces command 284 spaces removing 131 153 SPDEDBINIT control record 386 SPDEDBINIT intrinsic 391 SPDEDBINIT version number 396 SPDEDBSCAN intrinsic 393 SPDEDBSHUT intrinsic 394 SPDEDBSHUT version number 396 SPDEEXPLAIN intrinsic 390 SPDEPREFETCH JCW 377 special characters 458 special string test 152 specifying input 103 140 163 274 358 Speed Demon 2 Speed Demon error messages 407 Speed Demon performance 91 Speed Demon vs Suprtool 376 speed of IMAGE extracts 44 375 speed under MPE iX 375 SPEEDWARE invocation of Suprtool 436 Spell spelling checker 6 SPL invocation of Suprtool 427 spool file errors 237 SQL database Allbase rows 201 SQL database Oracle rows 212 SQL database Select command 199 SQL database specifying 184 SQL database structure 138 Squeeze Set option 216 SRN Chronos date 79 169 St2usl Pub Robelle 9 St2x1 Pub Robelle 9 62 stack overflow 40 startrecord parameter 140 164 Statistics Set option 216 281 366 status area 389 409 stddate function 125 156 STExport 3 121 190 Stexport Pub Robelle 121 STREAMX 94 254 348 string constants 147 461 string conversion 129 string expressions 151 string of digits 20 string replacement Hpmodify 196 string truncation 130 string as a delimiter 262 string heading command 269 strings 456 subcommands Dbedit 308 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual subfiles PowerHouse
101. for gt the different customers we are interested in gt in customer input self describing file gt if status 10 or amp prepaid status status AU Oe Ce current status status 30 arrears status gt output outfile output to a disc file gt exit execute the task and exit STREAMX STREAMX is a product from VESOFT that permits you to build flexible job streams STREAMX contains a complete programming language with loops prompts and parameter substitution A problem arises when trying to enter Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool comments into a Suprtool batch job that will be submitted with STREAMX Suprtool uses the pair to delimit comments STREAMX uses these same characters for expressions Similarly Suprtool uses question marks as part of pattern matching in the If command and STREAMX uses question marks for questions You cannot change Suprtool s comment or pattern matching characters but you can change the expression and question characters in STREAMX The following example changes the STREAMX expression characters from to and the question character from to job example user acct setquestion setbraces prompt date datevar Enter date to select Irun suprtool pub robelle gt base store input database gt get d sales land dataset gt if deliv date datevar amp STREAMX substitutes actual date gt and product code X 3 gt output mpefile g
102. gt get d sales Sar trans date gt 000101 and trans date lt 001231 gt output archives gt xeq The second task deletes the entries gt get d sales gt 1f trans date gt 000101 and trans date lt 001231 gt delete gt output null gt xeq Updating Records To update records you can specify the fields to be updated with the Extract command s The Update command must be entered before the Extract command You can Update part of a field by defining a portion of the field with the define command and using the defined field in the Extract command You can update critical fields MAGE search or sort fields by specifying the Ciupdate option on the Update command CIUPDATE must be turned on or Allowed in the database This can be turned on from within the DBUTIL utility You can also update using Arithmetic Expressions gt get d sales gt update gt extract total price qty tax gt xeq You can update critical fields gt get d sales gt update ciupdate gt if product no 12345677 gt ext product no 12345678 gt xeq Duplicate Records In the following examples the key field is in the first four bytes of the record Duplicate ness is based on records having the same key value In any group of records with the same key value the first record is considered to be the original and the rest are considered to be the duplicates Report without Duplicate Records This is an example of filtering out
103. is specified Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 63 Isetvar a base mydb get orders output file3x exit Irun suprtool pub robelle set varsub on la indent this line Avoiding Double Resolution For MPE commands some variables are resolved twice when passed off to MPE A double resolution gives different values if a variable references other variables The following example sets variables at the CI level MPEXL setvar a 10 MPEXL setvar b la MPEXL showvar ab Setting the variables within Suprtool with variable substitution enabled changes the value of b gt different results from MPE CI gt set varsub on gt setvar a 10 gt setvar b a gt showvar ab A 10 B 10 Suprtool does one level of variable substitution before the command is passed off to MPE If you are setting variables that reference other variables we recommend you set them before running Suprtool or temporarily disable variable substitution with the Set Varsub Off command gt same results as MPE CI gt set varsub off gt setvar a 10 gt setvar b la gt showvar ab A 10 B la gt set varsub on Suprlink and STExport Suprtool Suprlink and STExport each have their own Set Varsub command To do variable substitution in any of these components you have to use the Set Varsub On command in the appropriate component Because Suprtool automatically looks in the Suprmgr Pub Sys f
104. is a variable length PRN file with both headings and data Paradox Databases Paradox is a PC database product from Borland International Paradox imports PRN files in one of two ways Here are the advantages and disadvantages of each method 1 Import the file into an existing table This table must have been set up with all the field names field lengths and field types As long as the corporate data structure doesn t change this method works fine It is less work than the second method since you only have to set up the table structure once 66 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 2 Import the file into a new table Paradox reads the input file twice The first time it determines the maximum length of each field The second time it loads the data into the table After the file is loaded you must define the field names and possibly the field types Fortunately you can automate this part of the process with a script While loading takes longer each field is allocated enough space for the largest value saving disc space We would recommend the second method if you are making a read only copy of corporate data This method helps protect the Paradox application from some changes in the corporate application e g an expanded field length The first method is needed if you want to change the data since you need the ability to extend data fields Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications You can use Suprto
105. is accessed by Suprtool s Help command Link The name of the Suprlink program file This program is accessed by Suprtool s Link command Edit The help file for Dbedit This file is accessed by Dbedit s Help command Hint File of Suprtool hints A hint is printed every time that Suprtool is run unless you disable hints by adding Set Hints Off to the Suprmgr file Export The name of the STExport program file This program is accessed by Suprtool s Export command Default File Names If you are running Suprtool on MPE V E or MPE iX Suprtool finds the name of the Suprtool program file name e g Suprtool Pub Robelle Suprtool uses this name to determine the name of the other built in file names If Suprtool cannot call the procinfo intrinsic to figure out its own name e g this intrinsic doesn t exist on MPE V R it assumes you are running Suprtool Pub Robelle Account Name The account name for all built in files is the same as the account name where Suprtool is running For example if you run Suprtool Pub Dev the help file for Suprtool is Suprtool Help Dev Group Name Suprtool examines the group name where Suprtool is running to determine the group name for the built in file names For program files e g Suprlink Suprtool assumes the same group as Suprtool For the help files Suprtool uses a different scheme If the group name is PUB Suprtool assumes help files are in the HELP group The same assumption is m
106. is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows Caveats for Privileged Mode Users Speed Demon V uses split stack mode This should not concern any normal user but there are two consequences for privileged mode users 1 You cannot call Speed Demon V from split stack mode 2 Do not enable a privileged mode Control Y trap handler while calling Speed Demon V SPDEPREFETCH JCW Speed Demon can read data directly from disc into memory using Multi Rec NOBUF reads However Speed Demon is often slowed down on MPE iX while waiting for the file system to satisfy its read requests Using prefetch on MPE ix Speed Demon is able to increase its throughput by instructing MPE 1X s memory manager to read the data from disc to memory ahead of time This way when Speed Demon needs the data it is already in memory and Speed Demon doesn t have t
107. length of the record returned in buffer Record number of the record read Buffer Array where the values of the record read are placed This buffer must correspond to the field list specified in SPDEDBINIT Dummy This is a dummy parameter and it may contain anything Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Speed Demon Intrinsics e 393 SPDEDBSHUT Intrinsic Close the Speed Demon environment This must be done if another dataset will be read or to restart at the beginning of the same set SPDEDBSHUT will optionally print statistics about the read operation SPDEDBSHUT Database Dataset Mode Status Dummy Database Database name as passed to DBOPEN Dataset Dataset name or dataset number to shut This must be the same dataset name or dataset number passed to SPDEDBINIT Mode SPDEDBSHUT can be called in any of three modes Return the version number of SPDEDBSHUT All the other parameters are ignored and Speed Demon is not closed Close the Speed Demon environment 2 Close the Speed Demon environment and print a summary of the read operation on stdlist Status If SPDEDBSHUT succeeds with mode 0 the following values are returned in the status array Major version number Minor version number Pre release version number Zeros If SPDEDBSHUT succeeds with mode 1 or mode 2 zeros are returned in the status array Dummy This is a dummy parameter It may contain anything 394 e Speed Demon Int
108. listf source edited command is shown you press lt return gt listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo redo 8th through 10th redo redo 10 through last redo redo last Purge command redo redo last containing temp Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 323 Set Command S 324 e Dbedit Commands Changes certain operating options within Dbedit Except for LP these options are saved when you return to Suprtool and restored if you enter Dbedit again SET LP ONJOFF PROMPT character QUIET ONJOFF RESET ONJOFF UNDERLINE ONJ OFF VERIFY ONJOFF LP SET LP ONJOFF Initially OFF All output from the List command is normally sent to stdlist When you turn Set LP to On Dbedit opens the file Suprlist which defaults to the line printer Turning Set LP Off closes the SUPRLIST file and releases it to the spooler Dbedit automatically closes the Suprlist file when you return to Suprtool Prompt SET PROMPT char Initially Prompt tells Dbedit to use a different character for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example gt edit set prompt Slist m customer Quiet SET QUIET ON OFF Initially OFF Turning this option On causes Dbedit to reduce the number of helpful messages that are printed and to shorten other messages Res
109. lt 5000 gt output custlist gt xeq Define Fields in a Data File A regular data file does not have any field information associated with it If you need to work with the fields in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields using the Define command For example say you have a data file with lines that look like this 12345678John Rutherford lt 32 gt 98765432Catherine Smith lt 29 gt Account First name Last name Age 8 byt 12 byt 16 byte 2 byte integer Use these Define commands to tell Suprtool about the fields gt input datafile gt define account byte gt define first name byte gt define last name 21 byte gt define age Say int field name Length Start Data type position Now you can use the field names account first name last name and age to refer to the corresponding parts of the line just as if this were a database record gt input datafile gt define gt if age gt 65 gt ext account last name gt output result gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File To create an SD file from a data file follow these steps 1 Define the fields that you want to include in the SD file 2 Extract the fields in the order you want 3 Use the Link option in the Output command to create the SD file Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 17 gt input datafile gt define account Ly byte gt define first name 9 byte
110. many benefits including regular updates of Suprtool Each release includes new features as well as providing support for a changing HP environment If you are a second site within a large organization you can either pay for your own support or get support and updates from your internal central site News Memos Do you receive a copy of What s Up DOCumentation our regular news memo about Robelle MPE and HP UX We distribute our news memos only to sites with current service Your copy may be going to your corporate headquarters Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Welcome to Suprtool e 5 Bonus Contributed Software Suprtool comes with bonus contributed software in the PUB and QLIB groups of the Robelle account The tools in QLIB such as Qhelp for on line help manuals and Prose to print manuals can be extremely handy You also receive Select a menu processor Spell an English spelling checker HowMessy an analyzer for database efficiency and Xpedit for end user editing in VPLUS environments Select To browse through the Robelle account including QLIB use our Select menu program Select allows you to run programs get help and print manuals all without knowing any MPE commands run select pub robelle qlib HowMessy analyzes a database and print a report on the internal efficiency of the database and it does it 10 to 20 times faster than most similar programs In 1992 Interex released a version of DBLOADNG which is as fa
111. may know that only 1 000 records will be selected If you do not use the Numrecs command Suprtool builds an output file with one million records and the sort builds a scratch file with one million records If your dataset was called ARTRANS the following Suprtool commands would be used to read sort and select a small subset of the input records preventing the out of disc space error run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec data gt get artrans gt numrecs 1000 gt if trans date gt 000101 and trans date lt 000131 gt sort trans date sort cust number gt output archives gt exit Suprtool and Tape Files You must use a File command to specify an input or output file to tape Suprtool reads or writes only one file to an unlabeled tape Suprtool writes two end of file marks on an Output tape to guarantee that any other software can find the end of file correctly If you plan to select more than 10 000 records from a tape file be certain to specify the maximum number of records to select in the Numrecs command The Numrecs command is not necessary if you are outputting to an existing file with the append and erase options of the output command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 59 There is an outstanding bug in MPE that can cause Suprtool to lose records from an Input tape file This only happens where there are partial blocks on the tape that are not the last block of the tape Suprtoo
112. name sort using the field name gt total qty total all the values of the field qty gt exit Relative Definitions DEFINE field fieldname subscript offset Lsublen type Lsubcount Default sublen type same as fieldname The fieldname is an IMAGE field from the dataset specified in Chain Get or Input dataset or a field from a self describing file or another Defined field Relative definitions are similar to COBOL s Redefine verb The sublen and type are optional They default to the total byte length and type of the fieldname The subscript parameter is an optional sub item index for arrays such as IMAGE compound items like 5J2 or 4X20 The first sub item is number 1 and if no subscript is provided Suprtool uses the first sub item The offset parameter is optional and specifies a byte offset from the position that would otherwise be used This allows you to define fields relative to other fields The offset starts at 1 and not at 0 1 e FIELD 1 is the first byte of the field To define a field that corresponds to the second street address of m customer you would use Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt get m customer gt define city street address 2 gt if city Vancouver plist gt xeq Data Types Here are the valid types Type Description BYTE printable ASCII characters INTANTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement REAL Classic floating point LONG Classic floating
113. not Suprtool Refer to the Export command in the Suprtool Commands chapter of the Suprtool user manual for more information Preventing MPE Commands If you want to prevent STExport from executing any MPE commands e g Purge you Run STExport with Parm 8192 This feature is automatically invoked by Suprtool s Export command when Set Limit MPE Off has been specified inside Suprtool run stexport pub robelle parm 8192 Exit with Verify Some users find that they Exit from STExport inadvertently For STExport to get user approval on Exit Run STExport with Parm 64 run stexport pub robelle parm 64 e Okay to exit no Preventing STExport from Suspending If you run STExport from within HPDesk and some other programs STExport suspends on Exit but HPDesk does not notice The next time you run STExport you Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport 246 e Accessing STExport will get a new copy of STExport Eventually you will have many suspended copies of STExport hanging from HPDesk consuming system resources Running STExport with Parm 32 forces STExport to terminate on Exit rather than suspend Job Control Word STExport sets the system job control word JCW to a fatal state when STExport fails in a batch job STExport sets only the high order bit of the JCW That is it adds 32 768 to the existing JCW value HP subsystems use the other bits of the JCW so STExport does nothing to them Using STExport in B
114. off don t print error records set varsub on enable variable substitution edit enter Dbedit set quiet on print shorter messages exit return to Suprtool Installing the Suprtool Interface Complete instructions for installing the Suprtool2 interface can be found in the Calling Suprtool User Manual Installing Suprtool in Another Account 10 e Installing Suprtool You may want to install Suprtool in some account other than the Robelle account Although the Suprtool program file is normally installed as Suprtool Pub Robelle you can move the program to any account and group that has PM PH MR and DS capabilties If you move Suprtool you may want to move Suprlink and STExport to the same location External Files Some file names are hardcoded into Suprtool For the benefit of users who plan to segregate all vendor software into a special account e g not ROBELLE Suprtool provides a mechanism to override file names Suprtool uses five external files Suprtool dynamically changes four of these file names but you can use Set Filename to override Suprtool s choices Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprmgr Pub Sys This is an optional file that is designed to contain configuration commands You cannot redirect this file with a File command otherwise end users could override system manager limits specified in Suprmgr Pub Sys You cannot change this file name Help The primary help file for Suprtool This file
115. on MPE iX Speed Demon iX runs in native mode and is accessed via an XL file Depending on what operating system you are on MPE V or MPE iX and what kind of programs will be calling Speed Demon compatibility mode native mode or both you may end up installing either both or neither version Read all the instructions carefully Before using either version of Speed Demon you must build or upgrade the Robelle account and restore all files as described in the nstalling Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual System SL Installation This procedure is required for MPE V systems and for compatibility mode programs on MPE ix The Speed Demon V routines are distributed in the file DemonUSL Pub Robelle The job stream Demon SuprJob Robelle installs the Speed Demon V intrinsics in the System SL This is the only method for installing Speed Demon V You also use this job stream to update Speed Demon V when you receive a new version or to re install the interface after a MIT update from HP You will need a small tape for a new cold load tape to contain the Speed Demon V segments Warning You must have created the Robelle account and restored all files as described in the installation chapter of the Suprtool User Manual To install Speed Demon V into the System SL follow these steps 1 Ensure that no one will use Speed Demon V until the installation is complete No one can be running a program which uses Speed Demon V Stop all jobs
116. on the remote computer Due to bugs in MPE Suprtool cannot always rename files on a remote computer We suggest that output files on remote computers be purged before you enter the Exit or Xeq command Network Services NS NS 3000 Network Services for the HP e3000 is the replacement for DS over LAN 3000 Suprtool reads and writes files using NS 3000 The Base Input and Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 61 Output commands do not allow the node specification to be entered as part of the file name Use File commands to specify remote databases and files For example dsline mrp go hp remote hello user account group file store store mrp go hp run suprtool pub robelle gt base store gt get m customer gt output mcust gt xeg See Base Command BA on page 98 for a discussion of remote database access Suprtool and MPE iX Suprtool is available in native mode This section provides details for calling the Suprtool2 interface in native mode See the next section for ideas on how to combine MPE iX programming features with Suprtool Calling Suprtool in Native Mode The Suprtool2 interface is available in native mode Like the compatibility mode version of the Suprtool2 interface you require PH capability in order to use the Suprtool2 interface in native mode The native mode object code for the interface resides in ST2XL Pub Robelle The interface is installed in XL files The f
117. one sort key be specified gt sort agent sort by agent gt duplicate none keys gt output agents create roster of agents The Keys Num option determines the level at which Suprtool compares sort keys This option controls which duplicate records get included in or excluded from the output file In the following example we sort by agent and by bill date in descending order but only check for duplicates at the agent level gt sort agent sort by agent gt sort bill date desc sort by date gt duplicate none keys 1 only check for duplicate agents gt output agents create roster of agents Count The Count option causes Suprtool to produce a new field in the output record with the number of occurrences of each key value The count field is called st count and is an 12 type field The Count option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys count Input Output EITI T0 ELL TO A 2222 25 22220 2 2 two records for key value 2222 22220739 3333 48 1 3333 48 Total The Total option allows up to 15 fields to be subtotaled for each duplicate key Separate the fields with spaces not commas The Total option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys A new field is created at the end of the output record for each total Each field is called st total n gt sort customer no gt extract customer no gt duplicate none keys total sales qty sales amt The above commands
118. out at night gt GET D SONGS 28 gt OUT SNULL 1 CD NO 2 CD TITLE Mellon Collie ARTIST Smashing Pumpkins SONG NO dl SONG TITLE where boys fear to tread IN 2 OUT 2 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Third Party Indexing If MPE iX third party indexing is enabled the Chain command takes advantage of third party indexes in the specified dataset The search field parameter can be any IMAGE index or any third party index Only X and U type fields are supported Use the Form command to see which index fields Chain will accept The value you specify is still restricted to the maximum length of the search field The following example uses a third party index to only match customer entries where the last name starts with the letter A gt chain m customer name last A gt list standard gt xeq Notes The Chain command is intended to replace a Get and If combination where the primary selection is by key value In many cases it is still faster to use the Get command to read the entire dataset than it is to use the Chain command to use search paths or third party indexes Use Set Stat On to compare the performance of the Chain and Get commands The dataset search field cannot be a R type item The Chain command always reads the chain values in sorted order by ascending search value You do not need to specify a Sort command to have the output file sorted by the search field Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 105
119. pages for either Internet or Intranet applications HTML NONE PREFORMATTED TABLE TITLE string HEADING string Default None Web applications expect data in a special format called the Hypertext Markup Language HTML Use the HTML option to request that STExport format the input file into HTML format Example Maximum Size of HTML Files Web browsers often cannot process large documents The maximum size depends on the browser the version of that browser the operating system it is working on and how much physical memory is present on the client machine We suggest that you limit your Web pages to less than 1 000 lines and restrict the number of columns unless you are certain that your users can handle larger files This advice reflects not so much a limitation of STExport but a limitation of how Web browsers work Preformatted Format To preserve the columns and spacing of each output line use the HTML Preformatted option This option puts an HTML lt pre gt tag around all the data in the input file Most Web browsers will display preformatted text in a fixed width font such as Courier Therefore if you specify HTML Preformatted you should also select Columns Fixed Table Format Use HTML Table to create output in HTML table format STExport creates tables with a border between each column and row Tables make it easier to read tabular information but some older browers do not support tables If you specify HTML
120. point IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned integer CHARACTER for Native Language Support For compatibility with Sort Pub Sys the Define command also accepts Fpoint as the data type for IEEE numbers The following table shows the Suprtool definitions for the IMAGE data types IMAGE Type Number of Bytes COBOL SUPRTOOL Declaration Definition Il 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer 12 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double 14 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Jl 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer J2 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double J4 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Un n A n gt define a 1 n byte Xn n X n gt define a 1 n byte Zn n 9 n gt define a 1 n display Pn n 2 S9 n 1 COMP 3 gt define a 1 n 2 packed K1 2 gt define a 1 2 logical K2 4 gt define a 1 4 logical R2 4 gt define a 1 4 real R4 8 gt define a 1 8 long E2 4 gt define a 1 4 ieee E4 8 gt define a 1 8 ieee Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 107 108 Suprtool Commands Data type Display may have a trailing overpunch sign Packed Decimal Fields When defining packed decimal fields you must convert the number of decimal digits into a byte count The last digit of a decimal field is always used for the sign There are two data types for decimal fields PACKED for those that end on a byte boundary and PACKED for
121. record Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool amt is an integer that starts at the 11th byte of file gt def amt 11 2 int gt if amt gt 1000 amt is now a field we can select on gt output outfile Absolute Example with Subcount IMAGE and Suprtool allow fields to be repeated In the next example we define an amount field that repeats twelve times e g once for each month of the year We use a subscript when we want to refer to a specific month gt def amt 11 2 int 12 amt is an integer that repeats 12 times gt if amt 5 gt 1000 we select on the 5th subfield gt output outfile Relative Examples Use the simplest form of relative definitions to rename existing fields gt def quantity qty quantity is a more readable name gt if quantity 100 selection on the new field The Define command copies the byteposition sublength and type to the new field but it does not copy the subcount Define assumes that you want the first subfield gt def amount amt amt is 12J2 gt if amount gt 1000 amount is 1J2 and is the same as amt 1 Relative Example with Subcount Because Suprtool defaults the subcount to one you might want to specify an explicit subcount when giving a new name to an existing field gt def amount amt 12 amt is 12J2 same length and type gt if amount 5 gt 1000 amount is 12J2 we are selecting for May Relative Example with Subscript Use subscripts to define a new fie
122. record write line record move notecust serial no to head serial no move notecust company name to head company name write line record from report header 20 produce report exit exit 444 e Calling Suprlink Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Installing the Suprtool2 Interface Compatibility Mode Installation You do not need to do any installation steps in order to use the native mode version of Suprtool2 These instructions describe how to install the Suprtool2 interface into the System SL on Classic versions of MPE and on MPE X for access by compatibility mode programs The job stream Suprcall Suprjob Robelle installs the Suprtool2 interface so that it can be used by any program on the system Use it either to update the interface when you receive a new version of Suprtool or to re install the interface after a MIT update from HP You will need a small tape for a new COLDLOAD tape to contain the Suprtool interface segment You can also install the Suprtool2 interface in a pub or group SL see Compiling and Linking on MPE V on page 413 Installing into the System SL 1 showjob Make sure that the Robelle account has been created and all files have been restored Ensure that no one will use the interface until the installation is complete No one can be running a program which uses the interface Stop all jobs and send an operator warning warn please stop for 20 minutes abortjob snnn 3 STREAM t
123. specify the following from within Linkedit linkedit HP Link Editor iX HP30315A 06 14 Copyright Hewlett Packard Co LinkEd gt link from main to myprog xl demonxl pub robelle To alter an existing program to use the Demonxl you can use the Altprog command from within Linkedit LinkEd gt altprog myprog xl demonxl pub robelle Please see the Linkedit manual for details about the Link and Altprog commands in Linkedit Group or Pub SL Installation This procedure is for MPE V systems and for compatibility mode programs on MPE 1X It is not the recommended or supported procedure See the Speed Demon V instructions in the previous section We only support Speed Demon V when it is installed in the System SL These are the reasons for this policy 1 Speed Demon V requires privileged mode When Speed Demon V is installed in the System SL it can obtain privileged mode for itself while guaranteeing that privileged mode is not available to the calling program If Speed Demon V is installed in a Pub or Group SL the calling program is installed in a group and account with privileged mode 2 Some third party software intercepts all IMAGE and file system calls e g DBOPEN and FOPEN Writing intercept calls is straightforward from a Pub or Group SL but very difficult inside the System SL Emulating all IMAGE and file system calls correctly is hard and can introduce problems for Speed Demon V By installing Speed Demon V in the Syst
124. string expressions string constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the string constant abc is three characters long and the string a is one Byte Fields For historical reasons comparing two byte type fields to each other is a special case If the two fields are exactly the same length Suprtool compares them completely If one field is shorter the comparison is done for the length of the shortest field Suprtool does not check for spaces in the trailing characters of the longer field For example gt define short 1 10 ten character field gt define long 11 15 fifteen character field gt 1f short long In this example Suprtool compares the ten bytes in the short field with the first ten bytes of the long field but ignores the last five bytes of the long field If the expression on either side of the equal sign consisted of more than one field using the Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 151 152 e Suprtool Commands operator or involved any of the string functions Supper lower trim ltrim or rtrim Suprtool would have compared both sides of the equal sign by padding the shorter field with spaces It is only the case where you are directly comparing one byte type field to another that Suprtool uses the length of the shortest field for the comparison You cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field If you have a byte field that consists entirely o
125. stringing together fields extracted from Input records You would use the following to extract two of the nine fields from the customer records gt get m customer input from a dataset gt extract cust account extract the key value and gt extract credit rating one other field gt output outl output file will have two fields gt xeq You can easily insert data into the middle of a record again using the Extract command Define the first and second halves of the record as two big chunks Now Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 31 Extract the first part note the constant you wish to insert then Extract the second part gt input myfile 95 bytes wide gt define part1 1 60 byte first 60 bytes gt define part2 61 35 byte remaining 35 gt extract partl constant part2 extract an 8 byte constant gt output newfile 103 bytes now gt xeq Producing a Condensed Dataset Listing When debugging test databases it is often desirable to produce a condensed listing of a dataset on stdlist The following example combines the Extract command with the ASCII output option i e all binary and packed decimal data is converted into readable ASCII characters For readability each data value is prefixed with an abbreviated field name This listing is more compact than the one produced by the List command gt get m customer gt extract Account cust account gt extract
126. tape Notes There are two things to remember when working with multiple tapes in a single volume set The first tape reel in a volume has the same name as the entire volume set Subsequent tapes should have a different name If you know that the file you want to read is on the second reel you can just mount the second reel File User Labels When copying a file to a labeled tape Suprtool attempts to copy any MPE user labels Because of restrictions of labeled tapes the user labels cannot be longer than the record length of the file In most cases Suprtool truncates user labels as they are copied to or from a labeled tape When this happens Suprtool prints a warning Label length truncated to 80 characters If the files you are reading from the tape do not have any user labels and Suprtool is having difficulty reading the file you can try this gt Set Userlabels Off Suprtool and Remote File Access The Base command allows you to specify a system name other than the logon system This permits easy access to databases on remote computers File commands can be used to specify input files from remote computers and to specify output files to remote computers Suprtool attempts to handle duplicate file errors on a remote computer in the same manner as for a local computer If you are on line you can rename the file as a file on the remote computer In batch a duplicate file on a remote computer results in the Outputnn file being built
127. than 459 lt gt means not equal to 459 means calculator 304 458 means equal to 458 set name parameter 135 163 458 means matches pattern 459 Input option of Output 186 gt gt changing the prompt character 214 gt is the prompt character 459 gt means greater than 459 gt lt means doesn t match pattern 459 4 4096 record size 62 4GLs 67 376 A A4 size paper 177 aammdd date format 83 168 abbreviating commands 93 253 303 347 Abort option on Exit 119 264 353 absolute field definition 106 absolute value function 129 150 accessing Speed Demon 383 accuracy in numeric expressions 150 Add command 97 310 Add command locking 301 Add Dates 126 adding records to a dataset 192 All option Dbedit 306 Allbase applications 42 Allbase database 184 alphanumeric string test 152 altering maxpri 9 alternate values 146 221 alternatives to the If command 144 AND operator 145 appending to a file 182 216 appending Hpmodify 196 464 e Index application systems 76 APS date format 168 arithmetic expressions 127 149 arithmetic trap 238 Arithmetic Set option 201 ascending order 172 219 ASCII option 32 188 ASK MANMAN date selection 168 ASK option 188 assertion errors 409 asterisk see at sign in patterns 459 attached printer 180 B backslash 461 Base command 61 98 229 Base command default mode 212 base name parameter 98 192 Baseclose Set option 202 batch 39 24
128. the size of the output file using a File command file allsales disc 10000 output allsales Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples tlistf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 redo redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf sou
129. the Heading command to specify what STExport should write as the first line of the output file Field Names If you specify Heading Fieldnames STExport creates a default heading This heading is constructed by using the field name of each field in the input file The Fieldname option uses the formatting options that apply to byte type fields to determine the final format e g the Quote command STExport produces multiple field names for compound fields For compound fields the repeat count is used to determine the number of field names The repeat count is appended to the field name starting with one until all the field names have been generated User Specified Heading You can specify your own heading line by doing gt heading your heading Because the maximum length of an STExport input line is 256 characters you may not be able to specify a long heading with a single Heading command Use Heading Add to add additional strings to your heading Heading Account Note no Add in first string Heading Add First Name Heading Add Last Name Heading Add City Heading Add State If you specify your own heading STExport does not attempt to apply any formatting options If you need each field in the heading line to be surrounded by quotes and separated by commas you have to supply these yourself For example eading Account Note no Add in first string eading on eading First Name eading Va eading
130. the decimal place in numeric fields DECIMAL PERIOD COMMA Default Period The fields in the input file The Decimal command specifies what separator will be used to indicate the decimal must have been created with place in numeric fields In North America the custom is to indicate the decimal decimal places using place in numbers with a period Outside North America the custom is to indicate Suprtool s Item command the decimal place with a comma If the decimal place indicator is incorrect it is harder to import files into other applications The Decimal command does not apply to floating point fields Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 261 Delimiter Command DE 262 e STExport Commands Specify a delimiter if any that appears between each field in the output record DELIMITER NONE COMMA TAB SPACE string Default Comma Use Delimiter Comma to create an output file in comma delimited format this is common for PC database applications Use Delimiter Tab to tell STExport to insert the tab character between fields instead of a comma If you have selected Columns Fixed you will likely want to remove the delimiter by specifying Delimiter None If you want some white space between fixed length columns specify Delimiter Space instead String Parameter You can put anything inside quote characters to specify your own Delimiter For example Delimiter would insert a space a comma
131. the field gt extract Customer Account account gt extract Credit Rating rating gt output ascii The output would look like Customer Account 04598921 Credit Rating Customer Account 44657844 Credit Rating Customer Account 98753198 Credit Rating The spaces after Credit Rating before the rating value is due to the numeric field Rating being extracted with blanks for its leading zeros This is the result of the Ascii option of the Output command Repeated Fields If the field is an IMAGE repeated field e g 10J1 the Extract command places the value in each of the repeated fields when you do not specify the subscript If you specify a subscript only that one repeated field will have the new constant value Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 123 124 e Suprtool Commands In this example Address is a repeated field 2X20 We wish to extract the data as it exists in the input record rather than forcing it to a constant value gt ext account extract key value gt ext address take both of the repeated fields In the next example we assume that the Balance field is a repeated field 12J2 We wish to make each of the 12 repeated fields in the output record equal to 100 gt extract name gt extract balance 100 If we only wanted to extract the sixth field of BALANCE and set it to 100 we would do the following gt extract name gt extract balance 6 100 Character Consta
132. the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces 256 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 257 Columns Command C 258 e STExport Commands Specify whether fields are formatted into variable or fixed length columns COLUMNS FIXED NONE Default None Most PC software expects imported data to be in variable length columns Other database systems prefer data to be aligned in fixed columns Use the Columns command to specify whether the output file has variable or fixed length columns Output File The Columns command also affects the format of the Output file If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records If you specify Columns Fixed the output file will have fixed length records Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Date Command DA
133. this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 127 128 e Suprtool Commands Examples gt extract budget99 actual98 1000 gt extract total cost qty gt extract day ccyymmdd date mod 100 In the following example the field total is used twice In the first case it is used to tell Suprtool how to format the arithmetic expression In the second case it is used in the sort command Warning In this example the output file is sorted by the value of total as it appears in the input record It is not be sorted by cost qty gt extract total cost qty gt sort total sort by input total Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost expense dept Correct gt extract name i sales commission gt extract c cost expense gt extract dept Constants vs Expression
134. ti boss 253 Comments on Command Lines ccceceesessseeseeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeceseensecnseesaecnaecneeeaeeenes 253 STREAM a od e 254 MPE Command str ties 254 MPEAX Command iia n bate e cote seer EEE SE 254 Piles Names e e Ouest eta ee e e 254 A O 255 Controlan e a ed e ee ol 255 Before Command Blunt loans 256 Columns Command Cl ccccccccccssscesssecsssceeseecesececseccsseceseecsseeeeseeceseeeeseeceseeesaeceeeeecsseeeeeees 258 Date Command DA ccccccccccssccssscesssecessceeseecsececsseceseeeeseecseeecseecsseeesseceseeeesaecssseeesaeensees 259 Decimal Command DEC ccccccccccsccsssceessecesscecseecsseeeseeceseeeeseecessesesseceseecsseceeeeecsaeceeees 261 Delimiter Command DE cccccccccsssccsssceescecesscecseeceseeeseeceseeeeseecesseeeseeceseesesseceseeeesaeensees 262 Do Command DO ccccccccccsssccssscessceceseceeseecsseeeesseceseeseseecseeecseeceseesesseceseeeeaeeceseeeesseensees 263 Exit Command E ksenona tenon eiiean iaieiiea ninnaa eisten resi 264 Exit Abort EA ccccccccccccssesscsseescesecsessecseeseceseeeeseescssecsessecsecaessecsecessaeesesaeenenaeens 264 Exit Suspend p SA PA AE T EE A A ek 264 1 a Ea A LA EEE I E AN A T AE T 265 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Floating Command FL ooooniccinoniconicononononoconononccnnccnnonnnonnos Form Command F oocooononoccccooncconncconononnnoconononnncconononnnccnnoss Heading Command HEA 0ooocoocccocccocconnconononconnconno
135. time is always 00 00 i e midnight Extracting Relative Dates The Extract command provides the same relative date features as the If command see Date Selection on page 154 for a complete description of the options of Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool date You must first use the Item command to identify the field name as a date Suprtool uses the field type and length along with the date format to determine the output format of the date Note that the three parts of DATE are always specified in year month day order regardless of the date format of the field gt item field date mmddyy gt extract field date today s date gt extract field date 1 01 start of last month gt extract field Sdate 1 last end of last month Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using date the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Stddate Similar to the If command the Extract command is also capable of utilizing the stddate function This will allow for conversion of any of the supported Suprtool date formats to be converted to a date in the ccyymmdd date format in a double integer container For example gt get sales detail gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyyyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeg Invalid Dates Because the stddate must have a valid
136. up to 240 bytes long Because the PRN option leaves room for the maximum value of any field you may need to restrict the number of output fields using the Extract command While some PC software allows alternate characters to be used to delimit character fields Lotus 1 2 3 accepts double quotes only Since Lotus 1 2 3 rejects character fields that contains a double quote Suprtool removes all double quotes from character fields when generating the PRN format Suprtool removes quotes by replacing them with a space See STExport for a method of including header lines in the file to be down loaded Examples One reason to use stdlist as the output file indicated by as the filename is to obtain a quick listing of the ASCII fields in the input source The following example lists the cust account name last and name first fields of the m customer dataset and separates them by two spaces gt base store 5 READER input from a database gt get m customer use the m customer dataset gt extract cust account account number will be first gt extract two spaces gt extract name last the customer s last name gt extract two more spaces gt extract name first the customer s first name gt output output the records to stdlist gt sort cust account sorted by the dataset s key field gt exit The following examples demonstrate other combinations of options on the Output command The entire ssues chapter of the manual
137. use TABLE tablename itemname FILE SORTED filename HOLD DATA field 1 field2 field3 Parameters itemname The item determines the data type and length of the key values in the table By default you can only load a table from a file when the item is the first field in the file If you load a Table from a self describing file Suprtool first checks for the field in the self describing file FILE vs SORTED The File option assumes that the file of table values is not sorted Sorting a large file of values is slow If the file is already sorted use the Sorted option Suprtool checks the records to make sure they are in ascending order filename A valid MPE file name Hold By default the Xeq command resets all tables Use the Hold option when using the same table in more than one extract task When Hold is specified the Xeq command does not reset the table Hold applies to individual tables not all tables gt table part table part file partin hold Data The Table command MPE iX only now allows for data to be loaded along with matching key values Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt table partab part file partin data cost desc You can specify up to 20 data fields as long as the total size of the key fields and data does not exceed 256 bytes The Table file must be Self Describing to use the data option When loading data into a table Suprtool will eliminate the duplicate entries based on the k
138. use the interface to pass commands to Suprlink 174 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool List Command L The List command is used to produce formatted listings of the selected records You may specify the List command or the Output command or both or neither If List is used instead of Output Suprtool sets the Output to null so that only a listing is produced LIST OCTAL HEX DECIMAL CHAR NOREC LABELS RECORD DUPLEX ONEPERLINE LP NONAME NOSKIP STANDARD DEVICE name DATE format TIME format PCL format LEFTJUSTNUM RIGHTJUSTNUM TITLE string HEADING string string Default Octal Char or Formatted If Suprtool knows about the fields in the input source e g because you have used the Extract command the list records are formatted with field names and internal binary data types e g integer are converted to ASCII You cannot combine the Ask or Query Num output options with the List command Here is a typical use of List to find any entries in the m customer dataset that do not have a valid value for cust status gt base store 5 READER input from a database gt get m customer read this dataset gt if cust status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt list print bad entries gt xeq Format You can override the defaults with a specification in the List command e g List Hex Char If the input source
139. user labels in the file and is known as a mini dictionary When you access the subfile in Quiz its description is read from the mini dictionary You must ensure that the PowerHouse subfile description exactly matches the record layout of Suprlink s output file Remember that Suprlink will drop the common key fields from the link files Step 1 Create the Subfile with QTP Before running Suprlink you create an empty subfile with QTP purge invcust qtp gt access d invoice link custnum to gt custnum of m customer gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include gt custnum invdate amount invnum gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go The subfile must contain all of the fields that Suprlink will produce in the output file with the same attributes data type and length and in the same order Use the Include option of QTP s Subfile command to define each of the fields in the correct order Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Introduction to Suprlink e 343 344 e Introduction to Suprlink The numrecs parameter must be replaced with the number of records that will be created by the Suprlink run The default numrecs is 1023 when the input limit is set to 0 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprlink Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of Suprlink s Output command to load the file This will overwrite any data in the subfile but it will not touch the PowerHouse mini dictionary i
140. variables will give different results from MPE We recommend that you set the variables prior to running Stexport or that you temporarily turn off variable substitution with the Set Varsub Off command set varsub off Ssetvar a 10 Ssetvar b a Sshowvar ab A 10 B la set varsub on Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Introduction to STExport e 251 STExport Commands General Notes When you run STExport it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdinx STExport commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the STExport commands in alphabetical order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and O for Output Abbreviating You may shorten the command to the first letter of the command name Sv verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because STExport upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc and file names These two commands are identical SEXIT Sexit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only
141. which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example TEMP ERASE In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Suprlink is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details of how to install both Suprtool and Suprlink Built In File Names Suprlink requires an external file for the Help command Suprlink dynamically changes this file name but you can use a File command to override Suprlink s choice 330 e Welcome to Suprlink Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Default File Names If you are running Suprlink on MPE V E or MPE iX Suprlink finds the name of the Suprlink program file name e g Suprlink Pub Robelle Suprlink uses this name to determine the name of the other built in file names If Suprlink cannot call the procinfo intrinsic e g this intrinsic doesn t exist on MPE V R it assumes you are running Suprlink Pub Robelle Account Name The account name for all built in files is the same as the one where Suprlink is running e g if you run Suprlink Pub Dev the help file for Suprlink is Suprlink Help Dev Group Name Suprlink examines the group name where Suprlink is running to determine the group name for the built in file names If the group name is PUB Suprlink assumes help files are in the HELP group The same assumption is made for any group na
142. will create a self describing file with the field customer no and the total by each customer of the sales qty in the field st total 1 Similarly the field st total 2 will contain the total sales amt by customer number The following data types are chosen for each total based on the data type of the field Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 115 116 e Suprtool Commands Data Type Total Data Type Real R4 IEEE E4 all others P28 Please see the P28 Fields section on how to define these fields in Cobol and PowerHouse programs Note that for byte fields there can be only digits in the field If there are other characters such as or then Suprtool reports an error You can use the Link output option to easily see the fields that Suprtool creates For repeated fields e g 612 the first subfield is subtotaled if you don t provide a subscript You can combine the Count and Total options but the Count option must appear before the Total option You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command gt key 1 4 gt def field 5 2 integer gt duplicate none keys total field Input Output 1111 1111 1 10 2222 2 60 25 35 60 3333 4 48 Deleting Duplicate Records There is no direct way to delete duplicate records Specifying both the Delete and Duplicate commands does not delete all duplicate output records This is because the Delete command occurs in the input ph
143. your Suprmgr file set filecode 222 This feature is useful for MPEX users who wish to manage Suprtool output files For example to find all of the Suprtool output files you would do the following run mpex pub vesoft Sllistf code 222 sexit Of course you can still use a File command explicitly to override the filecode of the output file Filename SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename See Installing Suprtool on page 7 for a complete description of this Set command Firstrec SET FIRSTREC 0 1 Initial amp Default depends on file type FIRSTREC forces Suprtool to choose the first record number of the input file to be zero or one If the input file is a KSAM file this option overrides the setting in the KSAM key file This Set option is included primarily for RPG users Any RPG program that takes advantage of KSAM record numbers assumes that the record numbers start at one and not zero even though the KSAM file itself must be built with the first record defined as zero RPG subtracts one before reading from the KSAM file Hints SET HINTS ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool provides all users with a hint of the day each time they enter Suprtool These hints introduce people to Suprtool features that they may be missing Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 206 Suprtool Commands You must have the file Suprhint Help Robelle on your system To disable hints
144. 0 end subr lt lt print int gt gt subroutine print command begin length 256 do length length 1 until length lt 0 or b command line length lt gt length length 1 print supr command line length 0 end subr lt lt print command gt gt prtool2 supr control supr status lt gt supr ok then begin p Suprtool2 interface call has failed err print command p Error number ask print int supr status setjcw 1 end if blank supr command line wl supr command line end proc lt lt call suprtool2 gt gt Spage init tool2spl lt lt check logon mode parm values etc see if we can send one command to suprtool gt gt logical procedure init tool2spl begin integer temp init tool2spl false who temp batch temp 12 2 2 p TOOL2SPL Copyright Robelle 1982 2001 output p current version output print outbuf 0 0 lt lt blank line gt gt blank supr control wl supr control supr version 4 supr maxdata 0d move supr print state ER move supr total type AS if copy of parm 2 then move supr print state AL else if copy of parm 3 then move supr print state NE p Please hit RETURN for EXIT at end Thanks output move supr command line COMMENT Test of Suprtool Interface call suprtool2 if supr status 0 then begin init tool2spl true print outbuf 0 0 end if end proc lt lt init tool2spl gt gt Spage mainline c
145. 0 Suprtool Running Suprtool under MPE How to Run Suprtool To access Suprtool type the run command run suprtool pub robelle SUPRTOOL Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 4 5 SUN JUN 17 2001 11 47 AM Type H for help Licensee The Shum Co Today s Hint To see ALL of the options available in Suprtool use gt VERIFY ALL gt Suprtool prints its version number and the current time right after a banner It also prints the name of the company that has licensed this copy of Suprtool Suprtool then prompts with gt Press Return after typing each command For example if you type the help command Suprtool prints some help text and a keyword list Type a keyword or press Return to leave Help How to Xeq a Suprtool Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the input source the output destination and any special processing that is required Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual Suprtool extraction task If you entered the Exit command Suprtool finishes the current task then returns you to MPE If you entered the Xeq command Suprtool finishes the current task then prompts you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate Suprtool immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort which immediately returns you to MPE without attempting any task If you Run Suprtool from anoth
146. 0 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 161 gt use prompt use gt in sdfile first line of usefile gt if status read and amp continue the If command state Sread last line of the usefile Mon prompt for status end of prompt for status AZ prompt for state CA user must remember comma OR user also enters quotes end of the second read Notes Suprtool is not designed to be used by end users We prefer that you write intelligent front ends that understand user applications and hide the details of Suprtool from end users We recommend that you use read from usefiles only for one time tasks or for tasks used by experienced Suprtool users who do not require a friendly user interface 162 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Input Command I Opens the file that will be the input source for the next extract task This file can be an MPE disc file an MPE tape file a KSAM file for stdinx a card file or some other MPE file with fixed length records Suprtool executes the Input command immediately it does not wait for an Xeq command before opening the Input file INPUT file setname startrecord endrecord count Default all input records Input File The first example shows the most common use of the Input command An input file is specified as the input source to Suprtool We select a subset of the input data with the If command Before using the If command
147. 00 Using Numrecs for Tape Files The Numrecs command is required to read more than 10 000 records from a tape file Suppose you want to read a tape file with 30 000 records You would use the Numrecs command to increase the size of the output file gt file t dev tape define tape file gt input t specify Suprtool input gt numrecs 30000 make room for 30000 records gt output out2 output file will have room for gt xeg 30000 records Reducing File Sizes Suppose that the d sales dataset contains 100 000 entries but you use the If command to select 15 of the entries We would specify 15 as the percentage on the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and the output file gt get d sales specify input gt numrecs 15 specify 15000 as file size gt if sales qty lt 100 select a subset of d sales gt sort cust account sort using the dataset path gt output out2 output file will have room for gt xeg 15000 records MPE Files vs Datasets When you specify a source of records using the Input command as opposed to reading a dataset using the Get or Chain command Suprtool attempts to duplicate all of the input file s attributes in the output file This includes the file limit For this reason the Numrecs value is ignored if the output file limit is smaller than the input file limit Numrecs is still useful when reading MPE files to reduce the size of the sort scratch file Appending t
148. 00 Suprtool suprtool gt input store dinv gt form File store dinv SD Version B 00 00 No line feeds Entry Offset BIN NO tis LAST SHIP DATE I2 ON HAND OTY I2 PRODUCT NO Z8 SUPPLIER NO Z8 UNIT COST P8 TEM DESC X20 ITEM DESC2 TEM DESC3 X20 TEM DESC4 X20 Entry Length 110 Blocking 1 gt out dinvfile gt xeq Link vs Query SDUnix and Suprtool UX can recognize files created with the Query option and from Query However they cannot recognize compound item details or any Item attributes such as Decimal or Date type Suprtool and Self Describing Files A problem with data files is that there is no field information Self describing files solve this problem by providing field information about the file Suprtool reads and writes SD files Suprlink requires SD files as input and creates an SD file as output Create an SD File from a Dataset You request an SD file using the Link option of the Output command If you extract fields from the dataset only the extracted fields appear in the SD file gt get d sales input from a dataset gt output salefile link salefile has all of the fields from d sales gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File You must Define and Extract the fields you want to have in the SD file Use the Link option of the Output command to create the file as a self describing file Although Suprtool itself allows longer field names SD files only store the first 16 characters of a
149. 000 continue specifications gt output bigtrans gt xeg execute the current task Exit Xeq EX Signal the end of command input and the start of an extract operation After the Suprtool task completes Suprtool either terminates or suspends and awakens a father process 1 e RUN from within Qedit Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying Exit starts execution of the current task Examples run suprtool pub robelle gt exit no input was specified No action taken End Of Program run suprtool pub robelle gt input rep23 newprog gt out rep23 program gt xeg copy one file gt input rep24 newprog gt out rep24 program gt exit copy and stop Notes on Exit Xeq If you have entered neither sort keys nor an input source Exit terminates Suprtool without performing any task If you have defined an input source but without any sort keys Suprtool does a copy operation prior to stopping If you have entered only sort keys and have not defined an input source Suprtool does a sort from a file named Input to a file named Output Suprtool assumes you have defined Input and Output using File commands 120 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Export Command EXP Send commands to STExport EXPORT STExport command Switching into STExport If you enter Export without parameters Suprtool executes Stexport Pub Robelle STExport then prompts you for commands just as it doe
150. 1 Do Command DO gees cxcessseceveee aise e es Re Secs ws ose ago oo ea GS a ezo 113 Duplicate Command DU rem dn na Rak eE ia a E rei eiea eese Ris 114 Edit Command ED cccccccssccesscesssecsssceesceceececssccsseeeeseecesecesseecuecesuecseeecsseceeeeecsseseeeees 118 Exit Command E ssn iiinn aein n heinien n isiin sne 119 Export Command EXP cccccssecssessseesceeseeescesecesecaecseecaeeeneeeaeeneeeeeeneeneeeeaeeeaecnaeceeeseeenes 121 Extract Command EXT cccccccccssccsssccsssceessecsseceeseecsecesseeceseeecseeceseeseseeceseeeesseceseeeesaeensees 122 A O A ET 122 O TOTS 124 A A A E ET 126 Numeric Expressions ccsccesecsseesseeseeeseesseeceesecesecnsecesecsaecsaecaaecaeeeaeeeaeeneeeneeenreeas 127 String EXpr ssSi n S ir e i eE A Ea eaa EE E aE eE pens ESS 129 Extract from a Table oo cececccessescceseceseeesecseecseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeseenseenaeeaecnseeaeenaeenaes 131 Data COMVersions sereen iei n i a K e E aE Eaa dad 132 Form Command Elisa A a h 136 Get Command Oli n 140 Help Command Hiciste cates 143 TE Command Mii nee 144 Expressions ii at Gees 144 CONOS oen einn e E E A AA E E EE 147 SUS iii caia as di 147 Numeric Expression dias 148 String EXpressiOms iii aa cias 151 Date Selection cd 154 Long EXpresSions ci isaac 160 Input Commiand ll iii idad E E e die 163 A NO 166 Date Formats ii ioed eee ENEA E R EE EE NRE 166 Decimal Places aot a E E EE E O O R 169 A UN 170 Key Command Al ad 1
151. 1 8 gt define key2 13 12 gt define rec 1 length of your record gt sort keyl gt sort key2 gt dup only keys gt out dupfile gt xeq Task 2 Write records to archive gt input datafile gt table duptab rec sorted dupfile hold Sif lookup duptab rec gt output archive gt xeq Task 3 Delete the records 28 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt input datafile gt if not Slookup duptab rec gt output result gt xeq Sorting IMAGE to KSAM Here is how to extract all customer numbers from a master dataset sort them then write them to an existing KSAM file erasing the KSAM s previous contents Please note that this gives you sorted access to your IMAGE data if used properly gt base store data Password gt password is not echoed gt get m customer gt sort cust account gt out keycust key erase keycust was built with KSAMUTIL gt exit xeq implied then leave Suprtool Loading a Dataset To load records into an IMAGE dataset from a disc file use these commands gt base store data specify which database gt input transfile input is from a disc file gt put d sales add each record to the D SALES dataset gt xeg execute the current task Decimal Places Data in files and databases often have an implied number of decimal places For example dollar amounts usually have two implied decimal places for the cents In this case th
152. 218 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Sort Command SO Specifies the next sort key via an IMAGE field name or a field in a self describing file or a Defined field See Key Command K on page 172 for sort keys specified by explicit byte position Up to 20 Sort and Key commands can be specified per extract task The first key entered is the major sort key SORT field subscript DESCENDING Default Ascending order Field The field specified must be an IMAGE data item that is a field of the input source or a defined field or a field from a self describing file Subscript If the field is a compound item e g 2X25 the first sub item is the default if no subscript is specified You can sort on any sub item by specifying the subscript For example gt sort address 2 sorts on 2nd sub item Descending vs Ascending Order By default sorts are done in ascending order Descending specifies that the field is to be sorted in descending order Examples The most common use of the Sort command is to specify a sort field of a database field You may use the Key command to specify all sorts We recommend that the Sort command be used wherever possible If the structure of your database changes your Suprtool tasks still work if sort fields are specified with the Sort command gt base store 5 gt get d sales input from an IMAGE dataset gt sort cust account primary sort field gt sort purch date
153. 224 225 tape files 59 163 164 186 tape files of large size 182 tapes EBCDIC format 60 tapes labelled 60 tapes multivolume 60 task 15 41 temporary files 52 185 third party indexing 76 112 136 138 193 238 457 time format in List 178 210 Time Set List 210 title HTML option 272 titles List command 33 today function of Extract 124 today function of If 155 Total command 226 Total output restrictions 117 totaling 31 totaling duplicate records 115 totals to a file 226 227 totals to a program 117 TPI see third party indexing trailing sign 283 TRANSACT 77 TRANSACT invocation of Suprtool 424 trimming spaces 131 153 truncate function 129 151 truncation numeric 150 truncation strings 130 TurboIMAGE 45 two digit years 81 type parameter 106 107 172 Cc DCs see User Defined Commands MIT 45 nder option Dbedit 307 nderline Set option 325 Indo edit Hpmodify 196 nsigned value 132 Jpdate command 211 228 Jpdate command performance 91 Jpdatekey option Dbedit 308 pper case 130 153 pshifting strings 130 Jse command 36 229 285 326 367 Jse command with If read 161 Jser Defined Commands 95 254 304 349 456 user labels 53 61 user labels in SD files 58 user manual 242 330 user program calls Suprlink 439 User Prompting 65 user specified heading 269 cCeagdc secccg GGG Index e 473 Userlabels Set option 217 Userpause command 231 V value tests 145 variab
154. 3 Bytes 30 The current capacity e g 330 is shown first followed by the blocking factor in parentheses e g 22 If dynamic dataset expansion a feature of MPE iX 5 0 has been enabled the initial capacity e g 330 the increment e g 66 and the maximum capacity e g 550 are shown next On MPE iX 5 0 or later the highwater mark is shown The record length in bytes appears last Master Datasets The Form Sets command indicates which datasets have MDX enabled A Form command on these datasets shows details of their expansion setting gt form sets Database STORE MDX Set Item Entry Load Entry Sets Num Type Count Capacity Count Factor Length B F M CUSTOMER J MDX 9 2009 401 20 55 7 M PRODUCT 2 MDX 3012 0 0 24 12 M SUPPLIER 3 MDX 2008 0 0 49 8 D INVENTORY 4 D 462 0 0 15 22 D SALES 5 D 6006 0 0 19 14 gt form m customer Database STORE MDX DATA M CUSTOMER Master Entry Offset ELTY X12 a CREDIT RATING J2 13 CUST ACCOUNT Z8 17 lt lt Search Field gt gt CUST STATUS X2 25 NAME FIRST X10 27 NAME LAST X16 37 STATE CODE X2 53 STREET ADDRESS 2X25 55 POSTAL CODE X6 105 Capacity 469 7 217 252 2009 Entries 401 Bytes 110 As you can see the master dataset summary information for the Capacity shows the Current Capacity 469 the Blocking Factor 7 the Initial Capacity 217 the Increment 252 and finally the Maximum Capacity 2009 The Increment is the number of entries by which the master
155. 3000 STExport Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the Invcust file Suse invuse input invoices input file to format floating fixed 2 formatting option output invdata produces the file we want exit STExport prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in STExport The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record are processed By default STExport displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed STExport can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 285 Verify Command V Print the definition of the current task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input and Output files and all export specifications in other words it is a Verify All command 286 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Xeq Command X Perform the current task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an Input fil
156. 4 280 365 reduced output 209 Reflection 66 Related option Dbedit 307 relative dates 154 relative field definitions 106 remote database 98 142 remote systems 61 99 remote systems FOPENs 100 removing spaces 131 153 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual repeated fields 148 reports 32 Reset command 198 279 364 Reset Set option 324 restrictions in Dbedit 299 restrictions in Speed Demon 375 RIO files 52 Robelle account 7 Roman 8 characters HTML output 273 Roman 8 vs ASCII 177 RPG 79 run parameters 415 running STExport 245 running Suprlink 333 S scientific format 266 SD files see self describing files SD KSAM files 57 SDEMO 1 SDUnix 53 search criteria 305 Select command 199 Select command Allbase rows 201 Select command Oracle rows 212 Select menu processor 6 36 245 333 Select performance 199 Select Long commands 199 selecting multiple values 146 selecting records 144 selection by date 154 selection logic 338 selection using arithmetic 149 self describing files field name limit 55 self describing file format 293 371 self describing files 53 55 116 136 188 338 self describing KSAM files 57 semicolon 303 semicolon means multiple commands 460 separator dates 259 serial vs chained read 44 103 session 66 session mode 453 Set Allbase 201 Set Arithmetic 201 Set Baseclose 202 Set Blocksize 202 Set Buffer 202 Set command Dbedit 324 Set command STExport 280 Set
157. 461 for HP UX commands 460 for O S commands 460 means string 461 closed tables 221 as the Dbedit prompt character 303 459 changing the prompt character 324 matches number 459 means every n th record 140 164 460 abs function 129 150 atoe Extract function 134 date function 124 154 days 157 days function 125 etoa Extract function 134 file Total command 226 invalid 83 155 lookup function 146 lower 130 153 ltrim 131 153 null file 175 191 192 read function 160 rtrim 131 153 signed function 132 stddate 125 156 stdinx file 37 163 458 stdlist file 37 179 186 458 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual today function 124 155 trim 131 153 truncate function 129 151 Supper 130 153 means percentage 461 8 amp continuation character 303 347 460 amp means escape pattern 460 means start parameter 461 means end parameter 461 means stdinx stdlist file command 458 tape needs reply 165 means a list 461 I means range of records 140 164 461 for O S commands 460 prompt for database password 98 192 460 means alphanumeric pattern 460 matches anything 459 means range of fields 126 A means character constant 124 147 Index e 463 start command line comment 253 304 348 end command line comment 253 304 348 lt lt means less
158. 5 b password pic 05 b mode0 pic value 05 b model pic comp value 05 b mode2 pic comp value 05 b get serial redefines db mode2 pic s9 4 comp 05 b mode3 pic s9 4 comp value 3 OO OL NM a 398 e Examples of Calling Speed Demon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon b rewind set redefines db mode3 pic s9 4 comp b get backwards redefines db mode3 pic s9 4 comp b mode4 pic s9 comp value 4 b get direct redefines db mode4 pic s9 4 comp b mode5 pic s9 comp value 5 b get chained redefines db mode5 pic s9 4 comp b mode6 pic s9 comp value 6 b get previous redefines db mode6 pi 4 comp b mode7 pic s9 comp value 7 b get keyed redefines db mode7 pic s9 4 comp b status area 0 db cond word pic s9 4 comp db stat ok value zeros b end of chain value 15 b begin of chain value 14 b no entry value 17 b end file value 11 db begin file value 10 10 db stat2 pic s9 4 comp 10 db stat3 4 pic s9 9 comp 10 db chain length pic s9 9 comp 88 db empty chain value zeros 10 db stat7 8 pic s9 9 comp 10 db stat9 10 pic s9 9 comp 250 0 00 Oy 0 0 QQ q q q q page db variables 0 b base 5 filler value spaces 5 db name b set b List b set 200 i comp value 200 pde control 05 spde version s9 4 comp value 0 05 spde buffer size s9 9 comp value zeros 05 filler x 20 value spaces 01 db buffer ic x 4096 page 00 MAINLINE pr
159. 56732 98765 Commas are optional in some Suprtool commands e g Output but are required in others e g Extract 1s the abbreviation for the Redo command 1s the abbreviation for the Do command is the abbreviation for the Listredo command or Means String Quotes or are the string delimiters in Suprtool IF NAME BOB Strings that start with must end with gt if name BOB is the string delimiter here Means Start Parameter Left parenthesis is used to specify a subscript see subscript below or to select a specific range of input record numbers Left parenthesis always comes with a right parenthesis gt input actrec data 10 20 choose records 10 through 20 gt total budget 2 total second repeated field Means End Parameter Right parenthesis is used to complete a subscript or a selected range of record numbers Right parenthesis always comes with left parenthesis Means Percentage In the Numrecs command use to indicate the number of output records as a percentage of the input file size gt numrecs 10 I Means Range of Records Slash in the Input and Get commands means a range of record numbers gt input cat dog mouse 1000 2000 Means Range of Fields Backslash in the Extract command means a range of fields Glossary of Terms e 461 gt extract account rating 462 e Glossary of Terms Doc To Help Standard Template Index means string
160. 7 335 453 batch job to detect holidays 159 batch passwords 39 98 Before command 101 256 311 350 bit extracts 148 block size 453 Blocksize Set option 202 bonus contributed software 6 BOT and BACKSPACE error 208 braces 94 253 254 304 348 Bradmark 76 B tree support 138 B trees 47 Buffer Set option 202 built in file names 10 242 330 BY part of the Link command 359 byte fields comparing 151 bytelen parameter 106 172 byteposition parameter 106 172 C Calculator 234 255 304 349 454 Calendar intrinsic date format 168 calling STExport 121 calling Suprlink 174 439 calling Suprtool 3 62 Chain command 103 Chain vs Get speed 90 chained access 103 chains 454 Change command 312 Change command locking 301 change notice 7 changing built in file names 10 242 330 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual character constants 124 147 Chronos 79 169 CI variables 63 218 circular files 52 CIUPDATE see critical item update 301 classic real numbers 266 COBOL define of P28 117 COBOL example for Speed Demon 397 COBOL invocation of Suprlink 439 COBOL invocation of Suprtool 417 Cobol Qlibsrc Robelle 9 code overflow error 161 Cognos date fields 168 colon 95 254 304 348 460 colon for MPE commands 456 column headings List command 33 Columns command 258 combining commands on same line 93 comma 303 461 command files 95 254 304 349 command line 303 347 commands 250 299 303 comma
161. 72 Tank C mo a eiii 174 ListCommand la ide 175 PODMAL eerie i a EEE AAEE EEE R T E R 175 LaserJet Listin gsh ie rees ara a caiste eE aes e EaR aE Aeris 176 Headingsan Last e 177 Simple Reports ia ein Ea ESEA tibia da 178 PA OS 179 Listredo Command LISTREDO onoonncoconononononcconanonnnoconononnncconocnon coco E nn nono noo Eie a 181 Numrecs Command Nite 182 OpemEommand OP linia ie lil ibid 184 Output Command Ola ii ea e io e bo 185 Put Command Pla dci a 192 O Command QO wa een herders ilies e LO 194 Redo Command REDO lesiona ise es 195 Reset Command Rius iaa ibas 198 Select Command SEL ccccccccccssscesseccsssceescecsseceeseeceeceesseceseeeeseecsseseseecsaeeeeseecseeeeseeeeas 199 SetEommand Sil alli idea 200 ADS da dd O a nd iets eee 201 A ON 201 BET E AE o 202 A N 202 BUE A AE EA E te sie 202 Date Cutofk a Sd e Mode ered E E a aed ae 202 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Date FORCE ont esanei REA ashe anne cote Goahc ons gn O Ii cote ce insecto 204 Date TEY 2000 Et Ore i625 die aes a O ita h ade 204 Date MapToPH Dates en ne aeeie Eo eaae EEE OE EE EA E 204 DA e GR ek ere in o en el 205 Dip OM Error a Es 205 Ho tread ette a E celo teo dale T tacts ties e e ceed e 205 Hilecode moteado ed ia tete ut eo oo a Ctra odo de o el hea E 205 MA EE AT O AO 206 A ak tas seston sh tact testers A A A 206 MALATE fas sass eee seh EAA ORO 206 TEENS CK A ace Mester A ioe pc one TE 207 A E ETA 207 HtemA
162. 9 4 integer gt define product no 13 8 display gt define product price 21 4 integer gt define purch date 25 4 integer gt define sales qty 29 2 integer gt define sales tax 31 4 integer gt define sales total 35 4 integer Note that PowerHouse s Zoned Unsigned data type is equivalent to Suprtool s Display data type and that Suprtool s Define offset starts at 1 which is one higher than the offset in the QSHOW listing Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 71 Tip 2 Where is the Data Coming From When a PowerHouse subfile contains complete records from an IMAGE dataset you can have Suprtool read the record structure directly from the IMAGE Root file gt base store 1 WRITER gt input salesub d sales gt form Database STORE DEMO ROBELLE D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 ab M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE J2 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 21 PURCH DATE J2 25 SALES QTY J1 29 SALES TAX J2 31 SALES TOTAL J2 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 8 Highwater 8 Bytes 38 Of course if the subfile contains only some of the fields then you ll need to define them individually But you can still use Suprtool s Form command to examine their storage structure in the datasets from which they ve been extracted Tip 3 Defined Fields Data Types In some cases subfiles may contain fields that were created within a previous Quiz task namely e Defined fields
163. AX J2 31 SALES TOTAL J2 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 10 Highwater 10 Bytes 38 First we need to know and understand our data Are there any invalid dates If so does the value have some other logical meaning gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if invalid deliv date or invalid purch date gt list gt xeq gt GET D SALES 9 gt OUT NULL 0 CUST ACCOUNT 10010 PRODUCT NO 50513001 999999 269 999999 19220 2 21910 gt OUT NULL 1 10010 DELIV DATE 50513001 PRODUCT PR 1 SALES QTY 21910 SALES TOTAL 125213 19220 2691 21910 10 OUT 2 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 In this example we see two records that do not contain proper dates The first record contains all 9s which is probably used as some sort of flag We may need to add 99 in front of these dates But the second record is obviously wrong We can use Dbedit to correct this before converting the other dates We need to know our data to properly convert to a new date format Once all the incorrect dates are fixed we can start converting We can add a prefix of 19 or 20 to all the appropriate dates by using the following Extract statement Please note that we are updating this directly In case we need to redo this task we only convert those dates that have not yet been converted In this example we set the cutoff year to 30 so any dates before 30 will have 20 as the
164. After the task finishes the Put and Delete datasets or the Update dataset are unlocked Set Lock 0 provides the best performance but other users cannot change the database during the entire Suprtool task The reason for improved performance is twofold 1 The database only needs to be locked once 2 If Suprtool is reading the database with DBGET it does not have to reget records and ensure that they have not changed with each lock Locking for Each Transaction Set Lock 1 the default causes Suprtool to lock and unlock around every DBDELETE DBPUT and DBUPDATE transaction This provides the least contention with other users of the database but may not be the best choice for large overnight runs where exclusive access to the database is available Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 45 Locking Once in a While Any other value of Set Lock causes Suprtool to lock and unlock the datasets every n transactions where n is the value of Set Lock A transaction is either a DBDELETE DBPUT or DBUPDATE it is not the number of input records read After the Xeq command Suprtool does not lock the datasets until the first DBDELETE DBPUT or DBUPDATE After unlocking the datasets Suprtool does not do another lock until a further DBDELETE DBPUT or DBUPDATE Record Changed Before It Could Be Deleted If you are deleting or updating records when Set Lock is not zero it is possible that a record will be modifie
165. By only extracting a few fields it is possible to fit the listed output for each record on one line Suppressing Blank Lines Between Records By default Suprtool prints a blank line between each record The Noskip keyword removes this blank line If you combine the Noskip Norec Noname and Title options when extracting a few fields Suprtool can produce a simple report Numeric Justification Leftjustnum and Rightjustnum The List command normally left justifies all numeric fields Specifying List Standard causes all numeric fields to be right justified unless you override the default with the Leftjustnum keyword Use the Leftjustnum or Rightjustnum keyword to specify the alignment of the numbers The two keywords are mutually exclusive The last one that appears on the command line is the one that is applied LaserJet Listings There are two methods to select different printing options for a LaserJet and other PCL compatible printers You can permanently set the PCL option for all listings by using Set List PCL or you can use the List command to select the PCL option for just one task PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The following is a summary of the PCL values PCL Font Orientation Dimensions 1 Lineprinter landscape 175 cols 60 lines 2 Courier landscape 100 cols 45 lines 3 Courier standard portrait 80 cols 60 lines 4 Lineprinter portrait 132 cols 80 lines 5 Courier A4 tight portra
166. COL 4 HEIGHT 15 WIDTH 40 RANCH Copy D SALES to file DO REPORT SUPRTOOL2 T AWN x PORT SUPRTOOL2 LISTING TITLE Calling Suprtool2 l WINDOW DCL SUPR CONTROL SUPR VERSION a nn DW ab 3 7i 15 5349 Il nn Il B 3 i SUPR STATUS Tj a oe Dee 5 p SUPR COMMAND LINE un 7 7 N A terai i 5 B SUPR PRIORITY ti 7 E SUPR MAXDATA a 4 SUPR PRINT STATE a SUPR TOTAL TYPE 2 N N JNO am e 2 BI WR A RERA MNA On a w a dt o ANDNAHANAHAVNHAWHss S H co SUPR FUTURE FLAGS Ed a SUPR TOTALS 15 SUPR OUT COUNT SUPR WORKS PACE ay uv uUl viuviltwuilwuil wi wi wi wi wll initial values CALCUL 4 R VERSION 0 R STATUS DS R PRIORITY ER R PRINT STATE AS R TOTAL TYPE re R WORKS PACE CALCUL base store 1 READER R COMMAND LINE CALL SUPRTOOL2 USING R CONTROL MODIFY IF SUPR STATUS lt gt 0 THEN PRINT Error Suprtool SUPR STATUS SUPR COMMAND LINE ELSE BEGIN CALCUL get d sales out dsfile SUPR COMMAND LINE CALL SUPRTOOL2 USING SUPR CONTROL MODIFY END IF SUPR STATUS lt gt 0 THEN PRINT Error Suprtool SUPR STATUS SUPR COMMAND LINE ELSE BEGIN CALCUL exit SUPR COMMAND LINE CALL SUPRTOOL2 USING SUPR CONTROL MODIFY END EXIT Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Sup
167. CPU time When the dataset is fully in memory Suprtool is able to complete the task 9 3 times faster than an NM program calling DBGET mode 2 Comparison of elapsed time dataset not in memory CPU time NM program 115 seconds Suprtool 17 seconds Wall time NM program 120 seconds Suprtool 47 seconds Comparison of elapsed time dataset in memory CPU time NM program 109 seconds Suprtool 12 seconds Wall time NM program 112 seconds Suprtool 12 seconds CPU Bound Suprtool uses the technology of multirecord access NOBUF MR to achieve large reductions in CPU overhead 1 8th that of serial DBGET in many cases On a CPU bound MPE iX system such significant savings mean that you can run Suprtool when other programs would be an intolerable burden Sort Speed Suprtool V uses the HP sort intrinsics so sort times should not show much change Suprtool iX uses its own set of high speed sort intrinsics unless one of the following is true e Set Sortfast is Off the default is On e Native Language Support is enabled either automatically via the NLDATALANG JCW or explicitly via Set NLS e 6 Any of the sort fields are defined as type CHAR Generally Suprtool s internal sort algorithm is faster than HP s sort algorithm Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 89 Analyzing Performance Data It is better to test Suprtool with your own database and your own application needs rather than trust to a gen
168. Desk consuming system resources Running Suprlink with Parm 32 forces Suprlink to terminate on Exit rather than suspend Job Control Word Suprlink sets the system job control word JCW to a fatal state when Suprlink fails in a batch job Suprlink sets only the high order bit of the JCW job control word That is it adds 32 768 to the existing JCW value HP subsystems use the other bits of the JCW job control word so Suprlink does nothing to them Using Suprlink in Batch Suprlink operates in session mode or batch mode In batch usage any error message will cause Suprlink to quit setting the Job Control Word to flush the remainder of the JOB Warning messages do not cause an abort In batch mode Suprlink does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode Instead it attempts to choose the alternative that has the least chance of destroying valid data For example if the Output file is a duplicate file name in batch mode Suprlink saves the new Output file with a made up name OUTPUTnn where nn is from 00 to 20 prints a warning message and aborts Summary of Parm Values pem 7 32 don t suspend terminate completely check with user before Exiting don t allow MPE commands Values may be combined by adding them together For example Parm 96 means check with me before exiting then when I do actually exit terminate Suprlink completely instead of suspending Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink A
169. Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprtool you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals 446 e Installing the Suprtool2 Interface Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Suprtool2 Error Messages Error Numbers Suprtool2 returns error numbers in the status parameter of the workspace For most errors a message is also displayed on stdlist The following summarizes the form of Suprtool2 error messages and the error numbers returned Messages On Stdlist Most Suprtool2 errors result in a message being displayed on stdlist All Suprtool2 error messages start with ST2 making them easier to identify For example Error ST2 Caller lacks PH capability 1 Unable to Access Files Suprtool2 uses two temporary files called Slnnn and SLnnn The nnn corresponds to the process identification number of the calling process If Suprtool2 is unable to open read write or close these files a file system message is displayed on stdlist and error 1 is returned 2 Suprtool Aborted If the Suprtool task has any errors Suprtool is terminated with the fatal JCW set In t
170. KKKKKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK AAA AAA AAA AAA KK KK KKK link2cob functional overview Uses Suprtool to extract and print input Notes dataset of the cust database All notes with a specified product code and the related customer name from the customer dataset terminated by eof or error prep with cap ph maxdata 15000 rev init date reason 01 djg 15 Sep88 started first implementation 02 djg 10 Aug90 version 4 of the control record Ae output print report on line printer KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK Spage environment division environment division configuration section source computer hp 3000 object computer hp 3000 special names top is new page input output section file control select line printer assign to LINEPRT LP select notecust file assign to NOTECUST data division file section fd notecust file data record is item record 01 notecust record 05 notecust serial no 05 notecust product code 05 notecust text line 05 notecust company name line printer data record is line record line record Spage constants working storage section 0 true value x value 0 false value x value 0 revision no 99 Spage logical variables 0 end of notecust flag pic x 88 end of notecust value T Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Calling Sup
171. Last Name eading vot eading city eading e eading State Column Headings It is difficult to get headings right when you have to specify all the quotes and delimiters with the Heading Add option Instead use Heading Column to specify individual column headings without having to type formatting information STExport then uses the current quote and delimiter settings in the heading Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 269 For example if you specify Column Account Column First Name Column Last Name Column City Column State and Quote Double and Delimiter Comma are in effect then the heading STExport produces will be Account First Name Last Name City State Notes You cannot combine the Add and Column options You must specify one or the other If you start with Heading Add and then later specify Heading Column STExport erases the heading you created with Heading Add and starts over with the first column that you specify with Heading Column Similarly if you start with Heading Column a Heading string or Heading Add will start over with a new heading 270 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in STExport HELP command keyword section Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help
172. M X8 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED 2 9 PRODUCTNUM Z8 13 PRICE 2 2 PURCHASED 2 25 QTY 29 TAX 3 TOTA 35 CITY 39 RATING 5 TATUS 55 RSTNAME 57 LASTNAME 67 STATE X2 83 ADDRESS 2X25 85 ZIPCODE X6 135 00 EOF 100 Entry Length 140 Blocking 29 372 e Example Suprlink Output Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Limits Within Suprlink Maximums The various limitations of Suprlink are described here In general you need to reduce the number or sizes of fields if you encounter any of these limits Input File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words This is also the maximum size of an IMAGE entry We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Block Size 4096 Words By default Suprtool restricts the maximum block size to 2 048 words You can use the Set Blocksize command to increase this size up to 8192 words If you increase the maximum block size it is likely that Suprtool will produce an output file that Suprlink cannot read Input File Maximum Fields 255 Suprlink restricts the number of fields per file to be 255 If you must have more fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Link File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words As with the input file you should use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the link record size Link File Maximum Block Size
173. OL COBOL iX FORTRAN FORTRAN iX Pascal Pascal X SPEEDWARE SPL or TRANSACT can call Suprtool2 and ask Suprtool to do any of the normal Suprtool tasks such as copy extract or sort The routine creates Suprtool as a son process The user program instructs Suprtool by calling the Suprtool2 routine repeatedly with Suprtool command lines When the first Suprtool command is sent the interface builds temporary files which will be used for input and output to Suprtool When the user program sends an Exit command in a separate call to the interface the interface creates Suprtool as a son process Finally the interface prints the stdlist message file if so directed by the user program Importance of the Exit Command The interface will not invoke Suprtool until your program passes Exit to it as a command line The Exit command must be alone and left justified in the command line You may use Xeq to separate multiple tasks but none of the tasks will be executed until you pass Exit to the interface If you forget the final Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 411 Control Record Exit or put it in the same command line with another command such as Xeq your Suprtool tasks will be ignored The user program must pass a special control record to the interface on each call For COBOL we suggest that this control record be placed in the COPYLIB and copied into programs that require the Suprtool interface
174. PDEEXPLAIN using db status area call QUIT using db status area 98 spde fatal error exit exit MPE ix To access Speed Demon iX from a native mode program you must modify the Run command for your program to include an XL file The following example shows how you would compile link and run a native mode COBOL program that calls Speed Demon 1X cob74xl testsrc demon slink run Soldpass xl demonxl pub robelle Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Accessing Speed Demon e 387 Speed Demon Intrinsics The Intrinsics In this chapter we describe the Speed Demon intrinsics in alphabetic order The parameters to each intrinsic are word arrays just like IMAGE You must include every parameter or pass a dummy variable as a place holder The condition code is not returned by any Speed Demon intrinsic The Status Array The status array is the same communications area that you use with the IMAGE intrinsics If an error occurs you should call the SPDEEXPLAIN intrinsic The Speed Demon intrinsic does not return exactly the same status array as DBGET Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Speed Demon Intrinsics e 389 SPDEEXPLAIN Intrinsic 390 e Speed Demon Intrinsics Prints a three line message on stdlist which describes the results of a Speed Demon intrinsic call based on information in the status array SPDEEXPLAIN status Status The twenty byte array used to call any Speed Demon intrinsic which SPDEEX
175. PLAIN will describe The database and dataset parameters must not change between the call to the Speed Demon intrinsic and the call to SPDEEXPLAIN The Speed Demon intrinsics can return many of the standard IMAGE error numbers but Speed Demon has many of its own SPDEEXPLAIN will print the correct error message in either case Because the dataset parameter is not passed to the Speed Demon intrinsic SPDEEXPLAIN may not be able to print the name of the dataset in the second line of the message Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon SPDEDBINIT Intrinsic Initialize Speed Demon specify what dataset to read and what field list to use SPDEDBINIT Database Dataset Mode Status Control List Database Database name as returned from DBOPEN first two characters must be non blank Dataset Dataset name or dataset number to read You must have full read access to this dataset Mode SPDEDBINIT can be called in any of four modes Return the version number of SPDEDBINIT All the other parameters are ignored and Speed Demon is not initialized Initialize Speed Demon to sequentially access the dataset of the specified database Same as mode 2 but Speed Demon will read to the physical end of the dataset Use this mode if your program expects changes to the dataset at the same time Speed Demon is reading it Same as mode 1 but allows partial field lists Status If SPDEDBINIT succeeds with mode 0 the following values are retu
176. PY does If you use the following File command on the input RIO file all deleted records are ignored gt file inrio buf nomr gt input inrio Suprtool must use buffered disc I O when writing to an RIO file This is much slower than the standard Suprtool NOBUF MR disc I O but it is the only reliable way to produce an RIO file A warning is printed in this case Warning Writing to RIO files is slow When the output file is an RIO file Suprtool must open the output file with NOBUF MR access This causes duplicate file errors if either of the following File commands are in effect for the output file file outfile save file outfile temp You do not need to specify Save since that is Suprtool s default To create a temporary output RIO file use the TEMP output option gt file outfile rio gt output outfile temp Temporary Files Suprtool reads and writes temporary files No special processing must be done if the input file is temporary just specify the file name in the Input command By default Suprtool saves the Output file You must use the TEMP option of the Output command to save the file as a temporary file The following sequence of Suprtool commands causes TEMPFILE to be left as temporary 52 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool SDUnix Utility run suprtool pub robelle gt in permfile gt out tempfile temp gt exit If TEMPFILE already existed as a temporary file Su
177. Related Records from the File D INVENTORY Key to path SUPPLIER NAME BIN NO 1201 LAST SHIP DATE 840501 ON HAND QTY 296 PRODUCT NO 105391 SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons UNIT COST 500 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands 319 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REE ALL UNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listredo 5 listredo 5 10 listredo help print all Help commands listredo 10 print last ten commands listredo ALL print entire redo stack listredo purge print all Purge commands listredo purge xx print all purge xx commands listredo purge print all with purge anywhere listredo rel print ALL relative numbers listredo 1 10 out lp dump commands to printer listredo unn out save write commands to a file Notes The List
178. SD disc file run suprtool pub robelle gt in samplesd gt file flatfile code 0 gt set userlabels off gt out flatfile gt xeq Suprtool and Sorting Files When Suprtool sorts two records that have the same key value the first record read by Suprtool is the first record on the output file For data files this means that input records with the same key values appear in the same order in the output file Suprtool reads only the KSAM V data file Records in the data file are organized by chronological order If two input records have the same key value the one that was first added to the KSAM V file is the first one in the output file To help preserve sorted order ina KSAM V file be sure to specify all of the KSAM V sort keys as sort keys to Suprtool Fast Sorting Suprtool iX uses a set of fast internal routines for sorting These routines are twice as fast as the HP sort routines supplied with MPE XL 3 0 and slightly faster than the HP routines that come with MPE iX 4 0 and 5 0 By default Suprtool iX attempts to use the internal sort routines If the internal sort initialization fails for any reason Suprtool iX prints a warning and tries to do the sort with HP s sort routines If Native Language Support has been set either automatically via the NUDATALANG JCW or explicitly via Set NLS HP s sort routines are used The only way to tell which set of sort intrinsics are being used is to enable Set Stat On The statistics
179. Setdate Performance Issues HP e3000 sites use Suprtool because it provides access to their data many times faster than they are used to and because Suprtool enables them to perform time consuming DP functions easily with a few simple commands The typical Suprtool task consists of extracting some data for a report then feeding the Suprtool output file into the final report program For example you might fill a Quiz subfile with the subset of data needed then report that subfile with Quiz 88 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Native Mode and Compatibility Mode Suprtool is available in native mode for MPE 1X and compatibility mode for MPE V You can compare Suprtool s serial read speed for TurboIMAGE datasets and MPE files against other programs both NM and CM On MPE V systems Suprtool has always shown a 2 to 10 times performance gain in such serial reads On MPE iX systems Suprtool can make serial reads up to 8 times faster but the improvements are typically higher on MPE V than on MPE X That is because Suprtool can bypass most of the MPE V operating system but cannot bypass the MPE 1X virtual page manager Here is one MPE iX test that shows what is possible The test scans a large detail dataset that is absent from memory just looking at each record not writing an output file This measures raw serial read capability Suprtool is 2 5 times faster than a standard NM program and uses 1 7th the
180. Suprtool To see only the changes in the latest version see the What s New section of the manual or see the change notice Change Notice For a complete description of the latest changes made to Suprtool the installation instructions and any compatibility issues see the change notice that was included with the release Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprtool you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Notation The Suprtool documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition EXTRACT field subscript value 1 UPPER
181. Suprtool 4 5 for HP e3000 User Manual by Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Program and manual copyright O 1981 2001 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Permission is granted to reprint this document but not for profit provided that copyright notice is given Qedit and Suprtool are trademarks of Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Oracle is a trademark of Oracle Corporation Redwood City California USA Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners JA robelle solutions technology Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suite 201 15399 102A Ave Surrey B C Canada V3R 7K1 Phone 604 582 1700 Fax 604 582 1799 E mail solutions robelle com E mail support robelle com Web www robelle com Contents Welcome to Suprtool Tn trod cti n annas den o a a e Give Yourself a Suprtool Demo cooonccnoconocononcnonononinnccnnonnnonnos Suprtool Components cccceessessceesceesceeeceeeceeeceeeeseeeeeeneeees Database Editing ee eeceeceseceeeeeecsecneeeneeeaeeenes Speed Demon Replacing DBGET Mode 2 STExport Data Export Utility Suprlink Multidataset ACCesSS oooonocncionnincniononnnnno Suprtool2 Interface Routine ooooonoonninociocnonnnnnnnnos DocuMentatiOM ococoocccnnnoncconnnoncconananonnnnnononnnonocnnnnancnnnnncnrnnnanoos User MamualS ooccccnnnocccononoccnononcconnnnnonronnnnrnnonnccrnnnoss Change Notice c coooooccnoonoonconnconoconoconoconconncon n
182. T2Cmd exit writeln SuprControl out_count end Perl Example A new example of Suprtool calling Perl has been made available on the Invent 3K Website at http invent3k external hp com KEN HIRSCH Suprtool html SPEEDWARE Example You can call the Suprtool2 interface from a SPEEDWARE V 6 or V 7 program Use the Supr Control area to pass commands to Suprtool2 There are 3 ways to get Speedware to find the Suprtool2 routine 1 Using Designer In the Operating Options OPEO screen add the XL to Local 4GL Parms XL ST2XL PUB ROBELLE This is the recommended approach for SPEEDWARE V 6 2 Using Linkedit Copy the routines into SPWXL SPWxxxxx SPEEDWRE This is the XL that Speedware provides for this purpose This could become a problem as SUPRTOOL2 changes over the years and the new version is not updated into SPWXL 3 Using RUN Add the XL to the run command n b If you do this you will also need to include Speedware s database interface XL called DBMSXL RUN SPW4GL SPWxxxxx SPEEDWRE 7 XL DBMSXL SPWxxxxx SPEEDWRE ST2XL PUB ROBELLE This is the recommended approach for SPEEDWARE V 7 and higher Below is a sample SPEEDWARE process that calls the Suprtool2 interface The program uses Suprtool to read a dataset then writes the dataset to a file 436 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool LOBAL ET TITLE Calling Suprtool Test Hna x Ss WINDOW ROW 4
183. TExport finishes the current task then returns you to the operating system or the program that ran STExport SEXIT End of program BYE If you entered the Xeq command STExport finishes the current task then prompts you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate STExport immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This terminates the STExport program immediately without attempting any task If you run STExport within Qedit or Select you can retain the STExport process and quickly re activate it later Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Accessing STExport e 245 run qedit pub robelle r stexport pub robelle Sexit STEXPORT PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y ds activate STEXPORT PUB ROBELLE Sioen exit Program Held Use ACTIVATE RUN HOLD to re run Pets Suprtool Export Command You can access STExport from within the Suprtool program using Suprtool s Export command Suprtool then runs STExport for you All of STExport s commands are available to you in Suprtool When passing STExport commands through Suprtool you must preface each STExport command with Export For example run suprtool pub robelle gt base customer gt get m customer gt sort cust no gt output invoices link gt xeq gt export input invoices gt export sign none send sign none to STExport gt export output invfile gt export exit exit from STExport
184. Table all byte type fields are left justified and all other fields are right justified If you use Heading Column or Fieldnames the column headings are specified with HTML table heading tags Most browsers highlight the column headings in some way such as bold text centered over the column Title All HTML documents must have a title By default STExport uses the title This is the Title You should specify your own title using the Title option Heading The heading appears before the column headings and data from your input file By default there is no heading Use the Heading option to specify your own heading Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Column Headings If you specify HTML Table use the Heading command to specify column headings for HTML output The Heading Fieldnames option will produce acceptable column headings but it is better to use Heading Column to specify a string for each of the fields in your input file Roman 8 Characters HP e3000 and HP 9000 computers use the Roman 8 character set Web pages must use the ISO 8859 1 character set The characters in the Roman 8 set are similar to but not identical with the ISO 8859 1 character set When formatting byte type fields STExport attempts to convert any Roman 8 input character into the corresponding ISO 8859 1 character Those characters that cannot be converted are dropped from the output The following characters cannot be converted Symbol roman value fa
185. URCH_ DATE date SALES _QTY dec 6 SALES TAX dec 8 2 SALES TOTAL dec 8 2 tablespace USERS SQL Loader requires what is known as a control file It contains the load specifications such as the data file the destination table the field delimiter the text field delimiters and the column specifications In this case the control file expsales ctl looks like this load data Specify input datafile dat extension is assumed Infile expsales Name of the table where the data is loaded Append new rows to existing data if any lt Append Into Table sales details Fields are separated by commas Fields Terminated By Character fields are enclosed in double quotes Optionally Enclosed By Specify the column names as they appear gt in the data records sa For a Date type column specify the input format Example column Date YYYYMMDD CUST_ ACCOUNT DELIV_DATE date YYYYMMDD PRODUCT_NO PRODUCT PRICE PURCH_DATE date YYYYMMDD SALES QTY SALES TAX SALES TOTAL In its simplest form SQL Loader is invoked with the following command sqlload userid username password control expsales ctl log expsales log The username and password are valid Oracle connect information SQL Loader reads the load specifications from the file specified in the control keyword It writes operation information and statistics to the file specified in the log keywor
186. Welcometo STEXPO da A ROR Gd RATE AR 241 Doctimentatlotiss ss A A e A 241 CD or Web Downloads iii a a AAR 241 Printed DI CUM e RS 241 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format ococooniccnnonnonnonnnonnconocnocnnccnnccnnonnnonnos 242 A E oe 242 Notation A A AO 242 Installing LE ae os ela de 242 Built File Names td aia 242 Accessing STExport 245 How To Run STEXPOrE wise csssecdectyessccchecscavedeevocs R EEEE E E E E shes 245 How to Xegq an STEXp rt Tasks o narn A ee ee 245 SOM PLOCESS eiee E EEES EERE AAEE E IEE EA E E EE E E 245 Supriool Export Command areno AE EE EEE O E E OR 246 Preventing MPE Commands aiie e A EEE E R anes eee 246 Exit with A a 246 Preventing STExport from Suspending s sssesssesesseeessseseessesetsssteressteressestrsteseesesseeresseseeses 246 Job Control Word ssc 12viecsu teases cousin tiated datos das 247 Using STEX port in Bateh ss lececs dd delo to LO 247 Summary Of Parin V aluesecisc2ce adds 247 Introduction to STExport 249 Imports Dat ii cee ia ee ek EA el das 249 Input Bile es ack iii is is RR ee TORE 249 Data TV POs Fics ce ds 249 Formatting Commands seien iin as cta 250 Commands eese ea O Gee ee Re et 250 Performance Considerations cccccescesseeseceseescecseeeseeseeeseeeeeeaeeeeeeeenseenaeeeaeeaecnseeseeeaeeenes 250 CI Variable Substitutioniwcc i0 as de 251 STExport Commands 253 General Dotes o cous a E 253 ADDIE Via tH ise cecszcescoren nda e 253 Uppercase or LOWSrCaSE mieis
187. Workspace The supr workspace part of the record MUST contain spaces before the first call to the Suprtool2 procedure Compiling and Linking on MPE V You require PH capability in order to use the Suprtool2 interface The classic object code for the interface resides in ST2USL Pub Robelle If your program aborts with a Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 413 Stack Overflow you should increase the size of Maxdata Users who call the interface from FORTRAN programs will have to increase the Maxdata size COBOL programmers should wait until they get a Stack Overflow The interface is installed in SL files The following commands demonstrate how to compile and prepare your program to use the Suprtool interface This example assumes that the Suprtool2 routine has been installed in the System SL cobol example source prep Soldpass example pub cap ph save example pub run example pub Using Lib The installation chapter of the manual tells how to install the interface so that it is available to every program You can also install the interface routine in a SL file and run your program with Lib Here is an example of how to add the Suprtool segment from ST2USL Pub to your existing SL file run fcopy pub sys gt from st2usl pub robelle to st2usl pub new gt exit segmenter buildsl sl pub 400 4 fails if you already have an SL sl sl pub usl st2usl pub addsl suprtool exit cob
188. a formatted listing of the input dataset gt base store use the Creator password gt form sets you cannot remember the names gt get d inventory of the datasets in Store gt list print the dataset fields formatted gt exit no output file is created In session mode this command would prompt for the database password If none is entered or Suprtool is not running interactively the Creator password is used by default Because the open mode was not specified the database is opened in mode 1 Database Passwords in Batch In batch mode it is necessary to specify a database password without the password being echoed on the job stream listing A special database password is provided to allow for this When a question mark is used as the database password Suprtool prompts for the password on the next physical input line without echoing This occurs in batch mode or in session mode For example Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt base store 5 Suprtool prompts for the password Password gt Password is on this line but it won t gt get d inventory show on job stream listing or terminal gt exit File Commands You can use a File command to re direct a database name to another group and account in Suprtool For example run suprtool gt file dbx db23 data test gt base dbx gt get cust master Because the remote database feature generates a File command you cannot combine the
189. account sort by cust account gt output result gt xeq Sort Records in Descending Order This extracts all records from the dataset d sales into a data file called RESULT The records are sorted by the field sales total in descending order i e show highest totals first Use the Desc option in the Sort command to do this gt get d sales gt sort sales total desc descending order gt output result gt xeq Sort by Multiple Keys This extracts all records from the dataset d sales into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field cust account then by sales total in descending order Use two Sort commands to do this since the Sort command only accepts one field at a time gt get d sales input gt sort cust account first sort key gt sort sales total desc second sort key gt output result output gt xeq Deleting Records To delete records safely from a database you need two Suprtool tasks The first task backs up the data to be deleted the second task deletes the records You can interrupt and restart the two task method without harming your records It may be faster to combine the two tasks but it can present problems if you abort the task part way through your database will be partially deleted but you will not have a backup of the deleted records Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 23 The first task copies the data to a backup file
190. ad to January 1 2000 and do the same commands as above the result would the same as if you had typed gt if invoice date lt 000101 on 1st January 2000 If you have some invoice dates from the previous century e g 990101 for December Ist 1999 they will not be selected Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates Sometimes Because dates beyond 1999 will not collate properly for the YYMMDD and YYMM formats starting in version 4 0 11 the If command produces an error if the year specified in a date or today function is greater than 1999 and the date format is YYMMDD or YYMM and you are performing a relative operation e g lt lt gt or gt gt item enddate date yymmdd gt if enddate gt date 4 21st century date A Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format Suprtool returns this error by default but you can override it with the following set command gt set date ifyy2000error off This tells Suprtool to allow the previously described relative operations and suppress the error message While you can override the error checking the behavior of today and date is not changed How Do Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates If you need to have Suprtool select dates in YYMMDD format with Today or Date you need to use one of the following solutions 82 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 1 Change the date storage forma
191. additional selection criteria gt select records for customer 1234 where the sales qty is gt greater than 100 gt chain d sales cust account 1234 gt if sales qty gt 100 gt out outs gt xeq B trees and Chain The Chain command only takes advantage of B trees if the BtreeModel setting is turned on at the root level This setting means that all DBFIND mode 1 calls will utilize the B tree You can turn BtreeModel on by doing the following run dbutil pub sys gt gt set BtreeModel on The Chain command allows the partial key retrieval on X and U type items on the master dataset and implicitly on any associated detail dataset For example gt base cd db data 5 reader gt chain a songs song title we gt list gt xeq Warning Using DBGET for the input records gt GET A SONGS 289 gt OUT SNULL 0 SONG TITLE we only come out at night gt GET A SONGS 56 gt OUT SNULL 1 SONG TITLE where boys fear to tread IN 2 OUT 2 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 As previously mentioned we can search a detail dataset by using the implicit B tree or the search item that has a B tree attached to the associated master 104 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt chain d songs song title we gt list gt xeq Warning Using DBGET for the input records gt GET D SONGS 37 gt OUT NULL 0 CD NO 2 CD TITLE Mellon Collie ARTIST Smashing Pumpkins SONG NO 10 SONG TITLE we only come
192. ade for any group name where the first three letters are not PUB When Suprtool is run from a group that starts with Pub e g Pubtest Suprtool assumes the help files have the same suffix e g Helptest Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Installing Suprtool e 11 12 e Installing Suprtool Help File Examples Here are a few examples of the names that Suprtool would use for the Suprtool help file Suprtool Program File Name Suprtool Help File Name Suprtool Pub Robelle Suprtool Help Robelle Suprtool PubNew Robelle Suprtool HelpNew Robelle Suprtool Pub Account Suprtool Help Account Suprtool PubRob Account Suprtool HelpRob Account Suprtool Robelle Dist Suprtool Help Dist Suprlink and STExport File Name When you use Suprtool s Link or Export commands Suprtool must run a separate Suprlink or STExport program Because there are different versions of Suprtool and Suprlink for MPE V and MPE ix the default file name for Suprlink changes according to Suprtool s file name If Suprtool s file name starts with SUPRCM Suprtool assumes that the Suprlink file name starts with LINKCM If Suprtool s file name starts with SUPRNM Suprtool assumes that the Suprlink file name starts with LINKNM In all other cases Suprtool assumes SUPRLINK as Suprlink s file name The same rules apply to the STExport utility If Suprtool s file name starts with SUPRNM Suprtool assumes that the STExport file name starts with STEXPNM and similarly for CM the STExp
193. after the version specification The syntax can be simply xml doctype myfile xml File You can customize the file tags with the following command commands xml file orders STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the File string Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 289 Record You can customize the record tags with the following command commands xml record Details STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the Record string Example You can enter multiple XML commands per task to set the XML options you require Sin filelsd xml version xml version 1 0 encoding 1S0 8859 1 2 2 xml file Orders record Details Sout myfile An example of the output generated by the above commands is as follows lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt Orders gt lt Details gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt Details gt lt Orders gt Tags In XML the tags that surrounded the
194. ail datasets and to the capacity of the dataset for master datasets Set Eofread On forces Suprtool to read to the capacity for both master and detail datasets If Set Eofread is used it must be specified before the Get command Hint Use HowMessy to see the highwater mark of your detail datasets Filecode SET FILECODE number Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 205 Initially 0 Default no change When Suprtool writes to an old file Output Append and Output Erase are the only cases it leaves the filecode of the output file unchanged When Suprtool creates a new file with the Output Ask or Output Query option it gives the file a special filecode 1071 and 1084 respectively When the input file has a nonzero filecode Suprtool carries that filecode over to the new output file See Output Command O on page 185 for details on Output options such as Ask Erase and Query To convert a self describing file into a non SD file see Suprtool and Self Describing Files on page 55 In all other cases new files created by Suprtool have a default filecode of zero You can specify an alternate default filecode using Set Filecode Specifying Set Filecode forces Suprtool to create the output file with a specific filecode whenever it was going to use zero To be effective this Set command should be added to the Suprmegr file To configure Suprtool to use the filecode 222 on output files you would add this line to
195. ain a week s worth of transactions Each night the transactions from a week ago are moved to the monthly dataset D SALES MON The D SALES and D SALES MON datasets have exactly the same field declarations The following Suprtool task would move one day s transactions from D SALES to D SALES MON gt base store 1l write requires write access to database gt get d sales read the weekly dataset gt if purge date 000401 select one day s transactions gt put d sales mon adding them to the monthly dataset gt exit For the next example we assume that the D SALES MON dataset is in a different database We prompt for the password for both databases gt base store 1 Suprtool must prompt for password Password gt password not echoed gt get d sales gt if purch date 000401 select one day s transactions gt put d sales mon ostore 1 add to OSTORE database Password gt password not echoed gt exit the output file defaults to null This example shows how Suprtool can read an MPE disc file and Put each record in a database Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 192 e Suprtool Commands gt input dsales dsales has exactly the same format gt put d sales store as the d sales dataset gt exit Improving Put Performance with Deferred Output Suprtool uses the standard Image intrinsic DBPut to add entries from a dataset This makes tasks with a Put operation slower than the standard MR NOBUF reads but in
196. al DBLLOG double logical Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 44 Blocking 64 B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file is sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format of an item The Link output option saves the date format and any decimals as part of the field description Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 355 form datafile File DATAFILE EXAMPLE ROBELLE SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CHARACTER x5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT 311 6 compound field DATE J2 12 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 Lo KE LAA Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 16 Blocking 64 Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprlink assumes a temporary file by default file formout dev 1p form custfile writes to line printer file formout dev disc form invfile writes to temporary file 356 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in Suprlink HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify a
197. ales 05 report control exit exit 10 read and report section perform 10 10 get d sales if not end of d sales then if dsa sales total gt 10000 then perform 20 report d sales thru 20 report d sales exit go to 10 read and report exit 10 10 get d sales call DBGET using db base db set d sales db mode2 db status area db all list db buffer d sales db dummy arg if db end of file then move true value to end of d sales flag else if not db stat ok then perform 99 image fatal error 10 read and report exit exit Modified Program Using Speed Demon You would modify the original code to use Speed Demon to serially read through the d sales dataset The original report control section had no initializing paragraph because we assumed that the d sales dataset was rewound to the beginning The modified code must call SPDEDBINIT before reading the dataset When we have finished reading the dataset we finish off with a call to SPDEDBSHUT 384 e Accessing Speed Demon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon 05 report control section perform 05 05 init d sales move false value to end of d sales flag perform 10 read and report thru 10 read and report exit until end of d sales perform 05 20 close d sales go to 05 report control exit 05 05 init d sales call SPDEDBINIT using db base db set d sales db model db status area spde db control db dummy arg if not db stat ok then perform 98 spde error
198. alue to the Suprtool2 interface SuprtoolFullCount Variable On MPE iX when Suprtool closes the output file it also sets a variable named SuprtoolFullCount with the number of output records This is the same number reported in the total line i e OUT The advantage of the variable is that if more than 65 535 records are written to the output file the value of the SuprtoolFullCount variable is not truncated Stack Overflow It is possible for Suprtool V to abort with a stack overflow This only happens when you have an input or output file with very large block sizes The only way to work around this problem is to reblock your file with a smaller blocking factor We suggest that the maximum block size be less than 12 888 words Large block size fails build outfile rec 160 179 f ascii blocksize 14 320 words run suprtool pub robelle gt input catalog pub sys gt numrecs 100 gt output outfile erase gt exit Abort Suprtool Pub Robelle Program Error 20 Stack Overflow Smaller block size works build outfile rec 160 152 f ascii blocksize 12 160 words run suprtool pub robelle gt input catalog pub sys gt numrecs 100 gt output outfile erase gt exit Summary of Parm Values Value Meaning 4 execute Info string once 8 execute Info string on each re activation 16 duplicate Input file to Output file 32 don t suspend terminate completely 64 check with user before Exiting Values may be combined b
199. alues You can check a data field for several test values without using the AND and OR operators After the equals or not equals sign list the alternate values separated by commas The OR operator is equal sign Instead of IF A 5 OR A 6 OR A 7 use IF A 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is equal to 5 6 or 7 The AND operator is lt gt Instead of IF A lt gt 5 AND A lt gt 6 AND A lt gt 7 use IF A lt gt 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is anything but 5 6 or 7 gt if field 5 6 7 gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 gt if delivered lt gt 981231 990101 This method works well if you are searching for a small number of values Use the lookup function to check a data field for many test values IF LOOKUP tablename fieldname The lookup function returns TRUE if the specified field name contains a value from the specified table You can also look for values that are not in a table IF NOT LOOKUP tablename fieldname See the Table command for a complete description of how to combine tables and the lookup function lookup parameter function tablename The name of a table specified in the Table command fieldname A field from the input record This field cannot be real type It must be exactly the same length as the item used in the Table command Performance of Lookup The lookup function can be quite slow when you are searching huge tables Because the If command uses shor
200. alues and thought following such a search path would be fastest We suggested a serial Get command instead of a random access Chain command and the job time fell to 4 5 hours much easier to schedule Get was faster than Chain even though it had to look at every entry in the dataset Why Get reads many contiguous records with each access to MPE while Chain must call TurboIMAGE to retrieve each chain entry Since the entries on the chain are seldom in the same disc block Chain generated many more disc accesses and they were randomly distributed over the disc space In this case he was selecting 11 of the dataset 261 230 out of 2 307 685 entries Chain had to do about 424 000 random disc reads while Get did only 14 471 serial reads a reduction of 97 However the Chain command would have been faster if he had selected less than 15 000 entries You can use the Set Statistics On command to see how many disc reads a Get command uses if that is less than the number of entries selected Get will usually be faster than Chain Suprtool Performance Hints Not all portions of the Suprtool product give equal performance boosts The primary technology of Suprtool is large NOBUF MR reads and writes By asking the operating system for many records at once instead of invoking the system software for each record Suprtool reduces the CPU overhead of the task dramatically This technology is present when you use the Input and Get commands but not the Chai
201. ame length and format as the input records KEY KEY creates output records containing only the sort keys concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM NUM creates output records of four bytes in length containing the double integer record number of each input record The record number of the first record is 1 for IMAGE datasets 0 for MPE files and either 0 or 1 for KSAM files depending on whether the FIRST 0 option was selected when the KSAM file was built The NUM option is not recommended for IMAGE master datasets because entries in master datasets can migrate Detail datasets and MPE and KSAM files are okay NUM KE Y NUM KEY creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the sort key values concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM DATA Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 187 188 Suprtool Commands NUM DATA creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the full data record This can be useful to create transaction files from detail datasets that will later be updated back to the database after a processing stage QUERY QUERY creates an MPE self describing output file A self describing file has a file code of SD in the Listf command and an actual file code of 1084 Self describing files contain information about the structure of each record in the file The file label contains the name type length a
202. ameters The major commands File List Add Delete Modify and Change have a similar parameter structure consisting of the command name then an optional file part and an optional option part A space separates the file part from the command name and a semicolon separates the option part from the file part The general format of these commands is command file options File Parameter The file parameter consists of an IMAGE 3000 dataset name followed by an optional list of field names If the file part is missing Dbedit uses the previous file The general format of the file parameter is command file fieldname Even when you use field names Dbedit will add the search fields to the field list In the Add command Dbedit assumes default values for noncritical fields that are missing but will prompt for the search fields and sort fields they are required add d inventory bin no assume defaults for all but BIN NO SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 105391 BIN NO gt 10 In this case you will not be prompted for LAST SHIP DATE ON HAND QTY or UNIT COST In the Modify command you can specify a set of fields to modify Dbedit will not prompt you for new values for any other fields For example Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 305 mod d inventory unit cost only modify UNIT COST SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons prompt for search value PRODUCT NO gt 105391 prom
203. and to obtain a list of fields in the current dataset Fields are used by other Suprtool commands and they are described below Errors Errors are messages printed by Suprtool indicating a fatal problem in the task which prevents it from completing In batch mode errors cause the job to terminate Error messages are further described in Appendix A Field A field is a portion of a record When you access an IMAGE dataset this makes Suprtool aware of the IMAGE fields in the dataset When you access an SQL database with the Select command Suprtool is aware of each column name fields and columns are synonymous in Suprtool The Define command allows you to define new fields or redefine existing fields to have new sizes or data types Use Define to get at bytes of interest within existing fields and to give them an appropriate name Then you can refer to the defined field in other commands e g Extract If etc The following commands all contain a field gt if balance gt 10000 gt sort account gt extract a b Filename A filename is any valid filename and is used in Suprtool commands to identify the input source specify the output destination or to specify an external file to be accessed in the Table or Use command File names may be enclosed in quotes The following commands all contain file names gt input xyz gt output out gt use supruse gt input xyz MPE iX File Names Suprtool accepts MPE iX variables in file na
204. arch field FILE file options Options numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder UPdatekey If Set Reset is Off you can use the File command to specify the KEY for the specified file For example set reset off file d inventory key product no will cause all subsequent commands to prompt for the PRODUCT NO before the SUPPLIER NAME Specifying a new file or options parameter in the Add Change Delete List or Modify commands overrides and replaces the current file and option values 316 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Form Command FO The Form command displays a description of the items and datasets in a database It is similar in format to the FORM command of QUERY FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default fields in current dataset If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool will print the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sort item name The capacity is also shown in DBSCHEMA format The blocking factor appears after the capacity in parentheses If dynamic dataset expansion a feature of MPE iX 5 0 has been enabled the initial capacity and the increment are shown next On MPE iX 5 0 or later the highwater mark is shown The record length in bytes appears last When showing the form of a dataset Dbedit shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The fir
205. ariables item number 10 10 item description line printer data record is line record line record item prefix item suffix 0 end of items flag pic x end of items values TPT 88 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool e 419 Spage variables 01 if command 05 Faller TEF sel prefix filler pic x 10 value ITEM 05 05 pic x 4 pic x 2 i n value page input area 01 accept buffer 05 input buf 88 answer spaces pic x 80 value spaces Spage report layouts 01 report record 05 filler 05 report prefix 05 filler 05 report suffix 05 filler 05 report description x 5 x 4 x value x 4 x 3 value spaces x 50 pic pic pic pic pic pic value spaces Spage Suprtool Control Parameter suprtool control area 01 supr control 05 supr version 05 supr status 88 supr ok 88 supr bad msgfiles 88 supr aborted 88 supr create error 88 supr bad total type supr command line supr flags 0 supr priority 88 supr priority cs 88 supr priority ds 88 supr priority es supr maxdata supr print state 88 supr print on erro 88 supr print always 88 supr print never supr total type 88 supr total cobol 88 supr total ascii O supr other flags pic s9 4 comp value 4 pic s9 4 comp value zeros value 1 value 2 value 3 value 4 x 256 value spaces x 2 value spaces value CS value DS value ES s9 9
206. as been created The new and improved version of Makesub can be invoked from within Suprtool as shown below run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec gt makesub cmasfile d custmast TEMP 5000 amp customer number company name first name gt get custmast if cred limit gt 1000000 gt extract customer number company name first name gt output cmasfile erase gt sort custnum gt exit Suprtool and PowerHouse Data Types One of the recurring themes in the Technical Support calls that we receive involves identifying data types when defining fields in Suprtool This is particularly true of PowerHouse sites because PowerHouse views the data through its dictionary definitions while Suprtool s vocabulary is based on IMAGE terminology Because both products read the same underlying data structures the problem is only one of semantics This section aims to assist the user in correctly declaring data structures that are passed between Suprtool and PowerHouse processes Translation Table of Data Types IMAGE Type PowerHouse Type Suprtool Type UorX Character Byte Character for NLS R Float non IEEE Real or Long Float IEEE IEEE K Integer Unsigned Logical J Integer Signed Integer or Double P Packed Packed Z Zoned Display 70 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool IEEE or Non IEEE depends on whether float IEEE or float NONIEEE was declared under System Options in your system d
207. ase as records are read and selected but the Duplicate command occurs in the output phase after the sort has taken place The Duplicate command is not part of the selection process it is the If command that determines what records are deleted A common mistake is to specify the Duplicate and Delete commands without an If command In this case Suprtool asks your permission to delete a input records Answer No to this question to abort the task It may be possible to remove duplicates from an input dataset using Suprtool but only through roundabout methods These are too case specific to document here If you need to do this call Robelle technical support for assistance Self Describing Files When you are using the Count or Total options the sort information is not retained in the output file This means that if your output file is in LINK format there are no sort keys If you are going to use this file from Suprlink use the BY clause of the LINK command to manually specify the sort keys Non Self Describing Files If the input file is not a self describing file and you are using Count or Total you also need to extract all the fields from the file You can quickly extract the fields by defining a new field that contains the entire record For example if your records are 56 bytes long then you do the following to extract all the fields Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt define entire 1 56 byte gt extract entire Output
208. ase customer gt get m customer gt sort custnum gt output invoices link gt xeq gt link input invoices by custnum gt link link customer send link customer to Suprlink gt link output invcust gt link exit exit from Suprlink not Suprtool Refer to the Link command in the Suprtool Commands chapter of the Suprtool user manual for more information You can also use the Suprtool2 interface and the Link command to call Suprlink See the Suprcall User Manual for a complete example of how to use the interface to pass commands to Suprlink Preventing MPE Commands Exit with Verify 334 e Accessing Suprlink If you want to prevent Suprlink from executing any MPE commands e g Purge you Run Suprlink with Parm 8192 This feature is automatically invoked by Suprtool s Link command when Set Limit MPE Off has been specified inside Suprtool run suprlink pub robelle parm 8192 Some users find that they Exit from Suprlink inadvertently For Suprlink to get user approval on Exit Run Suprlink with Parm 64 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink run suprlink pub robelle parm 64 gt e Okay to exit no gt Preventing Suprlink from Suspending If you run Suprlink from within HPDesk and some other programs Suprlink will suspend on Exit but HPDesk will not notice The next time you run Suprlink you will get a new copy of Suprlink Eventually you will have many suspended copies of Suprlink hanging from HP
209. ase with the Base command This feature is intended for cases where bugs in MPE are causing Suprtool to fail Progress SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number Initial amp Defaults Percent 5 Minimum 10000 MPE V 50000 MPE 1X The Set Progress command is used to turn the Suprtool progress report feature on or off The PERCENT value specified tells Suprtool by which percentage increment to report the progress messages of any given input or output phase The allowed range for set progress is from 0 to 25 the default is every 5 percent If the PERCENT parameter is not specified then the next parameter is considered to be the PERCENT value This is to remain compatible with some earlier pre release versions of Suprtool The MINIMUM value is the minimum number of records that an input file must have in order for the progress reports to be printed out If the MINIMUM value is set to 15000 then the input file must have at least 15000 records or else progress messages are not printed out for the entire task This value allows the user to turn off progress messages when reading smaller files The default value for the Suprtool V version of Suprtool is 10000 records and the default value for the Suprtool iX version of Suprtool is 50000 records To always print progress messages just set the minimum value to 0 Suprtool does not produce any progress messages under the following conditions 1 Set Progress is zero 2 Output is to stdl
210. aset entries by enabling deferred output for the database If you open the database in mode 3 exclusive and Set Defer On Suprtool calls DBCONTROL to defer posting of IMAGE writes to disc The database creator can enable deferred output processing for all users of a database with DBUTIL enable base for autodefer Deferred output can make deletes and puts faster but if the system crashes i e you have a system failure or a nonrecoverable power failure while you are using deferred output you must RESTORE your database from tape You do not have to restore the database if Suprtool stops because of an error or if you abort Suprtool i e break abort or abortjob while deferred output mode is being used Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 111 112 e Suprtool Commands Omnidex If you are deleting from a dataset with Omnidex keys you must have MPE 1X third party indexing TPI enabled in your database or you must run Suprtool with Omnidex s call conversion facility To run with call conversion you must run Suprtool with special parameters For Omnidex version 3 0 00 and greater run suprtool pub robelle x1 x1 pub disc For Omnidex version 2 05 03 to 2 09 run suprtool cc disc lib g Warning Message When deleting records from the input dataset Suprtool asks for permission to delete all records if there is no If command to select the records to be deleted Delete all records from the D SALES dataset
211. atada od iii Welcome to Calling Suprtool Calling Suprtool 100 o Suprtool2 Routine eii reesen reeeo neie an aa eoa irain Importance of the Exit Command cooooniccncocnonononcnoncnnnonn nono nonononnonnnnnos Control Record rc dae Compiling and Linking on MPE Voooonccnnnnonnnonnnnnconncnnnonononnnnanonnnnnos Compiling and Linking on MPEAX ooonconocnocnnonncnnconnocnnonononnnonnonnnonos Suprtool Run Parameters ccccccccesssesceesceeeceeeceeceaeesseeseeeneeeeeenes Lockwords on Suprtool cccecceeceeseessceseceseceseeeseceeeseeeseeeseeseeenreees Examples of Calling Suprtool Copying the Examples senpacie Ke e e COBOL Examples iii aa FORTRAN Example sneinen a E T TRANSACT Example renani n a eai eiS SPL Example oca rad e i G Example ii A Aeneas Pascal Example ii e e Perl Example A Wan anne SPEEDWARE Example coooooccococonococonoonnonnconncn nono nono nono nooo ncn nono nnonnninnos Calling Suprlink The Suprtool2 Interface e erii aeree esae erena E aE EEE IIn E LEAK ON a EE lito il e a Dodo te o COBOL Example vico s Installing the Suprtool2 Interface Compatibility Mode Installation oooonconncnnncnnnnnncnonooononononononnonnnonos Installing into the System SL ooconccnicnicononnconnconconncnnncnnnonononnnnnnonnnnnos DOCUMENTA O a A An ie Printed Documentati0ON oocccooccnooncconnnoonncconononnncconocinnnccanoss Online Documentation in HTML Help Format CD or Web Download ooooccnnonccinononcnononcnononanccnona
212. atch STExport operates in session mode or batch mode In batch usage any error message causes STExport to quit setting the Job Control Word to flush the remainder of the JOB Warning messages do not cause an abort In batch mode STExport does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode Instead it attempts to choose the alternative that has the least chance of destroying valid data For example if the Output file is a duplicate file name in batch mode STExport saves the new Output file with a made up name OUTPUTnn where nn is from 00 to 20 prints a warning message and aborts Summary of Parm Values Value Function 32 don t suspend terminate completely 64 check with user before Exiting 8192 don t allow MPE commands Values may be combined by adding them together For example Parm 96 means check with me before exiting then when I do actually exit terminate STExport completely instead of suspending Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Accessing STExport e 247 Introduction to STExport Importing Data Input File Data Types Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts STExport reads one input file and formats each input rec
213. ations 43 IMAGE Ciupdate option 301 IMAGE end of file 205 Info on every activation 36 Info usage 36 229 initializing a field 122 input choices 41 Input command 163 274 358 input file 249 input file maximum block size 297 373 input file maximum fields 297 373 input file maximum record length 297 373 input files 337 input key fields 274 358 installation 7 379 445 installing in another account 10 installing interface into MPE 10 445 installing on MPE iX 380 installing Speed Demon 379 installing STExport 242 installing Suprlink 330 Interactive Set 207 interface routine 10 445 interface to Suprtool 3 interrupt 255 349 intrinsics 389 introduction to Dbedit 299 introduction to Speed Demon 375 introduction to STExport 249 introduction to Suprlink 337 invalid dates 83 155 260 Index e 467 invalid stack marker abort 96 ISO 8859 1 characters HTML output 273 Item command 166 207 229 J JCW 38 247 335 JCW SuprtoolOutCount 39 job control word 38 247 335 J type fields SD files 58 Julian dates 169 Julian day number 125 JulianDay data format 168 Jumbo datasets 47 K Key command 172 key fields input file 274 358 key fields link file 359 Key option 187 Key option Dbedit 306 keys 338 KLONDIKE 91 KSAM files 48 163 185 KSAM files with lockwords 53 KSAM files linking 342 KSAM locking 48 KSAM order of sort 58 KSAM recovering deleted records 214 KSAM self descr
214. ative numbers listredo 1 10 out lp dump commands to printer listredo unn out save write commands to a file Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not currently available in Suprlink UX Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 361 Output Command O 362 e Suprlink Commands Specify the name of the output file and whether it is temporary OUTPUT filename TEMP ERASE DATA LINK By default the name of the Output file is Output The output file is a permanent self describing file containing data extracted from the input file and the Link files A few application tools may not read self describing files In this case use the Data option to make the output file a standard MPE file with a filecode of zero and no user labels There are two different types of self describing files The first type is created with Suprtool s Output Query option A superior form of self describing file is produced with Suprtool s Output Link option Suprlink creates the output self describing file in the same format as the input file We recommen
215. bbreviateDate tp 207 A A A E 207 LabelledTapeRewinnd ccccccsseessesscesscesscesecesecesecaecsaecaeesaecseecaeecaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeereetens 208 Letts ina 208 Listenn seeds vantes Gein cab a ies tag cen as EN dee RR R E 209 List Date ras 209 O E A E eves E EE E E R E eE 209 List TIME nep enno e E E a E eE E A E NE 210 00 ne E EA 211 Mei 211 Openmode iii tdo 212 A AN 212 a NR 212 A vin eei eis eck Sealab etd eed eh hee ieee awa eA 212 Provide iii rn 213 PrO TESS ii E dicos 213 OS 214 NN A AN RS 214 A ew A 214 A O 216 O NO 216 Stat SC S O UN O eee 216 Subsystem A O ee cea eee RS 216 TN 217 Userlabels a ito lalala 217 MAD O eee 217 O E OSETE 218 Sort Command Oli SE A AS A ETO tele ee AS 219 Table Coma TA a a E E AS 221 Adding Individual Values to a Table oooonnconconcnnncninninonnocnconononcnnncononancnnoconono nono noo 221 Adding Values froma Fille cutis ions Ea era east 222 Total Commard Tir n vast foe cade ease east ash o ee 226 Update Command UP Tit t 228 Use Command Uli o tele S EE 229 Userpause Command USER serieen e E r E a 231 Venfy Command AA n aa a EEE a eia Teh 232 Xeg Command MA DA EEE R E EE A A A E 233 Calculator Command F rrea e E te ease Gaede 234 Suprtool Errors and Warnings 237 Two Types OF Messages nien td BRE eae eae 237 ETS a Cece de cen ac E ts 237 Ward da ea e dr Dl e a a 238 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Contents e vii viii e Index Welcome to STExport 241
216. bedit does not print the detail records that are deleted Use the List command with the RELATED option before doing the deletion Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 313 Do Command DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list Ifyou want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo do do previous command again do 39 do command line 39 again 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again list do most recent List command show do last starting with show showjob job do last showjob job command job do last containing job 2 do command before previous a7 9 do by relative line number 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated 314 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Exit Command E Leaves Dbedit and returns control to Suprtool EXIT Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 315 File Command F Establishes the current file field list and se
217. by using Set Arithmetic The default is Classic for Suprtool V and IEEE for Suprtool iX and Suprtool UX This option is only supported in Suprtool iX Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 201 202 e Suprtool Commands Baseclose SET BASECLOSE ON OFF Initially OFF Use Set Baseclose On to ensure that Suprtool closes your database whenever it exits The default is for Suprtool to hold the database open when it suspends e g when returning to Qedit Blocksize SET BLOCKSIZE size Initially amp Default lt none gt When Suprtool is copying an MPE or KSAM file it always attempts to duplicate the record size and blocking factor of the original file In all other cases Suprtool chooses an optimal blocking factor but restricts the total block size to 2048 words When Suprtool is computing the block size it always chooses the smallest block size divisible by 128 Specifying an explicit block size forces Suprtool to pick the largest block size that can fit in the specified block size and still be divisible by 128 Users may wish to add the Set Blocksize command to the Suprmgr file Increasing the block size has two potential problems small files may consume more disc space and reading the file buffered requires more memory for the MPE file buffers The maximum block size allowed is 8 192 words Buffer SET BUFFER size Initially depends Default no change Set Buffer varies the maximum number of words
218. byte gt if bin3 100 of the third part Notes The purpose of the Define command is to tell Suprtool to look at a portion of the input record in a certain way For example if the record contains ASCII digits in the first ten bytes Define could be used to assign a field definition to the first six bytes In this case the field must be defined as data type Byte Char or Display The Define command cannot be used to convert data from one format to another Using the same example the Define command could not be used to treat the first six digits of the ten digit ASCII field as Integer Packed Real or any other numeric data format If the input record contains ASCII digits Define cannot change them to another data type It may be helpful to think of the Suprtool Define command as similar to a COBOL REDEFINES clause or a FORTRAN EQUIVALENCE statement Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Delete Command DEL Deletes all entries selected from the input dataset DELETE Delete has no parameters and can be entered only after the source of input records has been specified using Get or Chain Delete causes Suprtool to delete the input records after they have been read either all of the input records or a subset defined by the If command Delete is not supported for KSAM and MPE files only for IMAGE datasets Examples gt comment Delete and sort old transactions write to file gt base store 1 writer open for wr
219. c File oo ecceccecssessceeseeseeeeceeeceeceaeenaecsaecaeeeseeeneesseeetenes 58 Suprtool and Sorting Piles ie cccccsccc secccceeaeeteteeccseevsncvecessecdecesscees aida ide 58 PR EE EEE 58 Native Language Support A 59 With Reduced Dise Space conecciones i iiia 59 Suprtool and Tape Files ici aiii 59 Labelled Tapes cio atada 60 Multiple Files oia Aito 60 Notes its ar A ieee ei lads ede er ae 61 Ele Uset Labels cui ia 61 Suprtool and Remote File A CESS iii A sanaci n 61 Network Services Nai aia 61 Suprtooliarid MPRE ee A aaa 62 Calling Suprtool in Native Mode ccecccsseesseessessceesceesceeceecnsecsaeceeceeeneeeseeeeeeereees 62 User XL Elli eii 62 When EtTOrS OC CU 62 Sorte With Supra t 62 Suprtool and CI Variable Substitution ccceccscecsseesseeseeeeceeeceeecesceeeceseceseceseesaeeeaeeneeeeeenes 63 Example o 63 Batch Requires Tnd ent sretnes ar e eae EN S S ENSE NNER 63 Avoiding Double Resolution ccceccceeccesscescesseeseceseceecaeecaeesaeeeseeeeeeeeeneeneeneensees 64 Suprlink and STEXPOrt ui 64 Supriool and UsEr Promptin Pte 65 A a a te At a e E Mosk soy cebbbon tetas EERENS 65 Suprtool and Personal Computers ccccecccesscessceseceseceeecscecseeeseeeeeeeceaeeeseceseeeseeeaeeeaeeseeeaeeenes 65 Downloading to the PC time a 66 Decimal Places dd o stash ita Mal load sella anak 66 Spreadsheets wre O 66 Paradox Databases meno atada 66 Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications ccscceseesseesse
220. can appear before or after the continuation character link customer records to invoices input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit STREAMX STREAMX is a product from VESOFT that permits you to build flexible job streams STREAMX contains a complete programming language with loops prompts and parameter substitution A problem arises when trying to enter comments into a Suprtool batch job that will be submitted with STREAMX Suprtool uses the pair to delimit comments STREAMX uses these same characters for expressions You cannot change Suprtool s comment character but you can change the characters in STREAMX The following example changes the STREAMX expression characters from to job example user acct isetbrades s run suprlink pub robelle tinput invoices driving input file custnum is the key link customer combined with customers toutput invcust produces the file we want texit tell hpjobname hpuser hpaccount Example done leoj MPE Commands Suprlink also accepts MPE commands with or without a colon comment comment For commands that are the same in both Suprlink and MPE Suprlink only executes the MPE command if you type the colon For example Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink help you get Suprlink help help you get MPE help MPE iX Commands Suprlink
221. case letters literal symbols to be used in the command as they appear e g EXTRACT 2 Lowercase underlined or italic variables to be filled in by the user example field Each such variable is defined elsewhere in terms of literal symbols consult the index In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables appear simply in lowercase 3 Brackets enclose optional fields example subscript 4 Braces enclose comments in examples For example gt INPUT ACTREC input from a data file Braces can be used for comments in actual Suprtool commands 5 Up lines separate alternatives from which you select example Set Ignore On Off sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines 6 Dot dot dot indicates that the variable may be repeated many times in the command 7 Other special characters literal symbols that must appear in the command as they are shown in the format example the comma above Some commas in Suprtool are optional In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Examples The examples in this manual use the revised STORE database described in the IMAGE 3000 Handbook Software Updates As HP continues to release new versions of MPE and HP UX you might be wondering how all these operating system changes affect tools such as Suprtool This is just one reason to have our software support This service entitles you to
222. cccescessseesessceeseeeseesseesceeeeesecnsecaeceenseeeeeeeaeenseeseeeeeeaes 36 AN aE D A A EE E A AE dant eloves Leanhtieeehs Luettodebere eueath 37 Preventing Suprtool from Suspending cccescesecseesseeseeeeeeeeceeeceeenseceseceseeeaecneecseeeeeeneeass 37 Stdinvanid StdlistiFiles atril ad dle tal ee dell Alek Saati kde ote 37 Input and Output Files td dae dee ls 38 Using CREATEPROCESS S arisane dias anis aAa A TES AS iaa aaisa AE aa AAAA T MESE ATEEN AAS AES AES 38 Duplicating D SA E AE A echoed eostes ea ad ato ec hand tn dees 38 Job Control Word AA A ssid dst lad O ae 38 Suprmgr Configuration File ccecsceescsssceseceseceeceseceecseecseeeseceeeeneeeeeenseenseeeseeeaeenseeeeneenaees 39 Using Suprtoolian Batch vs eea cess Soke adi e 39 SuprtoolOutCount JCW cccccccescsecesscesecesecesecscecseeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseceeeensecaeceaecaeecaeeeaeeeaeeesesereneeees 39 SuprtoolFullCount Variable ceecesceseceecscecseeeseeeeeeseeeecceseceseceaecaecaeecaeecaeeeaeeeeeeeeesereeeens 40 STACK VELHO W oe ciiss test sceutesee III Salama EENS side 40 Summary of Parm Values cccecccecccesccssecesecesecseecseeeseeeeeesecesecnseenseceaeceaecaecaeecaeecaeeeseenseeenees 40 Suprtool Issues and Solutions 41 AsSuprtool Task tc e eos aces To ade Cid E e taal 41 Input Gholces ten Done tata E nido Mel lleno et in da Clie aoa ot 41 Processing Selec nad ae llctes de 41 Output Cholces Loca italia to hu eo Me e o 41 Suprtool and Allbase ie ne E p
223. ccessing Suprlink e 335 Introduction to Suprlink How Report Programs Work The best way to understand Suprlink is to examine the process of writing a report Y our report program will be written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language Imagine that instead of hunting all over the database with DBFIND and DBGET to collect your data you just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data on a given entity For example a sales report might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprlink fits into this model of report programs Working from the database to the final flat file how do we use Suprtool and Suprlink to produce the desired result Obviously Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records of the sales detail dataset and put them in a disc file And Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file What does Suprlink do If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed
224. ccount on the system We suggest that you create a DEMO user in your account and give it our demo UDCs hello mgr account snewuser demo pass xyzzy home pub hello demo xyzzy account setcatalog udc demo robelle sdemo bye Suprtool Components 2 e Welcome to Suprtool The Suprtool package consists not only of Suprtool but also of other programs that perform useful database functions These other programs are Dbedit Speed Demon STExport Suprlink and Suprtool2 Database Editing Dbedit is a separate module of Suprtool that permits the user to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an IMAGE database You enter Dbedit via the Edit command of Suprtool after specifying a database with the Base command The Dbedit prompt character is not gt and the commands are Add File Q mpe command Before FOrm REDO expression Change Help Set Delete List Use DO LISTREDO Verify Exit Modify Speed Demon Replacing DBGET Mode 2 One part of the Suprtool package is Speed Demon a set of intrinsics that you call in your programs instead of DBGET mode 2 to read serially through a dataset it should be about five times faster While Speed Demon lacks Suprtool s ability to extract fields or select and sort records it has the advantage that it delivers the records directly into your program Speed Demon V is about 50 slower than Suprtool but there is no need to read an output file as with Suprtool
225. ce runs Suprtool with Lib S To have the Suprtool2 interface always invoke Suprtool with Lib P you would use this command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 415 setjcw suprtool2lib 1 Slist234 File Some previous versions of the Suprtool2 interface created a temporary file called Slist234 which contained the stdlist from the Suprtool run A few programs were written to read this file By default the Suprtool2 interface no longer creates this file If your program needs it use the following JCW to force the interface to create and save the Suprtool listing in the temporary Slist234 file setjcw saveslist234 1 Lockwords on Suprtool To tell the Suprtool2 interface that the Suprtool program has a lockword you can use the suprtoolfilecommand facility file suprtool suprtool secret pub robelle setjcw suprtool2filecommand 2 run prog lib p 416 e Welcome to Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool Copying the Examples This chapter contains working examples of source code that calls Suprtool2 You can copy the examples from the manual but typing them from scratch would be tedious and error prone The best way to copy the examples is to take them from the on line Suprtool2 documentation file The file is stored in Robelle Qedit format If you have Qedit just Text a copy of Suprcall Doc Robelle and extract the portions that you are
226. century and the others will have 19 84 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt get d sales gt set date cutoff 30 gt item purch date date yymmdd gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt 1f not Sinvalid purch date and not Sinvalid deliv date gt update gt ext purch date stddate purch date gt ext deliv date stddate deliv date gt xeq We have now converted all the J2 yymmdd dates to a ccyymmdd format and added the correct century to the date Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd The following Suprtool task shows how you can generate a new file to put into a new database with dates in a different format Consider the deliv date and purch date fields of the D Sales dataset Database STORE DBOLD ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X6 PRODUCT NO Z8 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 PURCH DATE X6 SALES QTY J1 SALES TAX J2 SALES TOTAL J2 Capacity 611 13 Entries 15 Highwater 15 Bytes 42 You want to convert to a date format with room for a cc at the beginning of the deliv date and purch date Database STORE DB ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X8 PRODUCT NO Z8 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 PURCH DATE X8 SALES QTY J1 SALES TAX J2 SALES TOTAL J2 Capacity 608 16 Entries 0 Highwater 0 Bytes 46 In order to convert these dates you need to be able to put
227. cseeeaeeneeeeresereserenseens 348 STREAM ute ee ee eee ree 348 MPE Comitnands 4 2 scssectie crciestevcecitie ee cons Metis o leen etna tan anta is RS 348 MP PA Command re a ian Satie Beane gues eta nd 349 BAL Names cuela ect ia destino oo ness os Ale dado Danita dents ool bi tend A iPad oe ae 349 Calculator trat dd nietas alot oa gs o ol TA NA 349 Control Y iii ana 349 Before Command Blin daa Edda aaa eii 350 Do Command DO lia ia a aaa aaa eddie 352 Exit Command Elio dle dednetealatssatecstiv bate 353 Exit Abort EA Tira A ede Pte cece ee 353 Exit Suspend ES pinn acia 353 Exit Xeq JEX ici a oda 353 Form Command Elina dia saecedeveetaedevess vesvaneieanss 355 Help Command H rnrn ea dades 357 Inp t Command Mt E A EEO oes ee es 358 Vik Command E lkr e a E aoe IG 359 Listredo Command LISTREDO ess 361 Outp t Command ii nas 362 Redo Command REDO A EEEO EEE Rs NEE 363 Rest Coma cota 364 Set Command PS eoszec ei e e E E E Sate bone Mesa Tikes sao cba ae oe asses 365 Map A eee 365 Rd dois 365 MA os 366 O E 366 Use Command Uli aa td E T 367 Verify Command Ml A dia 368 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Contents e xi xii e Index Xeq Command ivi A a A RR 369 Example Suprlink Output 371 Example eisstessssastrs E ES E E E ENE EA 371 Limits Within Suprlink 373 Maximums saare e A eee ewe SA eh A ee he 373 Welcome to Speed Demon 375 Welcome to Speed DM a hee 375 MPE Vi EEE EEN EEEE E NETA AE RREA 375
228. ct command of the open SQL database Only one select command can be specified at a time SELECT select command Allbase sorts data Suprtool sorts data gt select from user account emp gt sort ename The select command can contain any expression or clause that is supported by the SQL database Some features e g ORDER BY may be done faster by Suprtool e g the Sort command Some Select commands can exceed the 256 character command line limitation The Select command however can be considerably larger if you use the read feature of the Select command This feature is similar to the If command read feature and is invoked by entering the Select command on a line by itself unlike If you do not specify read explicitly gt select ename Salary tax paid from scott employee order by ename gt The Suprtool prompt changes from gt to after entering the Select command by itself on a line The entire command gets sent to the Select command parser after terminating with two slash marks or a blank line You might realize greater performance gains with the Select command if you specify only the columns that you need in your output file for either tables with many items or when you need only a couple of items from a given table The following Select command gt select coll col2 col3 from user account emp may be faster than gt select from user account emp Your mileage may vary Suprtool 4 4
229. ctions 41 progress messages 213 prompt character 459 Prompt Set option 214 324 prompting using Quiz 75 Prose program 242 330 Prose Qlib Robelle 9 pseudo batch tasks 453 pub SL 381 Purgejob Robelle group 9 Put command 96 192 211 Put command performance 91 193 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Q Q command 194 322 Qedit program 66 101 245 256 265 311 Qedit program and Suprlink 333 350 354 Qedit program as parent process 36 120 Qhelp 143 271 318 357 QLIB contributed library 6 QSCHEMA definitions 73 QTP 343 QTP vs Quiz 68 QUERY numbers format 188 Query All option not supported 317 Query option 188 QUERY program 79 question mark database password 98 192 question delete all records 112 Quick help 143 271 318 357 Quick generating Suprtool commands 76 Quiet Set option 324 Quiz report writer 67 343 360 362 quote characters 147 Quote command 277 quotes double 277 quotes none 277 quotes single 277 R random sampling 140 164 range of fields 126 range extracting 126 read only mode 208 record changed error 46 record format output 31 Record Mode List option 180 record number selection 140 164 record number IMAGE 140 record number KSAM 164 record number MPE 164 record number Output 187 record number XSORT 206 records number of qualifying 191 Recover Set option 214 Redo command 195 278 323 363 Redo number of commands 195 278 363 Redo Set 21
230. d It also creates a number of files to report data problems etc SQL Loader has many other Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Example of STExport Output e 295 options to control the load task Refer to the appropriate Oracle documentation for details 296 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Limits Within STExport Maximums To achieve maximum speed STExport V stores all the necessary information in the HP e3000 stack This limits the size of input and output records and restricts the number of fields per file Users should be aware of these limits before attempting to use STExport with extremely complicated databases STExport iX stores information in a simulated HP e3000 stack so all the limits apply to both STExport V and STExport iX Delimiter Maximum Length 3 Bytes The delimiter must appear between every field in the output record To help avoid exceeding the maximum output record length the maximum delimiter length is three characters Input File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Block Size 8192 Bytes By default Suprtool restricts the maximum block size to 4 096 bytes You can use the Set Blocksize command to increase this size up to 16 384 bytes 8192 words If you increase the maximum blocksize it is likely that Suprtool will produce an output file that STExport cannot read
231. d removed or a different record added in its place while Suprtool has the database unlocked Suprtool checks for this by retrieving the database record once the database is locked and checking it against the original record read If any changes have occurred Suprtool reports an error If Set Ignore is Off Suprtool stops the current task when the error occurs If Set Ignore is On Suprtool displays the records that were changed with Set Dumponerror On and continues processing Control Y with Locks and Dbedit Locking If you type Control Y during a Put Delete or Update the dataset locks are still in effect Do NOT walk away from your terminal without answering YES or NO to the stop question The Edit command uses its own locking strategy For complete details on database locking with Dbedit see the Dbedit manual Database Maintenance Delete Put The Delete and If commands of Suprtool give you a powerful facility for archiving data without writing COBOL programs Be careful when using the Delete and Put commands It is better to break up a Suprtool run into multiple passes in order to make the job more fail safe For example we might like to archive all of the 2000 transaction records to a disc file and have them deleted from the database The obvious way to achieve this is run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec data gt get artrans gt if trans date gt 000101 and trans date lt 001231 gt delete gt sort trans date so
232. d Demon 395 Parm 1 in Speed Demon 395 Parm 16 in Suprtool 38 Parm 3 in Speed Demon 396 Parm 32 in STExport 246 Parm 32 in Suprlink 335 Parm 32 in Suprtool 37 Parm 4 in Suprtool 36 Parm 64 in STExport 246 Parm 64 in Suprlink 334 Parm 64 in Suprtool 37 Parm 8 in Suprtool 36 Parm 8192 in STExport 246 470 e Index Parm 8192 in Suprlink 334 Pascal example for Speed Demon 402 Pascal invocation of Suprtool 432 434 password in batch 39 98 password parameter 98 192 password upshifted 98 paths IMAGE detail datasets 103 pattern matching 152 212 459 pausing for user 231 PC files 65 190 PCL option Set List 176 209 percent sign 454 461 performance issues 88 performance of Dbedit 300 performance of Speed Demon 91 performance of STExport 250 performance of Suprtool 90 performance when sorting 89 permanent and temporary files 185 permanent and tempory files 164 Permanent redo 214 280 365 Persistent redo 214 280 365 personal computers 65 PHdate option Item command 168 positive value 132 POSIX file names 456 PowerHouse 67 PowerHouse applications 67 PowerHouse dates 168 PowerHouse define of P28 117 PowerHouse subfiles 68 343 362 prefetch 377 preformatted HTML option 272 prep 413 Printdoc 6 242 330 Printer Command Language 209 printer attached to terminal 180 printing manuals 242 330 printing reports 32 179 privileged file violation 100 142 Privmode Set option 213 PRN option 65 190 processing sele
233. d blocking factor on the File command Use the same File command with the same record size and blocking factor when reading the tape file Stdlist Specify output to stdlist by a single asterisk Output Use this filename with the ASCII option for a quick listing of a file or dataset Overwriting the Original File Use the special filename Input to specify erasing the unsorted records by writing the sorted records back into the original input file Disc space is saved because a new output file is not required but this option cannot be restarted The Input option can only be used for sorts to disc files and KSAM files not to IMAGE datasets You can use this feature to reorganize existing KSAM files by extracting the records you wish to retain sorting them into your optimal key sequence and writing them back into the same KSAM file gt in workfeb gt key 1 10 gt output input Note that typing input after the equal sign is optional Any name typed after the equal sign is ignored it is the equal sign itself that directs Suprtool to overwrite the input file Size of the Output File Suprtool builds new output files with a capacity large enough to hold all the input records You can determine the capacity limit in two ways 1 You can make the capacity larger by specifying a Numrecs command with either a specific value or a percentage greater than 100 gt numrecs 150 For IMAGE datasets you can also reduce the size o
234. d in Hex Decimal and ASCII display format 2020 a Result 2020 32 32 20161 72145 a Result 2071 32 113 q 7465 116 101 te In binary format the high order 16 bits are examined If these bits are not zero they are printed as two groups of eight bits A one 1 means that the bit is on and a zero 0 means that the bit is off The low order 16 bits are always printed as two groups of eight bits high order 16 bits suppressed 2 00000000 00001010 note negative value 2 s complement Result 2 11111111 11111111 2 11111111 11110110 1000000000 b high order 16 bits are non zero Result 2 00111011 10011010 2 11001010 00000000 Input Format The calculator supports different input formats for numbers Octal values are prefixed with a percent sign and hex values with a dollar sign An ASCII string of up to 4 characters is entered in quotes The result of the last calculation is referred to using octal 12 or decimal 10 1t 10 0 octal input and octal display format 1t 000012 Lt 16 0 3177766 octal number that is really negative Result 10 0 abcd h 1t 61626364 use result of last calculation 1t 6162 97 98 ab 6364 99 100 cd Programmers who make use of the MPE DEBUG software are often frustrated with the format that Double Integer numbers are printed DEBUG prints them as two octal numbers Calculator accepts two octal numbers as input and prints the r
235. d must be an IMAGE field name an Allbase column a field in an SD file or a Defined field If the field requires an Item definition then the Item command must precede the Extract command Extract specifies a rearrangement of the Input data fields to produce the Output data record there is no data conversion unless output xxx ascii is specified The subscript parameter is valid only for compound items The total item is extracted if it is compound and no subscript is specified gt extract account extract the key value and gt extract rating one other field gt output outl output file has two fields Cumulative Extracts The Extract command is cumulative If two Extracts are specified in one run all fields of the two Extract commands are used gt extract status balance account purchased is equivalent to gt extract status balance gt extract account purchased Constants Extracting Constants The value part of the Extract command is used to place a constant in each record of the output file In this case the field defines the type and length that the value occupies The value portion must match the type of the field String values will be extended with blanks to fill the entire field If the input data does not have a field of the correct size and type you can create one using the Define command gt ext account key value gt ext rating 0 place the value 0 in the rating field gt output out2 The total
236. d must give you write access to the entire dataset The Add command will stop after LIMIT number of entries have been added for any one key value Dbedit checks each search field value as it is entered For master datasets the search field value must not exist For detail datasets the search field value must exist To add records from a disc file see the Put command of Suprtool 310 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples listf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 Before redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source the edited command is shown you press lt return gt listredo 10 before 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b listf redo last Listf command b temp re
237. d set redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprtool commands By default your permanent Redo stack will be built to 1000 commands If you require a larger redo stack you can specify the size of the redo stack using a file equation prior to the set redo command gt file myredo disc 10000 gt set redo myredo This will only be in effect the first time that the redo stack is built subsequent file commands will not affect the size of the redo file You can make the file bigger using tools such as MPEX s altfile command or by building a larger file and copying your current redo stack to the file Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 215 216 e Suprtool Commands Sortfast SET SORTFAST ON OFF Initially depends Suprtool iX has its own internal sort routines These routines are as fast or faster than HP s sort routines and do not require as much sort scratch space as HP s routines Set Sortfast controls whether Suprtool s internal sort routines are called or whether HP s sort routines are used In Suprtool V this option has no effect and defaults to Off In Suprtool iX the Set Sortfast is On by default In the unlikely event that problems are experienced with Suprtool s internal sort routines HP s sort routines can be enabled with gt set sortfast off Squeeze SET SQUEEZE ON OFF Initial amp Default lt neither gt Turning Set Squeeze On forces Su
238. d that you use the same type of self describing file for all input and link files Output Record Format The record structure is determined by Suprlink but is relatively easy to anticipate Suprlink starts with all of the fields of the input file in order For each Link file it appends the fields of the Link file to the Output record in order Suprlink drops the key fields from the Link records since they always contain duplicated data If a field name other than one of the two explicit keys is duplicated in several datasets it will end up duplicated in the final output file An example would be a Timestamp field that occurs in every dataset Workaround use the Extract command from Suprtool to take out only the fields you want or to rename duplicate fields You can verify the format of the Output file using the Form command It shows the field names length and structure in order From this display you can generate an appropriate COPYLIB or QSCHEMA definition Quiz Subfiles The Erase option is provided for Quiz users who create an empty subfile using QTP or Quiz before running Suprtool and Suprlink See the Suprlink with Ouiz OTP section for details Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Size of the Output File The output file is built with the same capacity as the input file You can reduce
239. d uses the database opened previously by the Base command Where Suprtool is primarily a serial tool the Edit module is primarily a tool for chained or keyed access Examples gt comment Edit the STORE database gt base store 1 writer open for write access gt edit switch to Dbedit list d inventory Dbedit prompts with exit returns control to Suprtool gt Suprtool prompts again Notes An entire user manual has been provided to describe how to use the Edit feature of Suprtool See Documentation on page 4 for printing instructions Or you can use the Help command in Dbedit This gives you access to the entire user manual 118 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Exit Command E Exit Suprtool in one of three ways quit immediately suspend entry of commands or execute the current task then quit EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default XEQ Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprtool after specifying only part of a task because Suprtool starts processing the task To exit Suprtool without executing the current task use the Abort or Suspend options Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprtool recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit SUSPEND Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprtool The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently
240. dataset increases from the current capacity Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 137 138 Suprtool Commands SQL Database If an Allbase database is open and no input file has been specified the default Form command shows all of the tables in the database If a Select command has been specified the default Form command shows the columns in the Select command The exact format of the Form command is different for each SQL database Self Describing Files The Link output option produces an SD file with information about how the file was sorted what fields are compound and the date format or the number of implied decimal places for any fields The Form command shows all of this information gt form custfile File custfile SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CHAR FIELD x5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATED I1 311 6 compound field DATE FIELD J2 12 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt COST FIELD J2 16 S 2 LAA Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 20 Blocking 64 Third Party Indexing If the database is enabled for MPE 1X third party indexing the Form command shows any third party index that corresponds to an IMAGE field When doing a Form dataset each field is checked to see if it is a byte type third party index If it is the comment lt lt TPI gt gt is shown Indexes that have a name other than an Image item name are shown at the end of the form listing The Form command only shows those indexes that can be
241. ddccyy will not be accepted by Suprtool s If command for relative selection e g lt lt gt or gt If you have these date formats you can use the stddate function converts any date format to a ccyymmdd type date Suprtool as it has always done will continue to sort dates based on their numeric value and not on any implied date order In Suprtool 4 0 we introduced some new command parsing features that let you control how Suprtool parses the year of the date function You can either use two digit years by applying a cutoff rule or you can force all years to be specified as four digits What does Set Date Cutoff do Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates a constant date value from the date function Before version 4 0 Suprtool would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year For example gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Previously the date function would convert the user specified date to 1940 12 26 in order for it to be compared to the date field format of CCYYMMDD Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date function is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff For example gt set date cutoff 50 gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Suprtool in this case assumes the full date to be 2040 12 26 b
242. determines if Speed Demon should prefetch data into memory and if so how far ahead it should read A value of zero tells Speed Demon not to prefetch data Values greater than five are not allowed Check the value of the SPDEPREFETCH JCW and set it to an appropriate number 537 FINDJCW FAILED WITH ERROR n A call to the FINDJCW intrinsic failed The value of n is the error number returned from FINDJCW This error should never occur If it does please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 536 ROBELLE PREFETCH FAILURE ERROR n The internal Robelle prefetch module has returned an error The value of 7 is the prefetch error number This message is followed by a prefetch error message You should report this error to Robelle 535 SPEED DEMON HAS EXPIRED Your version of Speed Demon has expired If you have received a nonexpiring version of Speed Demon V be sure to install it in the System SL For Speed Demon iX make sure that you have restored DemonXL Pub Robelle If you are using Speed Demon iX from your own XL file be sure to reinstall Speed Demon iX after restoring the nonexpiring version 534 SPDEDBINIT NOT CALLED Before calling SPDEDBSCAN or SPDEDBSHUT you must call SPDEDBINIT successfully Make sure that SPDEDBINIT was actually called and that the condition word returned from SPDEDBINIT was zero Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Speed Demon Error Messages e 407 In Speed Demon V this error can also be caus
243. do last containing temp before 2 redo command before previous before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 311 Change Command C Changes all uses of a specific search field value in all detail datasets related to a master This command only applies to master datasets CHANGE file soptions Options numeric value Key Limit UNder This command changes the search field value in all related detail datasets Dbedit can only change values in detail datasets where there is an explicit IMAGE path It is up to the user to change any user defined paths Once this command has started making changes to the database it cannot be stopped Entering Control Y during the change will have no effect Dbedit locks the entire database while all changes are taking place The database password must give you wri
244. dress character size 20 gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include gt custnum invdate amount invnum gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go You must be careful to ensure that the data definitions of the Defined fields are correct Note that you cannot assign default display specifications such as Heading or Picture specifications for Defined fields in QTP Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Linking Subfiles by Record Number Another approach which guarantees that the subfile will contain the correct data definitions and default display characteristics is to create temporary subfiles with QTP for each dataset then link them together by record number purge invcust qtp gt access d invoice gt subfile invtemp size 1 include gt custnum invdate amount invnum gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access m customer gt subfile custtemp size 1 include amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access invtemp link to record 0 of custtemp gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Introduction to Suprlink e 345 Suprlink Commands General Notes When you run Suprlink it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdinx Suprlink commands contain a command name followed by o
245. ds quietly using the Useq command gt useq store use no commands are listed You can also combine the Use command with Info In the following example we specify the store database and execute the usefile with our Item commands run suprtool pub robelle parm 4 info base store db mis 1 useq store suprtool mis In this example we open the database in mode 1 but the user is prompted for the database password In a job stream the database password would be the first line after run suprtool We then quietly execute all the Item commands for the store database from the file Store Suprtool Mis Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 229 Nested Usefiles Usefiles may be nested In other words a usefile may use another usefile to a depth of ten files For example if the contents of the Usedef usefile has a references to Useext both usefiles would be executed gt in dsales gt use usedef define delivered deliv_ date define purchased purch date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd use useext ext cust account ext deliv date ext product no ext product price ext purch date ext sales qty ext sales tax ext sales total gt xeq Care must be taken when entering Use commands with a stacked command after a usefile reference For example if you enter use usedef def j 1 6 byte the Define command will not be executed until after the Usedef and any other nested U
246. ds xyz to the end of the line In this case the 7 command is superfluous because gt accomplishes the same result Using gt xyz would be sufficient c ab def Changes all occurrences of ab to def cab Deletes all occurrences of ab CXYZ Replaces the current text with cxyz starting at c Because delimiters have not been specified as they were in the previous two examples this is a simple replacement with the four characters Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands See Redo on page 214 for details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 197 Reset Command R Resets aspects of the current task RESET ALL command Default Delete Sort Key If List Parameters More than one command can be Reset at once by entering several commands separated by a space or a comma If no parameters are specified Suprtool cancels the previous Sort Key If Delete and List commands The other commands remain unchanged If ALL is specified all of the Input and Output commands are canceled and database files are closed In fact the only options that are not reset to the initial condition are Define Item and Set options Examples You began to specify a sort but then you discovered that you specified the wrong database so you decided to start all ove
247. ducing simple reports 178 listing suppressing blank lines 176 Listredo command 181 275 320 361 literals in the output file 122 loadfile HowMessy produces 57 loading a dataset 29 Lock Set option 45 211 locking IMAGE 45 211 301 locking KSAM input 48 locking KSAM output 48 lockwords 416 lockwords on files 53 long expressions 160 Lotus 1 2 3 190 low values 147 lower case 130 153 LP device 180 LP Set option 324 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual MACS date format 168 mailing labels 34 maintenance of databases 46 manual for Suprlink 242 330 mapped file access in STExport 280 mapped file access in Suprlink 365 Mapped Set option 280 365 master dataset expansion 47 137 match pattern 459 maximum block size in Suprtool 40 453 maximum delimiter length 297 maximum extra data segment size 9 maximum heading length 297 maximum input block size 297 373 maximum input record length 297 373 maximum link block size 373 maximum link fields 373 maximum link files 373 maximum link record length 373 maximum output fields 374 maximum output record length 297 374 maximum priority 9 maximum size HTML files 272 maximum table size 10 maxpri 9 MDX 47 137 means range of fields 461 measuring performance 91 menu processor 6 message files 52 minimal files 8 missing comma error 128 129 MIT update 379 mixed case comparisons 153 mode parameter 98 192 mode 0 returns version number 391 394 mode 2
248. duplicated records the original remains This is done by using the None option of the Duplicate command Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 22226 3333 e 2222 d 24 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 3333 e gt get dataset gt sort keyfield gt dup none keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicate Records This is an example of keeping only the duplicated records the original is not kept This example is the opposite of the previous example Use the Only option of the Duplicate command to do this Input Result 1111 a 2222 E 2222 b 2222 d 2222 Cc 2222 d 3333 e gt get dataset gt sort keyfield gt dup only keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Unique Records This example shows how to report only those records without duplicates That is if the records have duplicates both the originals and their duplicates are omitted from the report Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 3333 e 2222 Cc 2222 d 3333 e You have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the desired output file Result that contains only the unique records Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 25 ataset dup table keyfield sorted dupfile not Slookup dup table keyfield result Re
249. dvantage of this method is that only selected database records have to be passed across the NS connection For many tasks this improves performance dramatically Suppose you want to select transactions for one month from a yearly history dataset If Suprtool is run on the local system and the database resides on the remote system then all the records in the dataset must be passed across the NS connection just to have most of them rejected by Suprtool s selection criteria On the other hand if Suprtool is run on the same system as the database then only the selected records have to be passed across the NS connection This is the solution that we recommend If you do not have Suprtool on all your production systems you can use one of the other workarounds or call us for a right to copy license Open Modes Base does not allow mode 7 for exclusive read access but it does allow mode 4 for exclusive update while others read Mode 4 disallows changes while you are extracting from the database Mode 3 for fully exclusive access is tolerated but causes Suprtool to use slow DBGETs to extract from datasets Mode 3 should only be used when you need to do a Delete or Put command with Set Defer On Suprtool allows you to open a second database in the Put command when you are copying from one database to another 100 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command l
250. e Be careful not to create commands greater than 256 characters in length Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool 425 SYSTEM SUPREX SET OPTION NOHEAD DEFINE ITEM TOTAL1 ZZZZZZZ2 TOTAL2 ZZZZZ2Z2Z2 CUSTNO 000000 TOTAL1 TOTAL2 CUSTNO INCLUDE TRANSACT QLIBSRC ROBELLE DATA SET CUSTNO R COMMAND BASE SH 5 READ LL SUPRI COMMAND GET SALES HIST L SUPRI COMMAND DEF CUST NO HIST KEY 1 6 L SUPRI D IF CUST NO CUSTNO RTOO D TOTAL CU PER1 QTY R D TOTAL CU PER2 QTY R D OUTPUT NULL R E D Ty M CAL RI SUPR TOT SIGN ET TOTAL1 SUPR TOTAL 1 1 ET TOTAL1 SUPR TOTAL 1 SUPR TOT SIGN 2 THEN ET TOTAL2 SUPR TOTAL 2 1 ET TOTAL2 SUPR TOTAL 2 There are SUPR OUT COUNT EDIT ZZZZZZZZ records for customer CUSTNO Period 1 Qty this year COL 5 LINE TOTALI Last year TOTAL2 EXIT CALL SUPRTOOL2 PROC SUPRTOOL2 SUPR CONTROL IF SUPR STATUS lt gt 0 THEN DISPLAY SUPRTOOL2 INTERFACE ERROR LINE SUPR STATUS JOIN 1 ON COMMAND LINE SUPR COMMAND RETURN END SUPREX 426 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool SPL Example This SPL program invokes Suprtool through the interface routine Suprtool 4 4
251. e To make this work correctly within Suprtool you will need to use the stddate function in an Extract command to generate a date with a four digit year then sort on this new date field with another Suprtool task What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years Currently the date format of yymmdd collates sorts correctly if the date is not beyond December 31 1999 Given the current date of 981210 numerically this is less than next year whose date value is 991210 At the turn of the century dates in the yymmdd format or yymm will no longer sort correctly because the value of December 10 2000 001210 is less than 981210 Consequently if we have a date beyond 1999 stored in yymmdd format a relative operation such as Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 81 gt if date field gt date 98 12 10 will not find the date of December 10 2000 You will need to use the stddate function to make this task work correctly gt if Sstddate date field gt date 98 12 10 How Do Today and Date Work Suprtool s date functions date and today are a short hand method of generating a numeric constant So a date selection like gt item invoice date date YYMMDD gt if invoice date lt today 1s exactly the same as gt if invoice date lt 980401 on Ist April 1998 Suprtool does record selection on the numeric value of the field and not on the implied date value If we move the calendar ahe
252. e you can specify an alternate mode for the Base command A common choice would be Set Openmode 5 so that Suprtool would allow only read access to the database disabling the Delete command for example Oracle SET ORACLE ROWS number Not supported in MPE This option is not available in the MPE version Pattern SET PATTERN NEW OLD Initially NEW Prior to Suprtool version 3 1 there was no method of checking for the 9 or characters in a pattern Version 3 1 introduced a new pattern matching routine adding an escape character amp and two new reserved characters and 1 Old Suprtool tasks that look for the specific characters amp or will not work with the new pattern matching routine Users who are concerned about this can add the following command to their Suprmgr Pub Sys file set pattern old Prefetch SET PREFETCH number Initially 2 Default no change Suprtool can read data directly from disc into memory with multirecord NOBUF reads However Suprtool is often slowed down on MPE iX while waiting for the file system to satisfy its read requests Suprtool can increase its throughput by using prefetch on MPE iX and instructing MPE 1X s memory manager to read the data from disc to memory ahead of time This way Suprtool doesn t have to wait when it needs the data because the data it is already in memory The Set Prefetch command tells the memory manager how far ahead of Suprtool it sho
253. e SPDEDBSHUT statistics are printed on stdlist Reading with DBGET Parm 1 If you run the Demon program with Parm 1 you will be prompted for a database password dataset field list and output file The difference from Parm 0 is that the Demon program uses DBGET mode 2 to read the dataset instead of using Speed Demon Use Parm 1 to compare the speed of DBGET versus that of Speed Demon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon The Demon Program e 395 Reading All IMAGE Blocks Parm 3 Running the Demon program with Parm 3 is the same as Parm 0 but SPDEDBINIT is called with mode 3 This forces Speed Demon to read to the physical end of the dataset Use this feature to compare the speed of SPDEDBINIT mode 2 versus mode 3 Verifying Version Numbers The Demon program includes a special entry point for verifying the Speed Demon version numbers There are two Speed Demon version numbers one for SPDEDBINIT and one for SPDEDBSHUT The Demon program prints two sets of these version numbers one set for the Demon program routines and one set for the System SL The Demon program will notify you if Speed Demon has not been installed in the System SL For example run demon pub robelle version Speed Demon Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Version 4 5 Demon program Internal Version Numbers SPDEDBINIT Version 4 5 SPDEDBSHUT Version 4 5 Speed Demon System SL Version Numbers SPDEDBINIT Version 4 5 SPDEDBSHUT Version 4 5
254. e and an Output file Then it performs the task and creates the Output file Finally it closes the files ready for you to specify another task or Exit If you also wish to leave STExport after completing the task use Exit instead of Xeq Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 287 XML Command 288 e STExport Commands XML Use XML to produce XML Documents for either Internet or Intranet applications XML VERSION 2 string DOCTYPE 2 string amp filename FILE 2 string RECORD 2 string Example STExport can generate well formed XML output with just a few commands Sinput filelsd xml Soutput myxml Sxeq These four simple commands will generate the following file that packages such as XMLSpy will consider to be well formed XML The result of such an STExport task will look as follows lt xml version 1 0 gt lt file gt lt record gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt record gt lt file gt Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport
255. e db base var db status type db status area var db buffer type db buffer var dummy type db dummy arg external spl procedure spdedbshut var db base type db base var db set type db set var db mode type db mode var db stat type db status area var dummy type db dummy arg external spl q q q q Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 403 procedure spdeexplain var status type db status area external spl check formal _parm 3 function open _ base boolean var db password packed array 1 8 of char model shortint begin pen_base false b base db_id Sa Ny b base db name menu qlib b password i GG G odel 1 bopen db base db_ password model db_ status area i if db_status_area 1 lt gt 0 then dbexplain db_status_area else open base true end open base function init_spde boolean var db_set type db set begin init_spde false with spde db control do begin spde version spde buffer size spde future end db _set name PROCESS spdedbinit db base db_ set db_model db status area spde_ db control db dummy arg i if db_status_area 1 lt gt 0 then spdeexplain db_status_area else init_spde true end init_spde function read_set boolean var db_buffer type db buffer begin read_set false spdedbscan db_ base db_status_area db_ buffer db dummy arg
256. e following Set command gt set Date Ifyy2000Error Off The following example shows what is considered to be an error by the If command and how the Set command can turn off the error check gt def a 1 6 gt item a date yymmdd gt if a gt today Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format gt set date ifyy2000error off We have chosen this condition to be an error by default because when the today or date function in the If command resolves a date in a yymmdd format to a value beyond 1999 the result is not always a useful value For example a December 10 2000 date in a yymmdd format would have a value of 001210 and comparisons to this value could be logically incorrect If you would have included a Delete command in a dataset selection task you could have removed all of your records Date MapToPHDate8 SET DATE MAPTOPHDATES ON OFF Initially OFF This set command will change any item command reference to phdate to mean phdate8 for assistance in converting to the newer phdate format found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher The set command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt set date MapToPhdate8 on only changes the reference to phdate8 in the item command it does not change references that already exist in self describing files nor does it change the data With this setting turned on any Item command reference such as gt item mydate date phdate will actually mean phdates Defe
257. e from the date and stddate functions This setting only affects the date values generated by the date and stddate function in the If and Extract commands This does not affect user data Versions of Suprtool without Set Date Cutoff would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes the following a value of 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date or stddate functions is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff a value of 19 for the century if the two digit year is greater than or equal to Set Date Cutoff The initial value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Therefore the default behavior in date and stddate is to treat the two digit years with values of 00 09 as 2000 2009 and the two digit years with values of 10 99 as 1910 1999 yy Value in date With Cutoff 10 With Cutoff 25 00 2000 2000 09 2009 2009 10 1910 2010 11 1911 2011 24 1924 2024 25 1925 1925 26 1926 1926 99 1999 1999 We recommend that you always provide a four digit year when using date However for reasons of backward compatibility we introduced Set Date Cutoff See Date ForceCentury on page 204 for more information Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When stddate has to convert from a date in only a two digit format the conversion to the four digit date will use the value in Set Date Cutoff For example gt get sales detail gt set date cutoff 15 gt def ne
258. e is not a valid date then the result of the days function will be zero In the example above if the order has not yet been shipped then the SHIP DATE will likely be blank or zero or some other special value Days SHIP DATE will be zero and the resulting calculation will be a negative number Notes on Relative Dates The date and today functions always generate a constant from the date just as if you had typed it For example when run on February 13 2001 the follwing task gt item field date yymmdd gt if field gt today is the same as gt if field gt 010213 Suprtool normally does no date conversion of the actual dates Dates that do not start with the year do not collate correctly so Suprtool does not allow relative comparisons with them lt lt gt and gt although you may still compare for strict equality or inequality The following examples will be rejected by Suprtool gt item trans date date ddmmyy gt if trans date gt date 1 first and amp trans date lt Sdate 1 last Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt input myfile gt define mydate 1 6 gt item mydate date ddmmy y e g 301100 gt define gt if mydate gt date 00 11 01 Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt if mydate gt Sdate 01 11 00 Error Invalid date Year 1 Month 11 Day 00 Although you cannot do relative date comparisons against non collating dates in their
259. e name This example writes the totals to the end of the simple Suprtool report gt base store gt get d inventory gt list standard gt total unit cost gt total file list gt xeq Sort Break Totals Please refer to the Duplicate command on how to generate sort break totals Notes Totals are formatted and displayed in a form that is understood by people If you want to return total values to a program see the Calling Suprtool user manual You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command The Total command prints out a date and time stamp on the title line This is for audit purposes Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 227 Update Command UP Update one or more noncritical fields in an IMAGE dataset UPDATE CIUPDATE Specify the fields to be updated and their new values with the Extract command The Update command must be specified after the Chain or Get command but before the Extract command s You can update part of an IMAGE field by defining the part you are interested in and then using the defined field name in the Extract command The Update command can change values in critical fields IMAGE search or sort fields To update critical fields you must specify the Ciupdate option and CIUPDATE must be On or Allowed in the database Example This example selects all inventory items with a unit cost less than 10 00 and increases the unit cost by five pe
260. e number stored is scaled by a factor of one hundred e g you would enter 10000 to represent 100 00 gt get d sales gt if total sales gt 99900 find sales gt 999 gt out result gt xeq You can use Suprtool s Item command to identify defined fields or database items that have an implied number of decimal places You can use Suprtool s Item command to identify defined fields or database items that have an implied number of decimal places Once you do this you can then enter regular unscaled numbers For example to enter five cents use 0 05 to enter 100 00 use 100 Ifa field is a dollar and cents amount scaled by 100 use the following to tell Suprtool about the decimal place gt item total sales DECIMAL 2 With the Item command the previous example becomes more understandable Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 29 gt get d sales gt item total sales decimal 2 gt if total sales gt 999 find sales gt 999 gt out result gt xeq Converting Numbers There are several ways to convert binary numbers e g 12 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport s Output ASCII or Output DISPLAY if you want to convert all numbers If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion feature to convert the binary fields to display fields define mynumber 1 6 display get dataset ext some fields ext my
261. e specified a File command for Suprlist it overrides the LP option The LP option assumes that the list device is 132 columns wide list lp User Specified Device Use the Device option to specify a specific logical device for the listing The device name must appear after the Device option and may be a name or number You may specify a remote device by preceding the remote device name with the system name and a pound sign The Device option assumes that the list device is 132 columns wide gt list device LP same as List LP gt list device serialp send to device serialp gt list device Goofy LP remote device LP on Goofy gt list device Disc create disc file Suprlist When redirecting the Suprlist file to disc you must remember to add a disc value to the file equation because the default disc file size for the Suprlist file is 1 023 records gt input sales gt file suprlist salefile disc 20000 gt list dev disc gt xeq Listing to Attached Printer If you wish to list to a printer that is attached to your terminal use List Record Suprtool uses Record mode on your terminal or PC to print on the attached printer To use this option you must be using an HP terminal or HP terminal emulator and your data communication settings must be setup correctly This option opens a file named Suprcrt instead of Suprlist You can combine this option with other listing options You cannot interrupt Record mode with Contr
262. e the control file to select records from another file or dataset based on command in a second pass is this date range This is a two step process in which the first Suprtool pass creates a powerful technique the If command with your dates and the second pass does the actual selection from the dataset gt input datecntl read the one line control file gt define start date 1 6 byte start date is the first six bytes gt define end date 7 6 byte end date is the next six bytes gt extract if sales date gt assemble the If command gt extract start date gt extract and sales date lt gt extract end date gt extract gt output seldate temp write the If command to a file gt xeg This task produces a usefile that looks like this if sales date gt 001101 and sales date lt 001231 Now you can use this file to do the actual selection gt base salesdb 5 password gt get sales detail gt use seldate use the file that has the If command gt output sdetail gt exit Adjust Batch Jobs for Holidays In automating production batch jobs it would be very nice to know at the MPE command level whether today is a holiday or yesterday or tomorrow You can use if hpday 1 then to check for Sunday but you can t use if hpday holiday then Everyone has their own schedule of holidays Here is how we cope with this problem in our backup job using Suprtool to compare yesterday s date to a l
263. e three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Extract from a Table Suprtool has the ability to load data into a table via the Table command and extract that data out of the table using the Extract command The Extract command can utilize the lookup function to return data The syntax for the lookup function would look as follows gt extract target Slookup table name key field data field The Table name key field and data field are all defined by the Table command which must be input before the Extract command A classic example your boss comes to you with a list of new prices for certain parts and asks you to update the Part Master dataset Just load the new prices into a Table index by the product number prodno then Extract the price field from each record and replace it with a lookup on the table Here is the code gt table newprices prodno file bosslist data price gt get part master gt if Slookup newprices prodno gt update gt extract price Slookup newprices prodno price gt xeq We do the If Slookup to select only the parts which have new prices then do Extract with lookup to replace the existing price with a new one The Update command forces a database update on each selected record and must come before the Extract command Now let s see how a Table can be used to add additiona
264. ecause the 40 in date is less than the 50 in Set Date Cutoff The default value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When Stddate has to convert from a date with only a two digit year the conversion to the four digit year will use the value of Set Date Cutoff when converting the date For example gt get sales detail gt set date cutoff 15 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeg In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied 80 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool What does Set Date ForceCentury do Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt date 98 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off What If Have Two Digit Years If you have dates with two digit years there are two main solutions to making your application ready for the Year 2000 1 Convert all of your date data to use four digit years and modify your
265. ed by corrupting the stack The Speed Demon intrinsics use two words of the DL area DB 32 and DB 14 to store global information Setting the first word DB 32 to zero possibly because of a bug will cause this error 533 FLIMIT OF ACTUAL MPE FILE IS INVALID SPDEDBINIT verifies that the physical MPE file that corresponds to the dataset matches the information returned by DBINFO SPDEDBINIT computes the number of records in the MPE file as follows records capacity 1 blockfactor 1 where capacity and blockfactor are reported by the FORM command of Suprtool or QUERY This number must match the EOF of the MPE file you can check this with listf 2 This error is usually caused by restoring a earlier version of the dataset from a backup tape 532 INVALID BLOCK SIZE FOR DATASET xx The MPE file corresponding to the dataset has a block length that is less than the one reported from DBINFO This can only happen if the MPE file is corrupted 531 INVALID BLOCKING FACTOR FOR DATASET xx The MPE file corresponding to the dataset has a blocking factor other than one This can only happen if the MPE file is corrupted 530 INVALID FILECODE FOR DATASET xx This error should never occur If it does please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 529 SPEED DEMON NOT ALLOWED ON REMOTE DATABASES Speed Demon only works with databases on the local machine Check for a File command specifying the database on a remo
266. ed with no effort on your part The disadvantage is that you must remember to always put the XL statement on all Run commands for your programs that use Speed Demon iX If you don t want to change your Run commands you can copy Speed Demon iX into your own XL that is already being searched Installing Speed Demon iX in your own XL requires that both the account and the group where the XL resides have privileged mode capability Calling programs do not have to have privileged mode capability The XL can reside anywhere on your system it does not have to be in the same account or the same group as your XL file Here are the commands to install Speed Demon iX in your own XL hello user acct linkedit gt x1 xl we assume the XL already exists gt copyxl from demonxl pub robelle replace gt exit The Replace option is not in all versions of Linkedit If your version does not allow Replace and you already have Speed Demon in your XL file you will need to manually purge the existing modules before copying the new one Demonxl can successfully be installed into the System XL file but this is not recommended by HP Demonxl can be combined into an XL file with other Robelle XL files except Qcompxl a part of Qedit Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Alternatively you can specify the XL for a program to use with the Altprog and Link commands in Linkedit To add an XL to a program that you are building with the Link command you can
267. edo 10 through last redo purge redo last Purge command redo purge temp redo last purge temp o redo temp redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command cannot be abbreviated To save more commands use a File command on the file Stexredo before you run STExport file stexredo disc 5000 run stexport pub robelle 278 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Reset Command R Cancel the current task RESET Reset closes the current Input file then resets the Output file name to Output Formatting options are not reset only the task related commands are reset If you try to reset an individual command STExport prints a warning Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 279 Set Command S 280 e STExport Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within STExport These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ONJOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ON OFF VARSUB ONJOFF WARNINGS ONJOFF XMLTAGCHAR _ Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF Initially OFF Mapped forces STExport iX to read the input file using mapped file access Specifying this option is an error in STExport V If the input is not in memory the wall time performance is worse with Set Mapped On but CPU time performance is better You must Set Mapped On before specifying the input file Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands ente
268. eesceeecseceseceaeceaecseecaeeeneeeaeeeeesereeaeeneeeneeees 77 XSOR Piatid RPG ra aa os ati tii 79 QUERY Propra acopio nda cai 79 SRN Chronos Dates i cotidiana cal E stant hs arnes 79 Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool ccececcceseceseesseceeecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneenseesaeeaeeaeeaeeens 79 What If I Have Four Digit Years cccccecseescecceesceesceesceeceeceseceseceaeceeceeeeeeneeses 80 What does Set Date Cutoff do 0 cecceccecccssesssessceesceeseeescnsecnseceaecaecaeceeceeeeeeneenes 80 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff cccccecceeceeesceseceseceseceecaecaecaaecaeeeaeeeaeseneeeeeeerenrens 80 What does Set Date ForceCentury do 0 ceccccecsseesseescessceeeceeecesecesecnneceeceeeeeeneeees 81 What If I Have TwWo Digit Years cccccccsceessessceeeceeseessceseceeceseceaecaecaecaeeeeeeneenss 81 What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years cccscecscesesseceseceseeesecneecaeeeseeeaeceeeaeeeneeses 81 How Do Today and Date Work cccccceccessesseseesseseceseeseeseescssecseesecseeeeeeseeeesaeenees 82 Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates 00 0 esceeeceseeeeeeerees 82 How Do I Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates oooooonicnoniccnicnnononconconnoncnnnos 82 aammdd Date Format iii ads 83 Invalid Dates iii A acorn ein 83 Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits oooonconcnnncnnncnincononccnnonnnonos 83 Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ceyymmdd coocoonccccoconociconinnni
269. eld name or a field from a self describing file or a Defined field Total specifies that a total value for the field be printed after processing the records There does not have to be any output file i e it can be null for a total to be printed There can be up to 15 totaled fields The subscript is valid only for compound items If no subscript is specified the first field of a compound item is totaled The decimal places provides a decimal point when the final total is printed If the Item command specifies the number of implied decimal places the decimal places parameter is not needed The values within each field are assumed to be aligned File Options By default totals are written to stdlist Use the file option to have the totals written to a file or to the List device When writing to a file the default is to create a new file If Suprtool cannot save the file it produces an error The Append Erase and Temp options are the same as in the Output command The file specified in file must have a minimum record size of 48 bytes If you want the totals written to the end of the List device the output of the List command specify list as the file file name All other options are ignored when list is specified To write totals to the output file use Total file xxx Append where xxx is the name of your output file You also need to turn Set Squeeze Off otherwise there will not be room for the totals Appending totals t
270. elds If the KSAM XL file is self describing all byte type fields are treated as character type MPE iX 4 0 and KSAM XL Starting with MPE iX 4 0 HP provided a new mechanism for tools like Suprtool to access KSAM XL files This mechanism allows Suprtool to work the same for either KSAM V or KSAM XL files Some of the advantages are 1 Suprtool is fifteen times faster than tools like FCOPY when reading a KSAM XL file 2 Suprtool reads the input file in chronological order 3 Set Recover On works for KSAM XL Note that if you build the KSAM XL file with the reuse option the space from your deleted records may be reused In this case Suprtool may not be able to recover your records Loading KSAM XL Files If you are writing records to a KSAM XL file you can dramatically improve the speed of Suprtool by writing to a temporary KSAM XL file and saving it at the end of the task Temporary files are not attached to the MPE iX transaction manager which results in faster writes If the system fails while Suprtool is writing records to the temporary KSAM XL file the temporary file is lost You want to ensure that you can safely restart the task if the system fails e g you don t want to copy records to a temporary KSAM XL file as you delete them from a dataset 50 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool build myksam temp rec 128 1 f ascii disc 40000 amp ksamx1l key b 1 10 dup run suprtool pub r
271. elds only one index is allowed If Table has the form 10J2 it holds ten double integers e Table 1 is the first sub item e Table is the same as Table 1 e Table 5 is the fifth sub item gt 1f table 5 23 gt if table 2 20 or table 4 30 gt if table 8 31 and table 9 28 Character Subscripts Character string fields may have 1 2 or 3 subscripts after them Character string fields are allowed more than one subscript value If ADDR has the form 5X30 it consists of 5 substrings of 30 characters each e ADDR 1 is the first 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR without subscript is the same as ADDR 1 e ADDR 2 is the second 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR 2 4 is the second sub item starting with the 4th byte and extending for the remainder of the sub item 27 bytes e ADDR 2 4 6 starts at the same location but extends for only 6 bytes If NAME has the form X50 it is not a repeated field e NAME is the same as NAME 1 e NAME 1 4 6 is the first and only sub item starting at the 4th byte and extending for 6 bytes e NAME 1 10 is a field that starts at the 10th byte and implicitly extends to the end of the field for the remaining 41 bytes gt if name 1 4 6 HAWAII gt if addr 3 VANCOUVER B C gt if addr 3 11 20 B C pattern matching Numeric Expressions Bit Selections The If command can extract and test any series of one or more contiguous bits in a field Suprto
272. elf describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file STExport shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File CUSTFILE EXAMPLE ROBELLE SD Version A 00 00 Entry CHARACTER length is five bytes ZONED room for five digits INTEGER single integer DOUBLE double integer PACKED room for five digits QUAD eight byte integer REPEATINT 2 compound field LOGICAL single logical DBLLOG double logical Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 44 Blocking 64 B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain i
273. em Examples Suppose that you wanted to look for several part numbers You could use the following If command gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 You could also load a table with the part numbers gt table le part item 12345 gt table le part item 67890 gt table le part item 39201 gt table le part item 92308 gt table le part item 14892 and use a different If command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 221 222 Suprtool Commands gt if lookup part table part Sometimes you need to look for all records that do not have any of a set of values You would use the same Table commands but a slightly different If command gt if not Slookup part table part Values with Decimal Places If the itemname for the table has implied decimal places the Table command accepts decimal points and scales input values For example gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt table cost table cost item 10 10 5 10 75 gt if Slookup cost table cost gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeq Adding Values from a File You may need to look for hundreds of part numbers The Table command accepts the table values from a file The file must contain lookup values in exactly the same format as the itemname which describes the data Duplicates are eliminated as they are loaded into the table For a table consisting of values from a file
274. em SL we ensure that Speed Demon V is calling the real IMAGE and file system intrinsics Netbase Netbase is a product from Quest software that intercepts IMAGE and File System calls Netbase allows any database or file to be automatically directed to a remote machine Netbase does not support System SL installation For this reason the only way to make Speed Demon V and Netbase work together is to install Speed Demon V in a Pub SL along with the Netbase software Pub SL Installing Speed Demon V in a Pub SL requires that both the account and the Pub group have privileged mode capability The calling program must be installed in the same account it does not have to be in the Pub group and it must be run with Lib P Here are the commands to modify an existing account called Dev Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Installing Speed Demon e 381 hello manager sys saltacct dev cap shello mgr dev pub altgroup pub cap segmenter buildusl Snewpass 400 8 auxusl demonusl pub robelle copy segment suprrobelle0d copy segment suprrobellel buildsl s1 400 8 addsl suprrobelle0 addsl suprrobellel exit The previous example shows the capability list as cap pm You must fill in the by obtaining the existing capabilities for the Dev account and the Pub group On MPE 1X you can use the listacct and listgroup commands On other versions of MPE you will need to run Listdir5 Pub Sys Group SL T
275. emaining nibbles must Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink each contain a number in the range 0 9 A zoned decimal number must have a valid digit in each byte and end in 0 9 A R or Selecting Non Matches Consider a common problem easily solved with Quiz from Cognos finding all records in a file which have no corresponding records in a related file For example to find all records in an invoice lines file with no corresponding invoice master record the following Quiz code could be written gt access lines link to header optional gt select if not record header exists gt report invoiceno of lines gt go This small amount of code however can take a long time to execute depending on the size of the Lines and Header files A Quiz program will usually take longer as new links are added causing the size of the record complex to grow Suprlink can provide the same information possibly in a fraction of the time The technique as applied to the same problem requires four steps 1 Sort the Lines file by Invoiceno 2 Add a new constant field Linkflag to the Header file and fill it with Y Sort by Invoiceno 3 Link the two files with Suprlink using the Optional parameter 4 Select the record complexes where linkflag does not contain a Y run suprtool pub robelle gt base invdb gt get lines gt sort invoiceno gt output filel temp link gt xeq gt get header gt define linkflag 1 1 g
276. ement is performed instead DELETE Deletes from the end of the current line right to left Multiple d s and INSERT and REPLACE strings may be specified after gt REPLACE Replaces characters at the end of the command line The last rightmost character of the replacement string is at the end of the line CHANGE Changes all occurrences of one string to another in the current line starting at the c The search string and replace string must be properly delimited A proper delimiter is a non alphabetic character such as or The substitution is specified as cdelim search string delim replace string delim Omitting the replace string causes occurrences of search string to be deleted with no substitution UNDO A single u in column one cancels the most recent edit of the current line Using the Undo command twice in a row cancels all edits for the current line and re establishes the original unedited line If u is placed anywhere other than column one of the current line then a simple replacement is performed Undo makes sense only if you have a line on which you have performed some editing that can be undone Simple replacement Any other character not 1 r d d gt gt gt d gt r c or u will be put into the current line at the position above where it is placed replacing any existing character Simple replacement also occurs for the editing characters i r c or gt if they are not followed by text or if gt ap
277. eneration languages and other tools Third Party Indexing Omnidex is a product from Dynamic Information Systems Corporation DISC Superdex is a product from Bradmark Technologies Inc Each product provides generic and keyword search capabilities for IMAGE data It is necessary to keep their index information up to date when any program including Suprtool adds or deletes records from the indexed database In MPEAX 4 0 Hewlett Packard has provided an interface that ensures that the Omnidex and Superdex indexes remain up to date You only need to enable third party indexing TPI using DBUTIL Once this is enabled MPE automatically calls the TPI intrinsics to maintain the indexes as records are added delete and modified run dbutil pub sys gt gt enable mybase for indexing gt gt exit It is Important to note that Suprtool accesses third party indexes by the Chain command which in turn invokes DBFIND mode 1 to establish the chain and DBGET mode S to read down the chain It is important that you follow whatever rules are required by your indexing product to use its respective third party index as opposed to any IMAGE index that may exist For example with Omnidex you might need to set a JCW used by Omnidex called IMAGETPI to determine which index or chain is used 76 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool For more detailed information consult the TurboIMAGE Reference Manual and the appropria
278. entries 111 deleting entries recovery 46 111 deleting non unique duplicate records 27 deleting records safely 46 delimited output files 65 190 Delimiter command 262 Delimiter maximum length 297 Demon program 395 Demon Pub Robelle 395 Demon SuprJob Robelle 379 demonstration of Suprtool 1 DemonUSL Pub Robelle 379 DemonXL Pub Robelle 387 Desc parameter 172 219 descending order 172 219 DISC 76 77 disc space 216 disc space reduced 59 182 disc space short of 8 display constants 123 display fields maintaining the sign 132 Display option 189 distributed systems 61 99 division by zero 128 150 Do command 113 263 314 352 double quotes 277 double sided printing 177 downshifting strings 130 Dumponerror Set option 96 205 Duplicate and non SD files 116 Duplicate command 114 duplicate field names 362 duplicate key KSAM error 96 duplicate keys order of sort 58 duplicate output file name 39 duplicate records 114 193 duplicates removing 114 duplicates saving 114 466 e Index duplicating files 38 dynamic dataset expansion 137 E EBCDIC conversions 134 EBCDIC tapes 60 Edit command 118 editing databases 118 EDSdate 168 Else clause of the IF command 144 end of file IMAGE 205 endrecord parameter 140 164 Eofread Set option 205 equal to sign 163 454 458 Erase option of Output 344 362 erasing files 185 186 error block size 453 error messages in Suprtool 237 455 error messages Speed Dem
279. entries and the highwater mark you may wish to repack the detail dataset If the dataset is dynamic with many entries being added and deleted it is better to let Suprtool take longer otherwise you would be continuously repacking the dataset For regular monitoring of all your datasets use HowMessy which shows both the number of entries and the highwater mark for detail datasets FLIMIT Different The Get command may print an error FLIMIT different than calculated or a warning FLIMIT greater than calculated Suprtool verifies that the physical MPE file that corresponds to the dataset matches the information returned by DBINFO Suprtool computes the number of records in the MPE file as follows records capacity 1 blockfactor 1 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 141 where capacity and blockfactor are reported by the Form command When this error occurs Suprtool prints the MPE file name MPE FLIMIT dataset name dataset number and the computed FLIMIT gt get m test Error Dataset with FLIMIT different than calculated MPE Filename TESTO1 STORESC DB Actual MPE Flimit 1 IMAGE Dataset M TEST 1 Calculated Flimit 2 This error is usually caused by restoring a earlier version of the dataset from a backup tape Remote Databases When trying to access a database on a remote computer the Get command may fail with the error Privileged File Violation FSERR 45 See the discussion under the
280. er process e g Qedit you can suspend execution without executing the current task with the Exit Suspend option Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Running Suprtool under MPE e 35 Info for Commands If you run Suprtool with Parm 4 Suprtool processes up to 80 characters of command input specified via Info run suprtool pub robelle parm 4 info I ABC O ABC2 E Suprtool terminates only if the Info string contains an E command Otherwise it prompts for more commands after processing the Info command string A warning is printed if you accidentally specify an Info string longer than 80 characters You may want to combine one of the more useful Suprtool commands with the Info option to standardize certain Suprtool operations One restriction of the Info string is that it may only be 80 characters long You may need to have many Suprtool commands executed For example suppose that the file SUPRUSE contained commands to set up a standard Suprtool extract but the selection criteria changed with each use Invoke Suprtool with run suprtool pub robelle parm 4 info USE SUPRUSE The user can enter the If command and an Exit command all of the other options could be in the Supruse file An advantage of this method over using RUN SUPRTOOL STDIN XXX is that the input file Supruse can be a Qedit file With the STDIN option the file must be an unnumbered Keep file Son Process If you run Suprtool within Qedit or SELECT you
281. eral fields For example you might want to combine a person s first and last name including a space between the two gt if trim first trim last Joe Smith Mixed Case Upper and Lower By default Suprtool does an exact match when comparing two string expressions If the expressions vary in the capitalization of characters Suprtool finds them to be different To do caseless string comparisons or pattern matches use the Supper or lower functions Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are shifted by Supper and lower For example VANCOUVER edmonton gt if Supper city gt if lower city Note that if you use the Supper or lower functions Suprtool does not upshift or downshift any constants used in the comparison You must explicitly specify the constants in the correct case or you can use upper or lower with the constant Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 153 154 e Suprtool Commands gt if Supper city Supper vancouver Use the Supper or lower functions for caseless pattern matching As with other comparison operators you must specify constants in the correct case when doing pattern matching VANQ ed gt if Supper city gt if lower city You can use Supper and lower with string expressions that combine many fields and string functions as shown in the following example gt if read hal Supper trim first wow Strim last JOE SMITH
282. ere listredo rel print ALL relative numbers listredo 1 10 out lp dump commands to printer listredo unn out save write commands to a file gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Notes The Listredo command can be abbreviated to BJ as in Qedit or to comma comma as in MPEX You cannot use a semi colon to combine commands on the same line Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command Redo on page 214 for details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 181 Numrecs Command N 182 Suprtool Commands Specify the size of the input file for tape files output file for datasets and the sort scratch file NUMRECS size percentage default size 10 000 or EOF of input source Parameters When you know that you are selecting a small subset of the entire input source use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and if required the size of the output file If you select more than size entries Suprtool prints a warning message and ignores the rest of the input records However the output file will have the records that were selected Use a percent sign to specify the Numrecs as a percentage of the input file size The percentage can range from 1 to 5
283. eric performance test The ideal test is an actual production report whose bad performance is causing you a problem Then if you obtain improvements by using Suprtool you know you can achieve better speed in practice as well as in tests Use Suprtool as a front end to your problem report producing a small extract file containing just the fields and records needed for your final program Once you get that working consider linking in data from other files or datasets using Suprlink For comparison purposes run the Suprtool test at the same time as you would normally run the original program Comparing a standalone midnight run against a mid day run does not give valid results nor does comparing two runs in succession the second run benefits on MPE iX since the files are already in memory at that time You have several choices when deciding how to extract the data for your report One user had a report that consumed 18 hours on his Series 955 Since the site had only a short window for batch processing each night the job would spill over into the prime shift By the time the report did complete it was a day late and a new report was running His boss was considering going to a 960 to reduce the job time The programmer tried Suprtool as a front end but it only reduced the time to 15 hours When he called Robelle in disappointment we investigated his application He had used the Chain command because he had a TurboIMAGE search item for his key v
284. ery Suprtool command is always fast but because performance is one of our first concerns when adding new features to Suprtool We always look for the fastest way to do any task even 1f that means it can t be quite as flexible as other software tools 92 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands General Notes Do not enter the gt sign when typing commands When you run Suprtool it prompts for commands with a gt character and reads command lines from the standard input device Suprtool commands contain a command name which may include one or more optional parameters that are each separated by commas In this chapter we describe the Suprtool commands in alphabetic order Each command name is followed by its minimal abbreviation in brackets For example D for Define and DU for Duplicate Most Suprtool commands work within the context of the input file In general the Base Chain Get and Input commands must be entered before other commands Once the input source has been specified commands can be entered in any order Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Form can be abbreviated as FO or F since there are no other commands that start with F Duplicate however can be abbreviated only to DU since there is also a Define command in Suprtool gt i sdfile Input command gt 1 List command gt x Xeq
285. es sales database gt get m customer select all customers gt if state CA in California gt sort custnum sort and link key gt output customer link Link output option gt xeq We now have a self describing file with all the customers from California sorted by the customer number Next we select all invoices over 2 000 00 and sort them into customer number sequence gt get d invoice select all invoices gt if amount gt 200000 over 2 000 00 gt sort custnum sort and link key again gt output invoices link remember the link option gt exit If we specify the cust file as input the Output file will only contain one invoice per customer Because we want to produce a report of all the selected invoices we specify it as the input file tinput invoices driving input file custnum is the key link customer combined with customers toutput invcust produces the file we want texit Each record of the invcust file will have both the invoice information and the customer information for each invoice of the Input file i e one record per invoice What happens if there is no customer record for a specific invoice In this case the invoice record does not appear in the Output file To force Suprlink to include these records use the optional keyword on the Link command tinput invoices sorted by custnum link customer optional don t exclude invoices if toutput invcust the customer in
286. eseeseeeeeeeeeeeenseeeseeeaeessecnseceeeeeentenes 67 Suprtoolswith QUO TP ati da 67 Step 1 Create a Subfile with QuIZ cccccesccssecsseesseeeceeseeeeceeceeeeeeceseeaecsaeeeeeaeeenes 67 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool 00 ceccesecseeseeesceeeeeseeeeeceseceeeeseeeseesaecssecseeeaeeenes 68 Step 3 Report with QUIZ ccceccesccsseceecseecseecseeeseeseeeseeeeeeseenseeeseenseenaeenaeeeeeaeeenes 68 Using QTP to Create Subfiles cece eeccescesseceecseeeneeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesereneeeneeeeeeaees 68 Creating Subfile with Command File 0 cececcecceessessceseeeteeeeceeceecesecnseeneeeeeeneeees 69 Suprtool and PowerHouse Data Types eccecceeccessceescesseeeecesecesecsseceeceseenaeenaeenaeenes 70 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Suprtool Definitions QSCHEMA ioocococccconononconononoconoco nooo ccoo nono nono nono nonn naar ra nr nn nnrnnns 73 Notes 0n OSHO WOUtpUtiic eii 73 The Quiz Report rapan neea Ed esas 74 Quiz Generating Suprtool CommMandS ooooconocnincnocnnonnnonnconconnco nono nonn nono nconnrnn nono nonnnnss 75 Generating Suprtool Commands from QuicCK ooonconccninnincnoonnonnconnconcnnnccnnonn nono nonnnnnos 76 Suprtool and Application Systems ccceccesseesseeceesceesceeecesecesecaecseecaeecsecaeecaeeeaeeeaeeneeserenrens 76 Third Party Indexing nieistnienie resets irisse serete naen eeina i eanes Erin 76 Omnidex Without TPL etica 77 A O eee a 77 Suprtool with TRANSACT 00 cccccecsseessesse
287. esult in standard decimal format Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 235 treat as one double integer value 35632 145000 Result 1000000000 0 177777 177766 Result 10 0 negative double integer value Calculator Help It may be difficult to remember all of the various options that the calculator offers For this reason you can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions 236 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Errors and Warnings Two Types Of Messages Errors Suprtool prints two types of messages errors and warnings In both cases Suprtool is letting you know that it has encountered a condition of which you may want to be aware This appendix describes both kinds of messages and gives a partial list of warning messages Errors are defined as conditions which immediately prevent Suprtool from continuing or which allow it to complete a task and then stop because continuing would likely cause undesirable or erroneous results When Suprtool detects a serious error condition such as a syntax error in a command a file system error or a sort error it prints an error message For example Error Unknown command name try HELP Error Unable to open gt OUTPUT file Finding Errors Automatically If you have software that scans spool files for error conditions have it look for
288. et SET RESET ON OFF Initially ON When you use the File List Modify Change or Delete commands you may override the default order that Dbedit uses to prompt for search fields using the KEY option With Reset On Dbedit always resets the KEY option to the default With Reset Off Dbedit will continue to use the new order of search fields Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Underline SET UNDERLINE ON OFF Initially ON When Dbedit prompts for field values it prints a series of underlines to show the field width Underline Off disables this feature Users with slow printing terminals will find Dbedit faster with Underline Off The Under option may be used to temporarily enable underlining for a single command Verify SET VERIFY ON OFF Initially ON When you are adding new records to a dataset Dbedit lists the contents of new records after you have entered all of the field values Turning Verify Off causes Dbedit to stop listing new records after they are added Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 325 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file Usefiles can also be set up for data entry functions such as adding a new customer into the database e g add one master entry add one billto entry add multiple shipto entries and
289. et of a large dataset The larger the dataset and the smaller the percentage extracted the better the performance improvement Once you have selected a task to measure you have the difficulty of making a fair comparison This can be more tricky than it seems For example on MPE iX if you run your regular task first then the Suprtool task you will almost certainly find the Suprtool task faster just because the first task has made most of the data resident in memory Here are the guidelines that we follow in order to obtain performance measurements that we can be confident of 1 We do every test at least five times It is rare for each test to be identical 2 All MPE iX performance tests are sensitive to the amount of the file that is in memory We use the Klondike Nugget now available from Lund Performance Solutions to measure how much of our test files are in memory before we start each test 3 We start each test by flushing all files out of memory We do this with the unsupported Fflush tool This program is difficult to obtain we cannot give you a copy and you probably need a new version for each new release of MPE 1X You might try getting a copy from your HP SE Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 91 4 Tests are run in the middle of the night and we ensure that there are no other sessions or jobs running during each test Performance Summary Suprtool is a performance tool Not because ev
290. etic is not allowed on byte type fields If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 149 Examples gt if field 10 1115 numeric field Sit cost grey gt 10000 gt if total lt qty price tax gt if yymmdd date 100 mod 100 lt 03 first quarter Division by Zero Suprtool reports an error and the input record number if an arithmetic computation results in division by zero Use Set Ignore On to force Suprtool to ignore division by zero errors With Set Ignore On the result of division by zero is zero Your task executes more slowly if you have a lot of division by zero errors and you have asked Suprtool to ignore them A better approach is to check for zero in the If expression before using it in division gt if Sread qty lt gt 0 and avoid division by zero total qty gt 100 Missing Features Arithmetic overflow in computations will cause Suprtool to abort Accuracy By default Suprtool uses floating point arithmetic to compute In some cases there can be slight inaccuracies due to rounding errors Rounding errors are more likely with Classic floating point arithmetic Set Arith Classic For example the following expression fails if you have a single integer field with the value 7 or 7 gt set arith classic gt if in
291. ever be printed If the state is ER or blank the output will be printed only if Suprtool aborts due to an error Total Type The supr total type determines the format of the supr totals array If you call Suprtool2 from COBOL you should use CO The COBOL format is display with leading zeros and a trailing sign If the type is AS each total is returned left justified in the total field with a leading sign Totals If you specify the Total command as part of an extract task Suprtool2 returns the totals in the supr totals array Totals are returned in exactly the same order in which they were specified If you are calling Suprtool2 from COBOL never specify the decimal precision portion of the Total command If your total includes an implied decimal point you will have to modify the supr totals declaration to include an implied decimal point e g pic s9 15 v99 If you specify AS as the supr total type each total is formatted as an 18 byte string In this case you should specify the correct decimal precision in the Total command The exponent portion of real totals is truncated by the Suprtool2 interface Out Count After a successful call to the Suprtool2 interface the supr out count is set to the number of Suprtool output records The supr out count is only returned after the Suprtool2 call with the Exit command Suprtool also puts this count in the SuprtoolOutCount JCW up to the maximum JCW value permitted 65 535
292. extract purch date gt extract sales qty gt extract sales tax gt extract sales total gt output file2 erase link must have both Erase and Link gt exit Like regular SD files when you specify a KSAM SD file as input to Suprtool all field information becomes available The Form command shows the structure of a KSAM SD file HowMessy Loadfile HowMessy produces a self describing file called Loadfile with all of the information from the HowMessy report Suprtool is an ideal tool to process the information in this file For example the following Suprtool commands would select all detail datasets with a load factor greater than 85 percent Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 57 run suprtool pub robelle gt input loadfile gt 1f datasettype D and loadfactor gt 85 0 gt sort database gt sort dataset gt dup none keys gt list gt xeq Notes on SD Files There are two differences between regular Suprtool output files and SD files the filecode is not zero and there are user labels For most applications this does not make any difference but some applications and tools may reject these files When creating an SD file Suprtool maps J type integer items into I type Functionally the two are equivalent Convert an SD File to a Disc File Once Suprtool has created a file in its Output Link format it always treats the file as an SD file To convert the file back to a non
293. ey name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Dbedit Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing List Command L Displays entries from a dataset LIST file options Options numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder The field list of the file parameter specifies which fields of the entry to print default of course is all of them Search field values are not listed unless they are included in the field list The ALL option lists all records in the specified file The RELATED option prints related records from other datasets as well as the records you select The listing is printed to stdlist unless you use Set LP On to specify Suprlist as the output file The Suprtool gt List command also displays selected records with the option of dumping totally in Octal Char format Use gt List when you suspect that a dataset contains bad data or to select from a large dataset gt List is faster than List list m customer List in File M CUSTOMER CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 CITY Los Altos CREDIT RATING 100000 CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CUST STATUS 20 NAME FIRST Ralph NAME LAST Perkins TATE CODE CA TREET ADDRESS Room 655 2 Century Plaza Building ZIP CODE 93002 si s list m supplier related all related records List in File M SUPPLIER SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Ribbons CITY San Leandro STATE CODE TREET ADDRESS 100 Main St 2 SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons P CODE 94345
294. ey value so some data values may not be loaded into the table For information on how to retrieve data from the table please see the Extract command or the Examples section of the Table command Examples If all of your part numbers are in the file Partin you use gt table part table part file partin gt if lookup part table part The following example uses Suprtool to create a file of customer numbers that are in arrears This file is then used to select the orders for these customers from the d sales dataset Instead of serially reading the file we use the Chain command to take advantage of existing IMAGE search fields The cust account item occurs in both datasets When the table is loaded Suprtool obtains the cust account field information from the self describing custacct file gt base store 5 gt get m customer gt if cust status 30 customers in arrears gt out custacct link self describing output for the Table command gt xeq gt table cust table cust account file custacct gt chain d sales cust account cust table gt output dsales gt xeq The next example sorts selected records from the d inventory dataset Because the output file is not a self describing file we must use the Extract command to make the key field the first field in the file We use this file to load a table and select the records from the m product dataset gt ge d inventory gt if on hand qty lt 10 select records gt ext p
295. f numeric digits redefine the field as a display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Character Type Byte type fields can also be checked to see whether they contain only Alpha Numeric Alphanumeric or Special characters The complete field is compared against the specified character types Type Characters Alpha A Z a z 52 characters Numeric 0 9 10 characters Special anything else 194 characters including spaces punctuation Roman 8 letters binary junk Alphanumeric A Z a z 0 9 62 characters For the test result to be true all the characters in the field must be of the specified character type To test a substring use the Define command to define a subfield gt if field alpha gt if field lt gt numeric Examples String Class 1234 numeric 12 3 no class contains both numeric and special ABCD alpha B JONES no class contains both alpha and special aes special A1B2 alphanumeric Pattern Matching Suprtool can also select records based on a pattern of characters rather than an exact string of characters For example use the following to select all records with ROBERT anywhere in the Name field gt if name ROBERTO The double equals is the operator for pattern matching The at signs means anything before or after ROBERT is acceptable including nothing For character fields there are two comparison operators for patterns matches and gt lt
296. f the SD file The filecode of the output file is not SD however In many instances the user labels in a file do not interfere with the processing of the file However some MPE tools need specific options to work with files with user labels For example FCOPY needs the Nouserlabels option when you are copying from a file with user labels to an existing file without them SDUnix is an MPE program that takes self describing file information and writes it out to an MPE flat file This flat file can then be transferred to HP UX together with the data file so that Suprtool UX can reference the self describing information about the fields To copy the SD file to the HP UX machine it must have an sd extension and be in the same directory as the data file For example if the data filename is usr local data datafile the SD file must have the name usr local data datafile sd Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 53 The SD file is written out to the same domain permanent or temporary as the input file The SD file contains only one record with the necessary length to store all of the label information SDUnix Parameters All SDUnix parameters are specified via Info string There are three parameters input file sd file LF NOLF The first parameter is the name of an MPE self describing file The second parameter is the name of the sd file that SDUnix created LF vs NOLF Use the third parameter to speci
297. f the output file using Numrecs When the input is not an IMAGE dataset and you select a Numrecs smaller than the number of records in the input file Suprtool builds the output file the same size as the input file However it limits the number of records written to Numrecs 2 You can use a File command to override Suprtool s choice gt file sales disc 100000 gt output sales The file is built by Suprtool as it begins the execution phase when you type Xeq or Exit If there is not enough disc space you get a file system error 46 Use a File command to choose a smaller file size Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool At the end of execution Suprtool usually reduces the capacity limit to the actual number of records in the output file EOF which in turn reduces the disc space If you do not want this to happen use the Set Squeeze Off command Format Options The format and length of the output records is determined by which of the following format keywords is selected Keyword s Format DATA Default KEY Sort keys only NUM J2 record numbers only NUM KEY J2 record numbers plus sort keys NUM DATA J2 record numbers plus data record QUERY Self describing file LINK New format self describing file NUM QUERY Query numbers format ASK COGELOG ASK select file ASCII Convert numeric to ASCII DISPLAY Convert numeric to display zoned decimal PRN Personal computer format DATA DATA is the default output records are the s
298. f you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprlink is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprlink uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprlink You can run as many Suprlink instances as you need Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 365 and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Qedit instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message set redo myredo EXCLUSIVE VIOLATION FILE BEING ACCESSED FSERR 90 Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprlink continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your Suprlink commands If you exit Suprl
299. field Extract SETOA char field Extract S ATOE char field There are several restrictions on the etoa and atoe functions e They do not work with either the ASCII or PRN output options e You cannot extract an EBCDIC constant The following example would produce an error message gt extract Setoa char field abcdef e You cannot extract a range of fields using etoa or atoe Notes The Extract command is valid only with e Output xxx data e Output xxx data num e Output xxx query e Output xxx link e Output xxx ascii e Output xxx prn The Extract occurs logically after the sort phase if any but prior to the final Output Put or List An If command can refer to fields of the input record that are not 134 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool included in the extracted output record The sort keys can be fields that are not among those extracted If the extracted record length is shorter than the input record length Suprtool attempts to speed up sorts by doing the extract before sorting Suprtool can only do the extract before sorting if the output option is DATA the default QUERY or LINK and all of the sort keys are included in the Extracted fields One advantage of not using the Extract command is that the output file from Suprtool has exactly the same format as the input dataset which created the file You can then use the setname option of the Input command to define all of the fields in the outp
300. field name gt input sales data input from a data file gt define cust no 1 6 byte gt define invoice date 7 6 integer gt define sales qty 13 4 packed gt extract cust no invoice date sales qty gt output salefile link salefile has all of the extracted fields gt xeq SD Files as Input When you specify an SD file as input to Suprtool all the field information becomes available You can select extract and total fields without the Define command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 55 gt input salefile self describing file gt form display the fields in the file gt if sales total gt 10000 select based on a field gt extract cust account only extract a few fields gt extract sales qty gt extract sales tax gt extract sales total gt total sales total total a field from the file gt output newfile link create a new SD file gt xeq Listing SD Files Suprtool normally lists data files in an Octal Char format When listing an SD file Suprtool produces a formatted listing with field names and field values converted into ASCII gt input salefile self describing file gt list produce a formatted listing gt xeq Decimal Places and Date Formats You use the Item command to identify items with an implied number of decimal places or a date format If you create a self describing file this information is retained When you input such a file all Suprto
301. floating sign 283 floating point numbers 266 Form command 136 267 317 355 Form command default 139 Form command keywords 139 317 formatting commands 250 Formout file 139 268 317 356 FORTRAN invocation of Suprtool 421 four digit years 80 fourth generation languages 376 FROM part of Link command 360 FSERR 45 100 G generic search 457 Get command 140 Get command failure 100 Get command how many records 141 Get vs Chain speed 90 greater than gt 459 group SL 382 H hanging session magtape input 165 Heading command 269 heading HTML option 272 heading maximum length 297 Help command 143 242 271 318 Help command Suprlink 330 357 highlights 6 highwater mark 141 392 highwater mark reading to 205 holding tables for re use 222 holiday detection in batch jobs 159 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual how many records to read 141 how to run 383 HowMessy Loadfile 57 HowMessy program 6 141 HPCalendar date 169 HPCalendar date format 168 HPDesk program 37 246 335 Hpmodify editing examples 196 HTML command 272 HTML files maximum size 272 IEEE numbers 266 If lookup 146 If command 144 If command performance 90 If command too long use read 160 If command too long use Table 221 If command combining with Chain 104 If command decimal places 149 If command prompting for values 161 Ifcheck Set option 207 Ignore Set option 96 207 illegal digits packed or zoned 340 IMAGE applic
302. for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool 427 Scontrol errors 5 main tool2spl begin lt lt Copyright 1982 2001 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc name tool2spl purpose test the suprtool interface prep cap ph run run with parm 2 for print stdlist always run with parm 3 to print stdlist never programmer Robert Green and David Greer gt gt define current version Version 0 6 Spage Global variables of the tool2spl program lt lt suprtool2 interface layout gt gt equate wl supr control 290 wl supr command line 128 wl supr totals 9 ol supr totals wl supr totals 2 max supr totals 15 7 integer array pr control 0 wl supr control integer array pr version supr control 000 integer array pr status supr control 001 integer array pr command line supr control 002 byte array command line supr command line integer array pr flags supr control 130 byte array pr priority supr flags 0 double array pr maxdata supr flags 1 byte array pr print state supr flags integer array pr totals supr control double array pr out count supr control integer array pr workspace supr control 44 79 81 byte array pr total type supr flags 4 equate supr ok bad msgfiles suprtool aborted create error lt lt standard global variables for Robelle SPL programs gt gt in
303. for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands 199 Set Command S Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprtool These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands 200 e Suprtool Commands SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET ALLBASE ROWS number ARITHMETIC CLASSIC IEEE BASECLOSE ON OFF BLOCKSIZE size BUFFER size DATE CUTOFF number DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF DATE MAPTOPHDATES ON OFF DEFER ON OFF DUMPONERROR ON OFF EOFREAD ON OFF FILECODE number FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename FIRSTREC 0 1 HINTS ON OFF IFCHECK ON OFF IGNORE ON OFF ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF INTERACTIVE ON OFF LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ON OFF LIMITS Mpe ON OFF ReadOnly ON OFF Tablesize size LIST DATE number LIST PCL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 LIST TIME number LOCK number NLS number OPENMODE number ORACLE ROWS number not supported in Suprtool MPE PATTERN NEW OLD PREFETCH number PRIVMODE ON OFF PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool SET PROMPT character SET RECOVER ON OFF SET REDO filename SET SORTFAST ON OFF SET SQUEEZE ON OFF SET STATISTICS ON OFF SET SUBSYSTEM ON OFF SET SUSPEND ON OFF SET USERLABELS ON OFF SET VARSUB ONJOFF SET WARNINGS ONJOFF Each option is its own Set command
304. for all customers except 1234 9876 and 5555 we would simply change the equal sign in the If command to a not equal sign A match is made if a customer does not match any values in the list Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 21 gt get ord details gt if cust no lt gt 1234 9876 S555 gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data Based on a File If you have a large list of values in a file you can load them into Suprtool and select data based on this list First use the Table command to load values from an external file into a table Then use the lookup function of the If command to match data to the table Suppose our list is in a file called Custlist The table we create is called cust table gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no file custlist gt if Slookup cust table cust no gt output orders gt xeq If you want to find all customers not on the list just negate the If condition gt 1f not Slookup cust table cust no Finding Data Based on Another Dataset s Criteria Sometimes you need to find data from one dataset based on conditions from another dataset This is a typical example you want to find all of the pending orders for those customers whose accounts receivable balance is 0 First we find the customers with an AR balance of 0 and extract their customer numbers to a file gt get cust ar gt if ar balance 0 gt ext cust no gt
305. formation texit is missing Performance Considerations Select only the records you need unless the time to load a table of desired key values plus the time needed to do lookup for each record is longer than the time to extract and sort the entire dataset Use the Sorted and Hold options of the Table command when loading a table Because of the time needed to search a large table it is often faster to extract all of the records and let Suprlink skip over the ones it doesn t need Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Introduction to Suprlink e 339 This method does a lot of sorts Sorting time can vary depending on system load and available memory but it increases dramatically for large records and large datasets You should try to use Suprtool s Extract command to reduce the record size and consider using Suprtool s If command to reduce the number of records Suprlink needs enough disc space to invert a significant subset of your database then link it into an Output file Although all of the Suprlink files can be job temporary you still need enough disc space for the original database the final Output file the primary Input file and each of the Link files One of the tradeoffs with this method is more disc space for faster elapsed time Another Example Illegal Digits 340 e Introduction to Suprlink From the sales records retrieve all of the sales for October 2000 and append the customer name salesman code and
306. from Robelle s internal sort routines are more detailed than HP s sort statistics 58 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Native Language Support Suprtool determines the native language of an input source as follows 1 The Chain and Get commands use the language of the database 2 Using Input filename setname uses the language of the database 3 Ifthe input file isa KSAM XL file the KSAM XL language is used 4 If the language from any of the previous steps is zero Native 3000 Suprtool uses the language from Set NLS The Key and Define commands support a special type CHARACTER The CHARACTER type is used wherever you would use the BYTE type but CHARACTER fields are sorted according to the native language determined by Suprtool To sort a French data file on the first five characters you would use gt input nlsfile file with Roman 8 characters gt set nls 7 sort in French gt key 1 5 character new character data type gt output sortfile gt xeq With Reduced Disc Space If your system is almost out of disc space you may find that Suprtool operations are being stopped because the Sort Library cannot build its scratch file Sortscr A common method of overcoming this error is to use the Numrecs command By default Suprtool assumes that the OUTPUT file and the Sortscr file must be able to contain every input record Even though you are reading a dataset of one million records you
307. fset plus 1 4 The field size in bytes 5 The field type using the Suprtool names 6 The subcount Quiz s occurs column We have one Suprtool Define command for each line of the QSHOW report Remember that we mean to define just the lines that represent field information Using the above example of QSHOW output we do not want to process the first six lines because they are heading information For these lines however the column containing the field size does not contain a valid number We can simply tell Quiz to select only those records where ItemSize is greater than zero We get the field name from the name already provided in the data dictionary To get the field type we can create a Quiz Define statement which maps the PowerHouse types into the Suprtool types Although the PowerHouse type sometimes has a sign qualifier for numeric fields in this case it doesn t matter We need to check only the first few characters of the type We convert a blank in the occurs column to a subcount of one 74 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool QUIZ SUPRTOOL Definitions Access QSHOW SUBFILE or QSHOW FILE Select if ItemSize gt 0 Ignore heading lines Define Position Offset 1 Define SuprType char 8 amp integer if Type 1 8 INTEGER else amp packed if Type 1 7 PACKED else amp real if Type 1 6 FLOAT else amp display if Type 1 6 ZONED else amp byte Define SuprSubcount cha
308. fy a linkage stopped for comment coffee and decided to cancel the task comment upon your return input invoices coffee break texit abort cancel linkage and terminate Exit Suspend ES When running Suprlink as a son process e g from Qedit it would be nice to suspend Suprlink without executing the current task Exit Suspend does this After returning to Suprlink all specifications for the current task are still in effect Examples run gedit pub robelle run suprlink pub robelle input invoices t link customer start specifying options texit suspend return to Qedit without an Xeq SUPRLINK PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y Puso activate suprlink SUPRLINK PUB ROBELLE toutput invcust continue specifications xeq execute the current task Exit Xeq EX To perform the current linkage task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside Suprlink ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves Suprlink when done with the task Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 353 354 e Suprlink Commands After the Suprlink task completes Suprlink either terminates or suspends and awakens a father process 1 e RUN from within Qedit Exit Xeq is the default option 1 e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples run suprlink pub robelle texit End Of Program run suprlink pub robelle input invoices link customer o
309. fy whether the data file has LF line feed as the record separator or whether the file does not use a file separator If you use FTP to copy the data file to your HP UX machine you should specify the NOLF option and be sure to use a binary mode transfer If you are using DSCOPY with its default options to copy the data file you should specify the LF option Examples The following section contains examples of creating an SD file on MPE converting the SD information and finally copying the two files to an HP UX machine First create an SD file with run suprtool pub robelle gt base store 5 Database password gt get d inventory gt out dinv link gt exit Now you can convert the label information to an sd file using the SDUnix utility Note that the data file is the first file passed in the info string Specify LF if you are using DSCOPY run sdunix pub robelle info dinv dinvsd 1f Now you can use DSCOPY to copy the files to the HP UX machine dscopy dinv to store dinv dopey data password dscopy dinvsd to store dinv sd dopey data password Specify NOLF if you are using FTP run sdunix pub robelle info dinv dinvsd nolf Use FTP to copy the files to the HP UX machine dopey binary exitonerror put dinv users data store dinv put dinvsd users data store dinv sd quit Now you can use Suprtool UX to read the SD file 54 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e30
310. g example we show you how to get the previous day s date gt input YOURFILE gt def origdate 1 8 gt item origdate date yyyymmdd gt def jdate 1 4 int gt item jdate date julianday gt ext origdate gt ext jdate Sdays origdate or 7 for next week gt out tmpfile link gt xeq gt in tmpfile gt def yesterday 1 8 display your format here gt item yesterday date yyyymmdd gt ext origdate gt ext yesterday S stddate jdate gt out result link gt xeg Sample output ORIGDATE YESTERDAY 19990101 19981231 19991231 19991230 19990301 19990228 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Range of Fields Extracting a Range of Fields You can specify a range of fields to extract using the following Extract Field1 Field4 This feature only works with IMAGE fields input files equated to an IMAGE dataset and for self describing files If you specify a range Suprtool extracts all 4 of the field names between field1 and field4 inclusive When specifying a range of a self describing file that has been equated to an IMAGE dataset the IMAGE dataset definition takes precedence gt get d sales input is from a dataset gt ext product no sales qty gt out dsales gt xeq is exactly the same
311. g less than 50 of the entries Once selected you can rearrange sort print or total them You need to modify your report program to read a file instead of a dataset In addition Suprtool solves dozens of other problems The Dbedit subsystem allows convenient interactive editing of databases the Suprlink subsystem allows multiple dataset access and the Speed Demon intrinsics allow a user program to improve the speed of serial DBGET calls by a factor of five Use STExport to convert fields from a self describing input file to an output file that can be imported into other applications The interface routine Suprtool2 allows your application programs to invoke Suprtool The Suprtool commands are Add Exit Key REDO USERpause BAse EXPort LINk Reset Verify Before EXTract List SELect Xeq Chain Form LISTREDO Set MPE or HP UX command Define Get Numrecs SOrt expression DELete Help OPen TAble DO IF Output Total DUplicate Input Put UPdate EDit ITem Q Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Give Yourself a Suprtool Demo If you are new to Suprtool your logical first step is the self paced Suprtool demo The Suprtool demo introduces Suprtool concepts and gives examples of common Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Welcome to Suprtool e 1 Suprtool commands You can find the demo files in the Demo group of the Robelle account on the installation tape You can access the Suprtool demo from any a
312. g to your attention it prints a nonfatal warning message For example Warning No input data specified Warning DATABASE must be RESTORED if System Crashes The following list explains the most common warnings New entries were added to the dataset Suprtool may have ignored some dataset entries or The number of dataset entries was reduced Suprtool may have included some deleted dataset entries 238 e Suprtool Errors and Warnings Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool These two warnings let you know that while Suprtool was processing your task other users added or deleted entries to the dataset Suprtool checks the dataset entry count before and after and warns you if it has changed Suprtool allows concurrent changes but warns you when it happens If you cannot accept multiple access you must open the database exclusively mode 4 If you consistently receive the warning about new dataset entries for a particular dataset you should consider using Set Eofread see the discussion under the Set command In many cases you can ignore these messages but sometimes it indicates a serious problem with the current task You may use Control Y to stop the task from processing gt OUTPUT has different record size The record size of the output file being written to has a different record size from the data being written by Suprtool The size may be bigger or smaller This usually occurs when the file being written to is an existing
313. gt redo 2 redo command before previous gt redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th gt redo 10 redo 10 through last gt redo purge redo last Purge command gt redo purge temp redo last purge temp gt redo temp redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command can be abbreviated to a comma as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line The Suprredo file is always a temporary file To save more commands use a File command on the Suprredo file before you run Suprtool Hpmodify Keys Reference Here are the MPE style REDO sub commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 195 INSERT If text follows the i this text is inserted in the current line starting at the i position REPLACE If text follows the r this text replaces the same number of characters in the current line beginning at the r position DELETE Deletes a character from the current line for each d specified in the edit line Note that d d does not specify a range as it does in MPE V but simply deletes one character above each d Multiple d s may be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation DELETE Deletes to the end of the current line from the position specified by d gt May be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation APPEND If text follows the gt this text is appended to the end of the current line If a gt without text is positioned beyond the end of the current line then a simple replac
314. h Dbedit and Suprtool e g Use Before and Set The Before command works independently and each software module saves its own last command 1 Most Dbedit commands require you to have opened the database using the Base command of Suprtool Dbedit does not have a Base command 2 Dbedit does not work with any files other than IMAGE 3000 datasets 3 You cannot switch to another database while in Dbedit Instead you must Exit do a Base command in Suprtool then Edit 4 The maximum size of any individual data item is 80 bytes 1 e 5X80 is acceptable but X100 is not 5 Only datasets whose search fields are compatible with Dbedit can be accessed i e no K5 search fields Functions of Dbedit There are five major functions in Dbedit Command Function Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Welcome to Dbedit e 299 ADD Add new entries to a dataset CHANGE Change a master search value in all related datasets DELETE Delete entries from a dataset LIST List the value of entries in a dataset MODIFY Modify specific fields of an entry from a dataset Performance of Dbedit Suprtool was designed to be as fast as possible while Dbedit was designed to have as many features as possible Dbedit does no special optimizations It uses the standard IMAGE intrinsics to do all of the accesses to the database Dbedit does not use the fast sequential access method of Suprtool but Dbedit usually works only with a few records withi
315. h the Rec parameter as in file suprlist dev syslp rec 220 Roman 8 vs ASCII The PCL option requests a Roman 8 character set but some combination font cartridges only supply the ASCII character set half as many characters means twice as many fonts in a single cartridge If you ask for Landscape Lineprinter and get Landscape Courier instead your Lineprinter font probably has the ASCII character set instead of the Roman 8 character set To request an ASCII font add 1000 to the PCL code For example if you have a Super Cartridge 55 fonts in one use PCL 1001 1004 and 1006 To select both ASCII and A4 paper add 3000 Double Sided Printing on LaserJets The LaserJet IID and HID can print on both sides of the paper The Duplex keyword enables double sided printing on these printers gt list duplex Headings in Listings Specifying a Title in the List command forces Suprtool to produce a formatted listing with page headings page numbers today s date and the current time If you want just the date and page numbers use an empty string For example SlLIst titles Tou The following example prints a report on a LaserJet in Landscape sideways mode using the tiny Lineprinter font including a page heading with the title The physical command line limit is 256 characters As a result the maximum size of the heading is less than 256 characters because the List command and heading options need to be included in the command li
316. han take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge The tests that we have performed indicate that this method is often significantly faster than the official IMAGE method of chasing down chains and hash synonyms To understand what Suprlink does think of the process of writing a report Your report program written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language hunts all over the database with DBFIND and DBGET to collect your data It would be faster if the report program could just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data necessary for the report and this is Suprlink s function Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records of the sales detail dataset and put them in a disc file Then Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program For example a sales report program might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for
317. hanged as entries are added or deleted from the dataset For example if there are deleted entries in the master dataset then you could get fewer records than expected When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a dataset Specifying a startrecord endrecord parameter makes this easy gt get m product 1 20 first twenty records gt list produce a formatted list of each gt xeg record with no output file This example gets any records that are in the first twenty IMAGE locations This may be fewer than twenty records if there were deleted or unused entries in the first twenty record numbers Random Selection The count parameter selects every nth record from the dataset where n is equal to count This option is designed to allow random selection from the dataset It cannot be combined with the startrecord endrecord option Test databases can be constructed from random samplings of production databases Using the count parameter and the Put command we build a test dataset Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt get d inventory 15 every 15th record is read gt put d inventory test put to the d inventory dataset in gt exit Test database Using DBGET By default Suprtool always attempts to read the dataset using its own high speed routines These are the cases where DBGET is used instead 1 When t
318. hat matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths paths is the name of a dataset Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 139 Get Command G Numrecs is another way to select only a few records 140 Suprtool Commands Selects an IMAGE dataset from a previously opened Base as the input source for the next extract You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task Get always reads the dataset serially GET setname startrecord endrecord count Default all records Dataset Input The first example shows the most common use of the Get command An input dataset is specified as input to Suprtool We select a subset of the entire input dataset using the If command gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt get d inventory serially read dataset gt if unit cost lt 10000 the UNIT COST field is gt output outl automatically defined by Get gt xeq Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter permits selection of input records on the basis of the IMAGE record numbers These numbers always start with 1 and the endrecord parameter is assumed to be the last record in the dataset if it isn t specified Note that you should use extreme care when you are using the record number selection option on master datasets This is because the record numbers of master dataset entries can be c
319. he Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 255 Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples Slistf soruce source is not spelled correctly NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 Before redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source the edited command is shown you press Return listredo 10 Sbefore 5 redo 5th command in stack Sbef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b listf redo last Listf command b listf temp redo listf temp command b temp redo last containing temp Sbefore 2 redo command before previous Sbefore 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace
320. he Verify output is organized into columns wherever possible For Verify All Suprtool prints all of the information concerning the current invocation of Suprtool including the value of the Set options and the Suprtool version number For Verify Version Suprtool prints out the version information Verify with no parameters prints the current values for Chain Get Input Output and Key or Sort commands It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples gt v gt verify gt verify input current input file gt verify if selection criteria gt verify all all current options gt verify version version number of Suprtool 232 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Xeq Command X Terminates entry of commands and begins the extract from the input source XEQ Notes After the Xeq Suprtool processes the task and accepts commands to specify another task Compare this with the Exit command which stops Suprtool after processing the input After an Xeq command all parameters of Suprtool are reset to their initial values except any database that is left open the Set options and the Defined fields even though their calculated offsets are not guaranteed to be correct for the next file processed Examples gt base cust gt get m customer gt output mcstfile gt xeg copies m customer to Mcstfile gt get d customer gt output dcstfile gt xeg copies
321. he colon For example Shelp you get STExport help help you get MPE help MPE iX Commands STExport iX executes any MPE command e g Run UDCs and command files Caution programs that suspend instead of terminating are not killed by the HPCICOMMAND intrinsic File Names STExport s Input and Output commands accept a file name in either MPE or POSIX format File names starting with or are treated as POSIX file names All other file names are assumed to be MPE file names MPE file names are upshifted and POSIX file names are not POSIX file names are limited to a maximum of 240 characters Here are some examples of POSIX file names Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport hello david mgr dev david CHDIR SUBDIR run stexport pub robelle Sinput file Sverify input DEV DAVID SUBDIR file Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a STExport task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y STExport responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit t
322. he database is open with mode 3 2 When you specify the Delete or Update command and the input source is a master dataset 3 When you specify the Delete or Update command and the input source is a detail dataset but no If command is specified 4 When Set Privmode Off In these cases Suprtool prints the warning Using DBGET for the input records How Many Records Does Suprtool Read When you Get from a master dataset Suprtool reads the capacity of the dataset When you specify a detail dataset Suprtool reads records until the highwater mark If Set Eofread is on then Suprtool will read to the capacity of the dataset for both master and detail datasets To insure that Suprtool reads to the capacity for both Master and Detail datasets then you should put Set Eofread On in your Suprmgr Pub Sys file If there is a big difference between the number of entries in the dataset and the highwater mark Suprtool could take much longer to read the dataset this is true for all programs not just Suprtool You can use the Form and Verify commands to determine how many records Suprtool will read The Form command shows the number of entries in the dataset After specifying a Get command for a detail dataset use Verify Numrecs to see how many records Suprtool will read gt get d sales detail dataset gt form shows entries gt verify numrecs records Suprtool will read If there is a large difference between the number of
323. he installation job Supply any passwords requested by the STREAM command stream suprcall suprjob robelle 4 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool SUPR2JOB uses the SEGMENTER to add the Suprtool Interface Library into SL Pub Sys It then requests a tape COLDLOAD to create a new cold load tape containing MPE plus the Suprtool interface library Mount a tape with a write ring and REPLY Save this tape and use it for any future cold loads If everything goes well SUPR2JOB prints a final message on the console Please save the job listing for future reference Installing the Suprtool2 Interface e 445 Documentation Suprtool2 is now installed and you should be able to use it in your application programs Suprtool comes with User Manuals and a Change Notice You may have received printed copies of these They are also available as PDF or HTML Help files You may have received a documentation CD with these files or you can download the files from the Robelle web site Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows CD or Web
324. he steps for installing Speed Demon V in a group SL are the same as for the Pub SL except that you use the actual group name instead of the Pub group Your user programs must be installed in the same group as the SL and they must be run with Lib G 382 e Installing Speed Demon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Accessing Speed Demon Accessing Speed Demon Speed Demon is a set of routines or intrinsics that you call from your program The Speed Demon V intrinsics are installed in the system SL The Speed Demon iX intrinsics are installed in an XL You access Speed Demon by calling these intrinsics just as you would the IMAGE intrinsics There are three primary intrinsics SPDEDBINIT Initializes the Speed Demon environment and decides what dataset to read SPDEDBSCAN Replaces calls to DBGET mode 2 and returns the same condition word values e g 0 for okay 11 for end of file SPDEDBSHUT Cleans up the Speed Demon environment Before you can call SPDEDBINIT for another dataset you must call SPDEDBSHUT Original Program Using DBGET Suppose that your program scans the d sales dataset to produce a report of all d sales records with a sales total greater than 10 000 00 Currently your COBOL program looks like this Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Accessing Speed Demon e 383 05 report control section move false value to end of d sales flag perform 10 read and report thru 10 read and report exit until end of d s
325. he supr command line can contain any Suprtool command Use the same format that you use in typing commands into Suprtool You don t need to enter commands as a single string of 256 characters in a single call to the interface You may use to send several commands in one string or you may use the amp mechanism to continue commands The final call must have Exit as the command alone and left justified in the command line The final Exit command can be in uppercase or lowercase but cannot be abbreviated MPE commands can be passed into the interface and Suprtool will execute them 412 e Welcome to Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Priority The supr priority flag should contain one of CS DS or ES The default is DS Maxdata The supr maxdata contains the Maxdata in words for Suprtool The default is 32 000 but you can ask for a smaller stack using this parameter e g 20 000 There is no problem with reducing Maxdata when you plan to Sort However if you plan to do copies without sorts you should send Suprtool a Buffer 4096 command if you reduce Maxdata Otherwise you are likely to get a Stack Overflow abort within Suprtool or the error message Unable to allocate buffer in DL area If you want the default this field should contain a 0 Print State If the supr print state contains AL the output from Suprtool will always be printed on stdlist If the state is NE the output will n
326. his case Suprtool2 returns error 2 to indicate that the requested task failed If the print state in the workspace was set to ER error or AL always the output from Suprtool will be displayed on stdlist If the print state is NE never nothing is displayed on stdlist 3 Unable to Create Suprtool Process The Suprtool2 routine creates the Suprtool program as a son process If this fails for any reason error 3 is returned The most common reason for this is forgetting to PREP or LINK your program with CAP PH If the Suprtool2filecommand JCW is set to 2 check that the File command for Suprtool correctly specifies the name of the Suprtool program file 4 Invalid Total Type The Suprtool2 control record has a field to indicate what kind of totals the interface should return The valid values for this field are CO for COBOL totals and AS Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Suprtool2 Error Messages e 447 for Ascii totals The total type must be in uppercase This error is returned when the control record has been passed a value other than CO or AS for the total type 5 Unable to Create Suprtool Process Suprtool2 calls the PROCINFO intrinsic to obtain the process identification number of the current process If this routine fails for any reason the error number returned from PROCINFO is printed on stdlist and Suprtool2 returns error 5 448 e Suprtool2 Error Messages Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling S
327. hod for Producing Simple Reports For self describing files and datasets the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Noname Noskip Norec Rightjustnum with default column headings For data files the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Octal Char In either case the Standard keyword provides a default title that describes the input source You can override the title date format time format or any other option selected by the Standard keyword by specifying them in addition to the Standard keyword For example 178 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt get m customer gt list standard use all Suprtool defaults gt get m customer gt list standard date 3 override the date format gt input mpefile gt list standard char override the format options gt input mpefile gt list standard leftjustnum left justify numbers gt get m customer gt list standard title Customer List override title gt get m customer gt list standard heading no column headings Listings with Subheadings When using the Title or Standard keywords you can also include subheadings with the Heading keyword You can specify multiple columns by repeating the string after the Heading option e g List Heading First Second or specify the Heading option multiple times e g List Heading First Heading Second Being able to specify multiple columns makes it easier to align column headings when using
328. hort for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listredo 5 listredo 5 10 listredo help print all Help commands listredo 10 print last ten commands listredo ALL print entire redo stack listredo rel print ALL relative numbers listredo purge print all Purge commands listredo purge xx print all purge xx commands listredo purge print all with purge anywhere listredo 1 10 out lp dump commands to printer listredo unn out save write commands to a file Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ and comma comma are accepted as a short forms Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 275 Output Command O Specifies the Output file OUTPUT filename TEMP ERASE B
329. i if db_status_area 1 0 then read_set true else if db_status_area 1 lt gt 11 then spdeexplain db status area end read set procedure test_spde var start_cpu longint start_wall longint 404 e Examples of Calling Speed Demon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon in count longint begin start_cpu proctime start_wall timer in_count 0 while read_set do in count in count 1 start_cpu proctime start cpu start_wall timer start_wall writeln In in_count 1 write Cpu time start_cpu 1 write Wall time start_wall 1 writeln end test_spde procedure complete driver var db_set type db set begin db _set name PROCESS spdedbshut db _base db_set db_mode2 db status area db dummy arg i if db_status_area 1 lt gt 0 then spdeexplain db status area end complete driver begin driver deb model 1 1 db_mode2 1 2 if open base then if init_spde then begin test_spde complete driver end Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 405 Speed Demon Error Messages Error Messages and Numbers Speed Demon returns errors similar to IMAGE Each error is associated with an error number The following are the error numbers descriptions and causes that can be returned by any Speed Demon intrinsic 538 SPDEPREFETCH JCW VALUE n IS LESS THAN ZERO OR GREATER THAN 5 The SPDEPREFETCH JCW
330. iX will execute any MPE command e g Run UDCs and command files Caution programs that suspend instead of terminating are not killed by the HPCICOMMAND intrinsic File Names Suprlink s Input Link and Output commands accept a file name in either MPE or POSIX format File names starting with or are treated as POSIX file names All other file names are assumed to be MPE file names MPE file names are upshifted and POSIX file names are not POSIX file names are limited to a maximum of 240 characters Here are some examples of POSIX file names hello david mgr dev david CHDIR SUBDIR run suprlink pub robelle input file verify input DEV DAVID SUBDIR file Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a Suprlink task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprlink responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Su
331. ibing 57 KSAM V files 49 KSAM XL files 50 KSAM XL loading faster 50 KSAM XL MPE iX 4 0 and later 50 L labelled tapes 60 208 landscape output 209 Large Datasets 47 LaserJet 176 209 leading sign 283 less than lt 459 Limit option Dbedit 307 limiting priority 9 limits within STExport 297 limits within Suprlink 373 Limits Set 208 line printer 186 Link command 174 334 359 Link file maximum block size 373 Link file maximum fields 373 Link file maximum number of 373 Link file maximum record length 373 link files in Suprtool 58 468 e Index link key fields 359 Link option 188 Linkedit 414 linking files 338 linking programs 413 414 list clears screen 176 List command 175 319 list device 179 list to Suprlist 179 List Char option 175 List Column Headings 179 List Date default 209 List Date option 178 List Decimal option 175 List Duplex option 177 List Heading option 179 List Hex option 175 List Labels option 176 List Leftjustnum option 176 List Noname option 176 List Norec option 175 List Noskip option 176 List Octal option 175 List Oneperline option 176 List Record option 180 List Rightjustnum option 176 List Standard option 178 List Time default 210 List Time option 178 List Title option 177 listing 31 listing formats 175 listing labels 176 listing one per line 176 listing with subheadings 179 listing without field names 176 listing pro
332. ictionary Tip 1 Use QSHOW to examine PowerHouse data structures Many users are familiar with Quiz s Show Items command gt access d sales gt show items INPUT OUTPUT D SALES TYPE SCALE SCALE D PICTURE CUST ACCOUNT NUM 0 0 AAAAMRAMRA DELIV DATE NUM AA AAAAAAKA PRODUCT NO NUM AAA AAAKK PRODUCT PRICE NUM AA AAAAAAKA PURCH DATE NUM AANARANRARA SALES QTY NUM AMARA SALES TAX NUM AANARANRARA SALES TOTAL NUM AAAARADRARA This listing shows you the attributes and sequence of the fields but doesn t give any clues as to their storage format QSHOW gives a much more useful listing gt show subfile salesub SUBFILE DICTIONARY SUBFILE RECORD REPORT Subfile SALESUB Type Permanent Organization Direct Format 7 Record Size 38 Bytes Item ype Offset Size Occurs CUST ACCOUNT ED UNSIGNED 0 DELIV DATE EGER SIGNED 8 PRODUCT NO ED UNSIGNED 12 PRODUCT PRICE EGER SIGNED 20 PURCH DATE EGER SIGNED 24 SALES QTY EGER SIGNED 28 SALES TAX EGER SIGNED 30 SALES TOTAL EGER SIGNED 34 PPM SB 00 LH 00 Notice that this listing shows the offset of the fields within the record with the first field starting at offset 0 the length size of the fields as well as the storage data type In most cases these map directly onto the IMAGE Suprtool data types See Translation Table above For example the above subfile can be defined in Suprtool as follows gt define cust account 1 8 display gt define deliv date
333. ieces Med ol ala niin 42 Data DS dae aci 42 Daterand Time Tp iii nda 43 Restt ONS 2 a ee ane a a tes ori She at a a ast a hasten ht ata8s 43 Suprtoodl and IMAGE io ento roles india delo then 43 Reading Datasets 0 ito 43 Serial vs Keyed Access iii sida 44 When to Use Suprtool with IMAGE oooconncciccnoonoocnoonnoonconoconoconoco nooo ccoo ncon nono nonnninnnos 44 TurboIMAGE Compatibility ooooonocnnoniccnoninononononnnonnconoconononoc nooo nconnrnnnrnn nono narran 45 Locking of IMAGE Datasets cccccccessesssesseeesceeeceeceseesecnsecsecsecaecaecaeeaeeeeeeneesss 45 Database Maintenance Delete PUt ccccsseesceesceesceeeceseeeeeeeceseenseeaecaecseeeaeeenes 46 BW COS xis slender ees ear AA ede RA ate 47 Master Dataset Expansion MDX cccccesecsseesseesceseceeseeecnseceseceaecaecsaecseecaeeeaeeeneenss 47 Jumbo Datasets and Large Datasets cccccceeseesseesceeseeeeceeeceecesecaecaecaeeceeeeeeneenes 47 Suprtooland KSAM Piles ii its 48 Locking Output KSAM Fils it Reseed 48 Locking Input KSAM Files einen i eee eee ee ess 48 Compatibility Mode KSAM V Files 0 ccccecssssesseceseceeceeecseecaeeeneeseeeeeeeeenerensenaes 49 Reorganizing KSAMIV Files oi iv ew nee ee 49 Native Mode KSAM XL Files 0 0 cc ceeecsssecseseeceseeecesecaeesecaeceeesecneseecneseeeeaeeeeeneeaees 50 MPEAX 4 0 aiid KSAM AE ida 50 Lo dinig KSAM XTE Files ii soe oa bts E E E oe eee E 50 Reuse option and KSAM XL Files cccecceceessee
334. ield gt def sort field 11 6 sort field for this file gt def last fields 17 20 fields after the sort field gt extract first fields remember to extract all of the gt extract sort field fields in the correct order gt extract last fields gt sort sort field must also remember the sort gt output sdfile link use the Link option gt xeq This example would sort the entire MPE file To select a subset you would define more fields and use the If command Treat KSAM files exactly the same way Suprtool does not read KSAM files in sorted order so you must remember to specify the sort explicitly when converting the KSAM file to a self describing file Suprlink cannot create nor write to KSAM files You can use Suprtool to load a KSAM file with the output from Suprlink CI Variable Substitution 342 e Introduction to Suprlink Suprlink is able to substitute any CI variables from any command line source whether thru interactive use file or batch input In order to use this feature first issue the following Set command set varsub on Variable Substitution is not on by default for backward compatibility Batch Since the Streams facility under default setups will replace any found in the first column of a job stream Anytime you want to specify an entire line thru Variable Substitution you will need to leave a space before the variable is specified setvar input i dfile by message no Irun suprlink pub r
335. ientific notation Which notation STExport chooses depends on the value of each field in each input record You can force STExport to choose either scientific or fixed notation and the number of decimal places for all floating point numbers You cannot specify these options for a specific field or make them different for 32 bit versus 64 bit floating point numbers Fixed Format Use Floating Fixed to force all floating point numbers to appear in a fixed format You specify the maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal point If you specify Floating Fixed STExport does not remove trailing zeros from the formatted numbers If you specify Columns Fixed all floating point values will be aligned along the decimal point Scientific Format Use Floating Scientific to force all floating point numbers to appear in scientific notation You must specify the number of digits to the right of the decimal point The Scientific option formats the number with all significant digits to the right of the decimal point followed by the exponent e g 0 47832E 10 Notes Both the Fixed and Scientific options attempt to round the number to the specified number of decimal places within the maximum width for each floating point data type If STExport cannot format a floating point field in the specified number of decimal places the number appears as asterisks Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Form Command F Display the fields in a s
336. ify Append or Erase You would use Erase to write to a Quiz subfile for details see Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications on page 67 Suprtool and Allbase Specify an Allbase database with the Open command Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the Select command to choose what data to read from your Allbase database We have tested the Allbase module with Allbase version G 1 13 for MPE We believe that it will be compatible with future versions of Allbase We have not tested Suprtool with any of the F versions of Allbase Allbase access is available as a seperate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Allbase internal data types into ones that Suprtool can process Not all Allbase data types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Suprtool data type that corresponds to the Allbase data type Allbase Data Type Suprtool Data type Integer Double Smallint Integer Binary Not Supported Char Byte Varchar Byte Real Teee 32 Float leee 64 Decimal Packed Numeric Packed TID Not Supported Date Byte Time Byte Datetime Byte 42 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Interval Byte Varbinary Not Supported Long binary Not Supported Long varbinary Not Supported Date and Time Types Allbase has four types of fields that are
337. ile erase gt sort custnum gt exit Step 3 Report with Quiz The Cmasfile file contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz knows the structure of this file because of the initial Quiz commands that we used to create it You can now use Quiz to generate the report quiz gt access cmasfile gt report gt go Using QTP to Create Subfiles You can also use QTP instead of Quiz to create the PowerHouse subfile spurge cmasfile qtp gt access custmast gt set input limit 0 gt subfile cmasfile size numrecs keep include custmast gt go There are a number of reasons to use QTP instead of Quiz to create subfiles Quiz subfiles always reflect a record structure based on the lowest level of redefinition in the dictionary So if an item is redefined it appears once for each redefinition in the dictionary For example Record CUSTOMERS Item CUSTOMER NUM character Item CUSTOMER NAME character redefined by Item COMPANY NAME character end redefined by Item FIRST NAME character Item SURNAME character end The customer name field is redefined twice in the dictionary Although the record size of the file is only 46 bytes a Quiz subfile created with 68 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt report summary all would create a subfile with a record length of 86 bytes as follows Item CUSTOMER NUM character Item COMPANY NAME character Item FIRST NAME characte
338. ile for any configuration commands that is a good place to put the Set Varsub On command Suprlink and STExport however do not use Suprmgr Pub Sys and do not have their own configuration files in which to look If you run Suprlink and STExport directly from the command line you must enable variable substitution explicitly Irun suprlink pub robelle set varsub on One way to ensure that Suprlink and STExport automatically get variables substituted is to invoke Suprlink and STExport from the Suprtool command line In this way variable substitution is actually done by the Suprtool command parser before 1t passes the commands to Suprlink and STExport 64 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool For example suppose the title ofthe HTML report is stored in a variable named title Pass commands to STExport using Suprtool s Export exportcommand syntax Isetvar title Delinquent Accounts Irun suprtool pub robelle set varsub on execute task to create self describing file foo export input foo export html table title title export output delinq html export exit exit Note that the following sequence of commands would not have worked where STExport is invoked from Suprtool using the Export command with no parameters Variable substitution would not take place in this case Isetvar title Delinquent Accounts Irun suprtool pub robelle set varsub on execute task to create self describing file f
339. ilename format TEMP ERASE APPEND Default DATA only new file New Files The filename is the name of a new MPE disc file to be built by Suprtool Output xxx Unless you use a File command to specify explicitly the record length and blocking factor of the new file Suprtool calculates the record length itself and chooses a blocking factor to optimize batch access to the new file If Suprtool cannot Save the new file because of a duplicate file name you may purge the old file or give the new file a different name If Suprtool is running in batch mode it renames the new file as Outputan where nn is the lowest number between 00 and 20 that makes a valid new file name The Outputz file is built in the same group and account as the duplicate output file and not in your logon group and account This prevents problems on private volumes In many cases Suprtool creates the end of file and the file limit the same If you intend to append records to the output file use Set Squeeze Off to force Suprtool not to reduce the file limit when closing the output file Suprtool does not create new KSAM files Use KSAMUTIL or the MPE iX Build command to create the KSAM file then use Suprtool to load it as an existing file Temporary Files By default Suprtool saves the output file as a permanent file Use the Temp option to force Suprtool to save the output file as a temporary file If the output file already exists as a temporary file Suprtoo
340. ine must be uppercase to db list exit Spage 10 init testread Open the database and initialize Speed Demon 10 init testread section perform 10 10 open base perform 10 20 init spde perform 10 30 display suprinit go to 10 init testread exit 10 10 open base call DBOPEN using db base db password db mode5 db status area if not db stat ok then perform 99 fatal error 10 20 init spde call SPDEDBINIT using db base db set db mode2 db status area spde control db list if not db stat ok then perform 98 supr error 10 30 display suprinit 400 e Examples of Calling Speed Demon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon move db stat2 to display number display Entry Length display number move db stat3 4 to display number display Buffer Size display number 10 init testread exit exit Spage 20 read set Read all the records in the dataset 20 read set section perform 20 10 get next if not end of db set then add 1 to in record count perform 20 20 display next go to 20 read set exit 20 10 get next call SPDEDBSCAN using db base db status area db buffer db dummy arg if db end file then move true value to end of db set flag else if not db stat ok then perform 98 supr error 20 20 display next move db stat3 4 to display number display Record display number 20 read set exit exit Spage 90 close files Cleanup by
341. ines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples gt listf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 gt Before redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source the edited command is shown you press Return gt listredo 10 gt before 5 redo 5th command in stack gt bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th gt b listf redo last Listf command gt b listf temp redo listf temp command gt b temp redo last containing temp gt before 2 redo command before previous one gt before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Characters Action Any printing characters replace the ones above Control D plus spaces deletes columns above Control B puts you into insert before mode Control A starts appending character
342. ings This option defines the List device as a PCL device and indicates the orientation and font for the report Set List PCL affects only the List command it is ignored by the Output command PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The LaserJet is one of the first PCL devices to be released by HP Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 209 210 e Suprtool Commands By default Suprtool assumes that your List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 PCL 1 To print the Suprtool List output in Landscape mode across the wide part of the paper with the tiny Lineprinter font 16 66 pitch or 8 lines per inch you should do the following this setting prints 175 columns per line gt comment Maximum of 175 columns with this font gt set list pcl 1 gt comment You will need LaserJet with proper font cartridge gt list device laser123 PCL 2 To print the listing in Courier font Landscape mode 6 lines per inch and 100 columns wide use gt set list pcl 2 gt list device laserjet PCL 3 This option selects the standard Portrait orientation with the Courier font of the LaserJet 80 columns across by 60 lines You would use Set List PCL 3 when you insert a Font cartridge that overrides the default font e g 92286F cartridge PCL 4 Selects Portrait orientation and Lineprinter font of the L cartridge and others This option prints 132 columns across the page b
343. ink then run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprlink commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprlink to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes Suprlink to resolve any CI variables in a command before processing 366 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the invcust file use usecust input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit Suprlink prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Suprlink The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed By default Suprlink displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed Suprlink can execute commands quietly using the Useq command
344. interested in If you don t have Qedit use the Qcopy program to copy the documentation file to a new file in non Qedit format then use your favorite text editor to edit this file COBOL Example Below is a sample COBOL program named TOOL2COB It calls the Suprtool2 interface procedure The purpose of TOOL2COB is to print selected item master entries from an inventory database sorted by item number The program uses Suprtool to create a disc file named SELITEM filled with the selected item numbers and their descriptions Then it reads the disc file and prints a report on the line printer The database used in this example is called INVORY and the dataset is called INVREC Here is a QUERY FORM listing of the dataset Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool e 417 run query pub sys gt base invory data PASSWORD gt gt MODE gt gt 1 gt form invrec SET NAME INVREC DETAIL ITEMS ITEM X8 lt lt SEARCH ITEM gt gt DESCRIPT EIGHT J2 TD PKG ELLPRCE J2 PUOM X2 PLEVEL 302 PMULTIR 301 CPMULTIR NDIC X2 ENDORP X6 UPPNUM X2 RCEDATE X6 PY 44200 ENTRIES 35659 The listing for the COBOL program is 418 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Scontrol source uslinit errors 15 list Scontrol debug bounds identification division program id tool2cob author Robert M Green date written 19 apr83
345. into the report program The tests that we have performed indicate that this brute force method which uses serial extracts sorts and a merge is often significantly faster than the official IMAGE method of chasing down chains and hash synonyms Input Files Only one file can have repeated records that pass through to the final file This file is called the primary Input file If any of the Link files contain duplicate records Suprlink will select one of them to link to the primary record s The Suprlink Output file will have no more records than the Input file The Input file and Link files are created with the Output xxx Link option in Suprtool These files must be sorted by the same key field in ascending order Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Introduction to Suprlink e 337 Link Files Output Files Sort Keys Selection Logic 338 e Introduction to Suprlink You can have up to seven Link files that are combined with the Input file Suprlink merges the Input file and Link files by comparing the key fields of both files you can optionally specify a secondary key The default is for Suprlink to exclude any Input records that do not have a matching record in all Link files Specifying the Optional keyword on the Link command will force Suprlink to fill the Output record with default values spaces and zeros when it doesn t find a match in a specific Link file If you want to link the sales transaction to both the customer mas
346. ints or scales integers according to the number of implied decimal places e g specify two implied decimal places then enter 1 000 to represent 1 000 00 All formatting commands format fields with a decimal point when appropriate Constant Values When specifying numeric constants for a field with implied decimal places there are different formats that you can use For example assume that we use the Item command to specify two implied decimal places for an amount field The following are examples of constant values for this item Constant Interpretation 0 zero value padded as necessary 1 1 00 0 01 0 01 01 also acceptable for 0 01 Notes Compound Items When you specify a compound item the attribute applies to all elements of the compound item gt item monthly totals decimal 2 12 occurrences gt if monthly totals 5 gt 1000 00 You cannot apply an attribute to only one sub item of a compound item gt item monthly totals 5 decimal 2 Error Missing attribute for the Item Command When to Specify the Item Command The Item command affects almost all other Suprtool commands It should be used as follows e For databases specify it immediately after the Base command but before any Extract or If commands e For MPE and KSAM files it is best to specify the Define and Item commands immediately after the Input command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Usefiles You can use a usefile as a mini data dictio
347. is a duplicate file name in batch mode Suprtool saves the new output file with a made up name Outputnn where nn is from 00 to 20 prints a warning message and aborts Another example is that of missing database passwords In session mode Suprtool prompts for the password in batch mode it uses the CREATOR password instead Pseudo Batch Tasks During a canned on line task such as passing usefiles to Suprtool you can fool Suprtool into responding YES to operational questions For example if one of the canned tasks requires Suprtool to output myfile erase then Suprtool asks the question ERASE all records from this OUTPUT file no You can avoid typing yes in response to this question by invoking Suprtool with run suprtool pub robelle stdin Snull info use filename parm 4 Blocksize The block size of a file is the record length multiplied by the blocking factor MPE permits block sizes up to 32 000 words but Suprtool restricts the total block size When copying an MPE file the maximum block size of either the input or output file is 14 336 words If Suprtool detects an input or output file with a block size larger than 14 336 words it prints one of the following error message The input blocksize is greater than 14336 words The output blocksize is greater than 14336 words Glossary of Terms e 453 454 e Glossary of Terms Calculator Suprtool Suprlink and Stexport and Dbedit treat any li
348. is not self describing and no Extract command is specified the default output format is Octal Char which also shows both input and output record numbers Decimal Places The List command formats numbers using the implied number of decimal places For example the following Suprtool commands format the unit cost with two decimal points We specify the Rightjustnum keyword because numbers with decimal points are hard to read if they are left justified gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt list rightjustnum numbers right justified gt xeg with decimal points Listing Record Numbers The Norec keyword prevents the printing of the input and output record numbers The input record numbers are not printed if Output xxx Data is used and the file is sorted Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 175 176 e Suprtool Commands Listing User Labels The Labels keyword causes user labels to be dumped in the format specified The default format is Octal Char If Set Userlabels is Off the user labels are not printed Listing One Field per Line Suprtool normally attempts to list more than one field on every line of list output The Oneperline keyword causes every field to be shown on a different line Listing without Field Names Noname When Suprtool knows the record structure of the output file 1t shows the name of each output field The Noname keyword causes the field names to be suppressed
349. ist Scontrol source errors 10 identification division program id testread author David Greer Robelle Solutions Technology Inc date written May 11 1990 security Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc remarks KKKAKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KK KK KK KKKAKKKA KK KA KK KA KK A testread test spde intrinsics version 1 0 purpose General purpose program to test Speed Demon Demonstrates that you must call DBOPEN before you call the Speed Demon procedures KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK environment division configuration section source computer hp 3000 series 37 object computer hp 3000 series 37 special names top is new page input output section file control select line printer assign to LINEPRT data division file section fd line printer data record is line record line record pic x 132 Spage CONSTANTS working storage section 0 true value pic x value 0 false value pic x value Spage VARIABLES 0 line count pic s9 4 comp 0 page no pic s9 4 comp input line pic x 80 88 answer spaces value spaces end of db set flag pic x 88 end of db set value T in record count pic s9 9 comp 0 display number BLO Z222 2295 Spage image area 0 image area 05 d6 all 11s pic ES 05 b same list pic PSR Mes 05 b null list pic value 05 b dummy arg pic 0
350. ist of holidays for the year Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 159 comment Occasionally the backup is not run This is comment usually because of holidays when nobody is in the comment office The file SKIPDAYS STREAMS PROD contains a comment list of holidays in YYMMDD ASCII format Because comment the backup job runs after midnight it checks if comment YESTERDAY s date is in the SKIPDAYS file If it comment is the SKIPTODAY JCW is set to 1 Irun suprtool pub robelle input skipdays streams prod define skipdate 1 6 item skipdate date yymmdd if skipdate today 1 output null exit Isetjcw skiptoday suprtooloutcount lif skiptoday gt 0 then tellop Yesterday was a holiday No Backup today else comment Insert the BACKUP commands here comment STORE etc lendif The skipdays file is a regular text file with records in the following format New Years Day Good Friday Victoria Day Thanksgiving Canada Remembrance Day Christmas Boxing Day New Years Day Good Friday Victoria Day Thanksgiving Canada Remembrance Day Christmas Boxing Day Long Expressions Long If commands can use an ampersand to continue the command over several lines gt if status 20 and gt gt state AZ gt gt CA gt gt OR no ampersand on the last line This is awkward to use and for internal reasons the maximu
351. ist via the Output or List commands 3 Chain command has been specified Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 213 214 e Suprtool Commands 4 The number of records from the input source is less than the minimum value Suprtool checks whether or not to print a progress message at the end of each buffer for NOBUF MR reads Consequently not all progress increments are reported for small files or datasets Suprtool reports the phase that it is in whether input phase sort phase output phase or combined input output phase not sort The content of the progress messages is as follows e Percentage complete e Phase and the total number of records processed e Delta Sec Min the time elapsed from the previous message e Wall Sec Min the total elapsed time e CPU Sec the total CPU Seconds at this point When using the record selection feature of the Get and Input commands Suprtool cannot be absolutely certain of the total number of records Therefore the percentage calculation is estimated Prompt SET PROMPT character Initially gt PROMPT tells Suprtool which character to use for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example run suprtool pub robelle gt set prompt sbase store 5 Recover SET RECOVER ON OFF Initially OFF This option can be used with an If command which selects only records with a 1 in the first word to extract deleted records fr
352. it 80 cols 60 lines 6 Lineprinter legal landscape 223 cols 60 lines See the Set command for a complete description of the PCL options By default Suprtool assumes that the List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 If you use the List command to your terminal with a global Set List PCL value other than zero your terminal screen may be cleared To avoid this situation you can explicitly specify the PCL setting along with the device Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt get d sales gt list serialp pcl 2 gt xeq A4 Size Paper Most of the PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper This is especially true with PCL 5 for A4 paper it reduces the horizontal spacing between characters so that 80 columns of Courier output fits on a single line In addition if you add 2000 to a PCL code Suprtool adjusts the number of rows and columns for that option to match A4 paper For example to print Landscape on A4 paper use PCL 2001 instead of PCL 1 In general selecting A4 paper gives you more space along the long side of the paper and less space along the short side If you are happy with the way letter size rows and columns work on A4 paper simply do not add 2000 to the PCL code If for some reason you want more columns than provided by Suprtool e g you are using a PCL compatible system printer with wider paper you can override the size by using a File command wit
353. ite access gt get d sales dataset to delete from gt if purch date lt 980101 select which records to delete gt delete ask for deletion gt sort cust account sort by account and sort gt sort purch date by date gt output oldsales output file with deleted and sorted records gt exit Losing Records Delete can be combined with other operations such as select sort write to output file and even a Put to another dataset Care must be used when combining operations because such combinations cannot be restarted if the Suprtool run is aborted for any reason including hitting Control Y and answering yes See Suprtool and IMAGE on page 43 for more details on using the Delete and Put commands in combination Suprtool deletes records during the input phase This means that records are deleted before they are sorted All of the selected input records are deleted before the first output record is written when sorting the input If you press Control Y and answer yes before a delete task has completed there may be no way to recover your deleted records Improving Performance of Delete with Deferred Output Suprtool uses the standard Image intrinsic DBDelete to remove entries from a dataset This makes tasks with a Delete operation slower than the standard MR NOBUF extracts but insures structural integrity of the database and that any Third Party Indexes are kept in sync You can reduce the time needed to Delete dat
354. item in a STExport command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 253 254 e STExport Commands S format reals with two decimal places Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Floating option Soutput invfile produces the file we want Sexit STREAMX STREAMX is a product from VESOFT that permits you to build flexible job streams STREAMX contains a complete programming language with loops prompts and parameter substitution A problem arises when trying to enter comments into a Suprtool batch job that will be submitted with STREAMX Suprtool uses the pair to delimit comments STREAMX uses these same characters for expressions You cannot change Suprtool s comment character but you can change the characters in STREAMX The following example shows how to change the STREAMX expression characters from to job example user acct st Setbraces wx Irun stexport pub robelle Sinput invoices Input file to format floating fixed 2 Option for floating point numbers Soutput invdata Produces the file we want Sexit tell hpjobname hpuser hpaccount Example done leoj MPE Commands STExport also accepts MPE commands with or without a colon comment Scomment For commands that are the same in both STExport and MPE STExport executes the MPE command only if you type t
355. ith the Base command The results are written to a data file called result which can be read either by a program or by a report writer 18 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool run suprtool pub robelle gt base store demo robelle 5 READER fread access Select All Records This example extracts all the records from the dataset Note that we didn t specify any selection criteria so Suprtool selects all the records gt get d sales input dataset gt output result output file gt xeg Xeq command performs the task Select a Random Sample Sometimes you may need to select a random sample from your dataset to test a new report or program You can easily do this by adding a count parameter to the Get command The count value tells Suprtool to select only every nth record The example shows you how to select 5 of your database gt get d sales 20 every 20th record is 5 gt output result gt xeq Look at the First Few Records If you want to look at the first few records of a dataset use the Numrecs command This command tells Suprtool to extract at most the number of records specified Then instead of sending the result to a file send it to the screen with output ascii The example shows you how to look at the first 10 records in your dataset gt get d sales gt numrecs 10 first 10 records gt output ascii output to screen format numbers gt xeq Selecting b
356. l 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 307 Subcommands 308 e Dbedit Commands Updatekey Option The Updatekey option allows the Modify command to change the value of search and sort fields 1 e critical fields Normally Modify does not allow any changes to the search or sort fields Without the Updatekey option Modify does a DBUPDATE of the modified record If CIUPDATE is Disallowed when you specify Updatekey and change a critical field Modify will DBDELETE the existing record then DBPUT a new record with the changed values If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database Modify can use DBUPDATE to change the critical fields This is much faster than using DBDELETE and DBPUT You may enter a subcommand any time Dbedit prompts for the value of a field The available subcommands are Subcommand Purpose stops the current command immediately same as you may also use the Control Y key describes the current field including any implied decimal points lt goes back one field to the previous field in the list lt 3 goes back three fields lt lt returns to the first field in the list gt goes forward one field to the next field in the list gt 3 goes forward three fields gt gt skips the rest of the fields in the list This is especially useful when Dbedit is prompting you for multiple search and sort fields and you only want to enter the first f uses blanks for the field useful in batch X use
357. l cannot detect this situation but the workaround is to specify NOMR on the input File command for the tape For example file intape dev tape rec 80 50 f ascii nomr Another recurring problem with MPE and tape files is odd byte length records We suggest that when writing to tape even byte length records be used These records take exactly the same amount of space on tape or disc because MPE always rounds up the record length to the nearest full word boundary To read data from an IBM tape where records start on odd byte offsets use the DEBLOCK option of FCOPY Suprtool can not read or write EBCDIC tapes use FCOPY instead Labelled Tapes Specifying DEV TAPE on a File command causes MPE and Suprtool to create a tape that has one file If you need to have multiple files on one tape or if your file takes more than one reel you must use labeled tapes To use a labeled tape requires a different kind of File command A typical File command might be file o dev tape label VOL1 next The string VOL1 is the name of this volume of tapes This name appears on the console Note that it is possible to specify volume names in lowercase letters Never do this as it becomes extremely confusing when working with the console Use the NEXT keyword when writing the first file to the tape Be careful with the NEXT keyword because you can overwrite an existing labeled tape even though it has not expired Use the ADDF key
358. l prompts you to purge the existing temporary file If you do not want to purge the old temporary file Suprtool prompts for a new temporary file name In batch Suprtool renames the output file as the temporary file Outputnn Permanent and Temporary Files If you have a temporary file and a permanent file of the same name Suprtool will attempt to create a new permanent file If your Output command specifies the append or erase options Suprtool will attempt to output to the temporary file Existing Files The filename is the name of an old disc or KSAM file to erase Output xxx erase or to append to Output xxx append Output xxx erase does not purge the existing file 1t simply overwrites the contents of the file The original attributes of the file such as record size blocking factor and file limit are not changed Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 185 186 e Suprtool Commands If the old file is a KSAM file Suprtool attempts to add the output records to the KSAM tree structure If duplicate keys are not allowed in the KSAM file there may be FWRITE errors due to duplicates The treatment of these is controlled by the Set Ignore command By default a duplicate error causes the extract task to terminate Tape or Line Printer Files The filename is a back reference to a magnetic tape or line printer file via a File command Output XX When sending output to magnetic tape you should specify the record size an
359. l total_type 1 strcpy SuprControl workspace for 1 0 1 lt 256 i SuprControl command i Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool e 433 call _suprtool12 suprtool2 amp SuprControl if SuprControl status 0 puts Suprtool2 interface call has failed printf Error number d n SuprControl status assign_cmd char cmd Ine Le for i 0 i lt 256 i SuprControl command i J i 0 while cmd SuprControl command it cmd char cmd 256 init _st2 assign _cmd verify all call _suprtool2 assign _cmd exit call _suprtool2 Pascal Example Below is a Pascal program to invoke Suprtool through the interface routine The example as given is for use with Pascal iX Note that the HP3000_16 compiler option is set This is required because Suprtool2 s control record uses 16 bit alignment instead of Pascal iX s default 32 bit alignment For Pascal V change the set nm line to set nm false 434 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Example of Calling Suprtool2 from Pascal Set nm false for MPE V set nm true S Slist off Sif om HP3000_165 Sendif program test input output const MaxSuprCmdLen 256 type Sif not nm shortint 32768 32767 16 bit integer Sendif SuprCmdStr string MaxSuprCmdLen SuprTotalStr packed array 1 18 of cha
360. l useful information to a record Let s say we build this table of Canadian provinces The file prov file is assumed to be a Link or self describing file created by a previous pass of Suprtool gt table provtab prov code file provfile data prov name At this point the key into the Table is the prov code item and for each entry in the Table there is one associated prov name To append prov name to each output record we read the customer dataset extracting the customer name We also Define prov name as a new field and extract it for the output record but we fill it with a value that is based on the prov code for each customer entry Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 131 customers cust name full prov name 1 30 full prov name lookup provtab cust prov code prov name somefile To update a dataset you do the same commands but you insert an Update command prior to the Extract from a Table Below is an example that shows how to update an IMAGE record using data values from a Table Let s assume that we have new unit cost information for each product gt form newcosts File NEWCOSTS NEIL GREEN SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset PRODNO Z8 1 UNIT COST P8 9 Limit 13 EOF 13 Entry Length 12 Blocking 64 We load a table with the product number key value prod no and the new unit cost data value unit cost gt table prodcost table prodno file newcosts data unit cost We can then
361. lator expression may be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage 125 5 what is 5 of 125 Result 6 25 125 125 5 add 5 of 125 to 125 Result 12 5 125 125 53 oops we needed to change the order Result 131 25 this looks like the answer we wanted The last two examples show the importance of the order in which calculator evaluates the expression We needed to use parentheses to force calculator to evaluate our expression in the correct order Display Formats A calculator expression may be followed by a comma and a display letter The default is decimal and the options are hex or H octal or O double D ASCII A and binary B With these options the result is treated as a 32 bit integer Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 10 0 standard octal format Result 000012 10 0 negative number in octal Result 37777777766 100 h hexadecimal Result 0064 In Double format calculator prints the double result as two octal numbers the way they appear in DEBUG The first number represents the high order 16 bits and the second number represents the low order 16 bits 10 d treat result as two 16 bit octal words Result 000000 000012 1000000000 d high order 16 bits are no zero Result 035632 145000 10 d note negative value 2 s complement Result 177777 177766 In ASCII format up to four characters are printe
362. ld that corresponds to a specific subfield gt def may amt 5 amt is 12J2 gt if may gt 1000 may is the fifth subfield Relative Example with Offset Many applications define subfields within a larger character field A common example is a part number where the first four digits are the warehouse location the second four digits are the bin number and the last four digits are a serially assigned number Use the offset parameter to define new fields that are relative to the start of the part number The file INVOICES is a self describing file gt in invoices part is 12 bytes gt def warehouse part 4 warehouse starts at part gt def bin part 5 4 bin is second four bytes gt def release part 9 4 release is the last four bytes gt if bin 100 use any field for selection Note that redefining the digits of a larger numeric field only works when the field is a character field type X U or A Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 109 The Extract command may be used for data conversion See the Data Conversion section of the Extract command for details 110 e Suprtool Commands Relative Example Combining Subscripts and Offsets If we have ten part numbers combined into one field e g 10X12 we can still define a single field that corresponds to the bin number of one of the parts gt in invoices allparts is 10X12 gt def bin3 allparts 3 5 4 we are checking starting at the fifth
363. le length strings 130 151 variable substitution 63 65 Variable Substitution 251 342 Variable Substitution Set option 218 variable SuprtoolFullCount 40 variable length output file 258 variables in file names 455 Varsub Set option 281 366 Verify command 220 232 286 327 368 Verify Set option 325 Version entry point 396 version numbers 396 VESOFT 94 254 348 VESOFT God program 100 W warning messages 238 458 warning delete all records 112 warning FLIMIT greater 141 warning using DBGET 141 Web 272 What s Up DOCumentation newsletter 5 when to use Suprtool 44 wide listings 179 wider columns 33 X Xeq command STExport 265 287 Xeq command Suprlink 353 369 Xeq command Suprtool 120 233 Xeq option on Exit 120 265 353 XL file 380 387 Xpedit basic full screen editor 6 XSORT 79 206 Y Year 2000 204 Year 2000 testing 88 yes answer to questions 237 458 yes response in pseudo batch 453 yyymmdd date format 168 Z Zero command 291 zoned constants 123 zoned decimal illegal digits 340 474 e Index Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual
364. le to turn this option OFF to prevent several invocations of Suprtool from being present at the same time Users who run Suprtool from within MENU systems or QUICK may want to turn Suspend Off or Run Suprtool with Parm 32 Userlabels SET USERLABELS ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool always copies user labels from the input file to the output file User Labels are ignored when no Extract command has been issued and Set Userlabels is Off However if an Extract command is issued and Set Userlabels is Off Suprtool still writes the Userlabels If List Labels is requested Suprtool prints the contents of the user labels before listing the data If Userlabels is Off Suprtool does no processing of user labels To convert a self describing file into a non SD file see Suprtool and Self Describing Files on page 55 Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 217 This option tells Suprtool to resolve any CI variables in any command The default value for VarSub is Off for backward compatibility Warnings SET WARNINGS ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On
365. ll of the selected input records have been sorted 2 Total one or more input record fields Total 3 Remove or select duplicate records Duplicate 4 Delete the records from an IMAGE dataset Delete Output Choices Usually you wish to extract a subset of your records to feed into a report program so the default output file is a data file The default output file format matches the input file format unless you use the Extract command The output choice can be an MPE Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 41 or KSAM file an IMAGE dataset or a tape file You can use File commands to create almost any fixed length MPE file from Suprtool including stdlist You can specify different formats for the output file by qualifying the Output command To have readable ASCII output use output xxx ascii To produce self describing files use Output xxx Link By default every output record is identical to the corresponding input record The Extract command assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from the input records With the Extract command you can insert constant values into the output record Each output record is written to the output choice You can also see a formatted listing of each record with the List command Records can be added to an IMAGE dataset just before being written to the output file use the Put command By default Suprtool builds a new file unless you spec
366. m COSTS consists of five double integers You select one element of a compound field by specifying a subscript in parentheses the first element is 1 not 0 For example if you wanted to select the input records where the second cost was greater than 10000 you would use gt if costs 2 gt 10000 The 2 portion of the command is the subscript The default subscript is the first sub item for Total Define Sort and If but the entire compound item for Extract Table does not allow subscripts it always uses 1 The If command has another syntax using up to three subscripts allowing you to refer to subfields without Define see the If command for details Tables Tables are created with the Table command and they are used for testing in the If and Chain commands Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command Use tables when you wish to check a data field for many different test values You may also use tables to specify the records to search for with the Chain command Table can also mean a table from an SQL database Third Party Indexing In MPE iX 4 0 Hewlett Packard added support for third party indexing TPI to TurboIMAGE XL TPI is a seamless interface to the indexing products of Dynamic Information Systems Corporation DISC and Bradmark Technologies Inc Their products Omnidex and Superdex respectively offer generic and keyword search capabilities through the standard interface in TurboIMAGE XL TPI is onl
367. m Stdin Dbedit commands have a command name followed by one or more parameters separated by semicolons colons and commas Semicolons are NOT used to combine several commands on the same line as in Suprtool This chapter describes the Dbedit commands in detail The commands are presented in alphabetical order Each command name is followed by the minimal abbreviation for the command in brackets For example F for File and FO for Form Abbreviating You may shorten command names to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Add can be shortened to AD or A since there are no other commands that start with A Form however can be abbreviated only to FO since there is a File command abbreviated F in Dbedit gt base store pub 5 gt edit 1 m customer all list e exit Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Dbedit upshifts everything in the command line These two commands are identical LIST M CUSTOMER list m customer Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters Multiple commands cannot be placed on one input line The separating semicolon colon or comma in commands is REQUIRED not optional Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 303
368. m length is restricted to 256 characters The read function makes it easier to enter long If commands Its maximum length is based on the complexity of the expression not on the number of characters Read Function The read function reads the If expression from stdinx or from the usefile if the If command is in a usefile Read continues to prompt for input lines until you press Return or enter You must remember to enter all the necessary parts of the If expression including connectors like AND and OR and commas You do not use an ampersand amp to continue from one line to the next when using read 160 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt if Sread prompt for the expression status 20 and read prompts with state AZ the comma is still needed ca OR no comma on the last line 7 blank line to terminate read Redoing Read When prompting for an expression read saves each line in the redo stack and accepts the Before Do Listredo and Redo commands This provides an easy way to specify all or part of a previous read expression Error Data Overflow While the read function permits long expressions there are other internal limits within the If command The first is a limit on the amount of space for constants Suprtool must blank fill all string constants to their full length The following example overflows the data space gt define char 256 1 256 PLE
369. m the above task by changinn Jue If command slightly gt get invoice detail gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if not Sinvalid close date amp or not Sinvalid invoice date amp and Sstddate close date lt stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeg In this example if either the close date or the invoice date are invalid then they will not be evaluated by the stddate function and will not be selected Although your requirements may be different you need to remember that invalid dates evaluated by the stddate function will return a 0 value 156 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Days Function Suprtool supports a days function which converts any supported date to a Julian Day number the number of days since 4713 BC This allows for Date arithmetic in which you can calculate the difference between two dates even if they have dissimilar formats For example you could find all orders that were not shipped within 30 days of being ordered gt form ordfile File ORDFILE SALES MFG SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset ORDER DATE X8 1 lt lt CCYYMMDD gt gt SHIP DATE X8 9 lt lt MMDDYYYY gt gt ORDER NUMBER X6 17 Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 22 Blocking 16 gt in ordfile gt if days SHIP DATE Sdays ORDER DATE gt 30 gt list gt xeq Invalid Dates As with the stddate function if a dat
370. mal places or date formats 56 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Creating KSAM SD Files You can use Suprtool to create a self describing KSAM file There are three steps to complete 1 Compute the number of labels used in the KSAMUTIL or MPEAX build command The number is the truncated value of this calculation labels fields 7 8 11 2 Build your KSAM V file with KSAMUTIL and specify Labels lt the number computed above gt For KSAM XL use the Build command with the userlabel keyword ULABEL x where x is the number computed above 3 Use Output xxx Link Erase to have the SD information written to the file labels The most difficult part is computing the number of labels You might want to use the Extract command to ensure that you know exactly how many fields will be in the output file For example we extract eight fields labels 8 7 8 11 12 MPE V run ksamutil pub sys gt build file2 rec 80 16 f ascii keyfile file2k key i 6 2 duplicate labels 12 gt exit MPE ix build file2 rec 80 16 f ascii key i 6 2 dup ksamxl ulabel 12 Fill the KSAM file run suprtool pub robelle gt base sales gt get d sales input from a dataset gt extract cust account but we extract all fields explicitly so that gt extract deliv date know exactly how many fields we have gt extract product no gt extract product price gt
371. mand stop end C This subroutine initializes the control record for SUPRTOOL C It should be called once at the beginning of the program C 20 subroutine initsuprcontrol common suprtool suprcontrol integer 2 suprcontrol 291 prversion prstatus integer 2 su integer 2 su haracter 254 suprcommand haracter 2 suprfiller haracter 2 suprpriority nteger 4 suprmaxdata haracter 2 suprprintstate haracter 18 suprotherflags haracter 2 suprtotaltype haracter 18 suprtotals 15 nteger 4 suproutcount haracter 20 suprworkspace c e c i c c G c i c prcontrol prcontrol prcontrol prcontrol prcontrol prcontrol prcontrol prcontrol prversion prstatus prcommand prfiller su equivalence s s s s suprpriority su s s s s equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence equivalence u Su u Su u su u u suprmaxdata Su prprintstate su prtotaltype su protherflags suprcontrol prtotals suprcontrol suproutcount suprcontrol suprworkspace suprcontrol u u u u prversion prstatus prcommand prfiller prpriority su su su su su prmaxdata prprintstate su su 0 ER nas su su prtotaltype prworkspace return end Call the invokesuprtool subroutine for each command line that must be passed to SUPRTOOL
372. masfile erase gt sort custnum gt exit The subfile is created from the single statement makesub from within the Suprtool task The preceding form of the Makesub command file achieves the goal of simplifying the Suprtool code but 1t can still be improved A better form would incorporate a few more features for added flexibility The following version of Makesub provides these advantages 1 The capacity of the subfile can be specified 2 The subfile can be temporary or permanent 3 The subfile can contain either all the elements of a file or selected elements QTP is used instead of Quiz so that there are no multiple redefinitions of any item This helps ensure that the layout of the subfile matches the output record that Suprtool creates Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 69 parm subfile dataset temp or _not flimit 10000 anyparm include dataset if temp_or_not TEMP setvar keep setvar purgetemp temp else setvar keep keep setvar purgetemp endif file s subfile old temp or_not if finfo s 0 purge subfile purgetemp echo Existing subfile has been purged endif ho set input limit 0 gt usefile ho access dataset gt gt usefile ho subfile subfile size flimit keep amp include include gt gt usefile ho go gt gt usefile ho exit gt gt usefile run qtp current cognos info auto usefile nolist gt null purge usefile temp echo Subfile h
373. mber Initially 1 Default 1000 There are three different locking strategies that Suprtool uses for the Delete Put and Update commands A complete discussion of locking is found in the IMAGE section of Suprtool Issues and Solutions Set Lock 0 Locks the dataset s at the beginning of the task and unlocks it at the end This option is good for middle of the night tasks that are doing lots of Puts Deletes or Updates Set Lock 1 initial value Lock the dataset and unlock it around every Delete Put and Update This takes longer but provides less database contention Set Lock n Lock the dataset every n database transactions Puts Deletes or Updates This option is maintained as a compromise between Set Lock 0 and Set Lock 1 NLS SET NLS number Initially 0 or NLDATALANG JCW Use Set NLS with MPE files to specify the language to be used for sorting Character type fields see Native Language Support on page 59 The number corresponds to an NLS language you cannot use the NLS language name Suprtool uses the value of the NUDATALANG JCW to set the default NLS language The common language numbers are Number ge SSSCS d CI TT CI CON e o CT Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands 211 212 e Suprtool Commands Openmode SET OPENMODE number Initial amp Default 1 By default Suprtool opens databases in mode 1 when the mode is omitted from the Base command Using Set Openmod
374. me 7 Notes If you specify HTML Table STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters None If you specify HTML Preformatted STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters Space e Columns None In either case any changes cause STExport to print a warning to let you know that these options have changed If you do want quotes around byte type fields or delimiters between fields specify those options after selecting the HTML option Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 273 Input Command I Specifies the primary input file INPUT filename There can be only one Input file per task The Input file must be a self describing file which should be created by Suprtool using the Output Query or Output Link option If you want STExport to format date fields and implied decimal places you must use the Output Link option of Suprtool when you create the file for input to STExport Every record in the input file is formatted into a corresponding record in the output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you actually need Only those fields needed for import into the final application should be present in the Input file 274 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL UNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are s
375. me where the first three letters are not PUB When Suprlink is run from a group that starts with Pub e g Pub Suprlink assumes the help files have the same suffix e g Helpnew Examples Here are a few examples of the names that Suprlink would use for the Suprlink help file Suprlink Program File Name Suprlink Help File Name Suprlink Pub Robelle Suprlink Help Robelle Suprlink Pub Robelle Suprlink Help Robelle Suprlink PubRob Account Suprlink HelpRob Account Suprlink Robelle Dist Suprlink Help Dist Changing Built In File Names Suprlink Pub Account Suprlink Help Account You can use a File command to tell Suprlink where the help file is located Your File command must use the file name that Suprlink dynamically assigned to the help file For example if Suprlink is called Suprlink Robelle Dist you would use this File command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink e 331 Accessing Suprlink How To Run Suprlink To access Suprlink type the following command run suprlink pub robelle SUPRLINK Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 Version 4 5 After a short pause Suprlink will take over your terminal and print out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into Suprlink Suprlink expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq a Suprlink Task Son Process
376. mes This allows users to create flexible file names using MPE iX expressions This features works in Suprtool V or Glossary of Terms e 455 456 e Glossary of Terms Suprtool iX but only when running on MPE iX Underscores are not permitted in variables that are to be substituted for file names Any Suprtool command that accepts a file name supports variables in the file name The following example creates an MPE iX variable called today with today s date in yymmdd format Suprtool writes the output to a file that starts with the letter P and ends with today s date setvar today hpyear 10000 hpmonth 100 hpdate run suprtool pub robelle gt input mpefile gt output P today gt exit MPE Command If Suprtool does not recognize a command as one of its own it treats the command as an MPE command Examples of MPE commands are LISTF to get a list of your files TELL to send messages to other users SHOWTIME to get the date and time SHOWJOB to get a list of other users on the computer and STREAM to start a job gt showjob In Suprtool V only MPE commands allowed in break mode are allowed This means that commands such as RUN cannot be executed from within Suprtool V Suprtool V will not execute any User Defined Commands or command files Suprtool iX can execute any MPE iX command UDC or command file POSIX File names Suprtool accepts POSIX file names in any command that accepts MPE file names File names starting with
377. mmands There can be up to ten different tables The Table command does not work with real type keys TABLE tablename itemname table keyword table values Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command and as input to the Chain command The table keywords are Item File and Sorted The total amount of table space is restricted by Set Limits Tablesize Use the following scheme to select input records based on many data values 1 Load a table with the values you are interested in 2 Use the lookup function of the If command to search the table 3 Or use the table with the Chain command to read a selected set of key values Adding Individual Values to a Table To add a value for an item to a table use TABLE tablename itemname ITEM value value When you start entering the values for a table you must enter all the values for that table before starting another table Once you switch to another table the previous table is closed and you cannot enter anymore values into it Parameters tablename Any identifier name up to sixteen characters long This name can be the same as the name of a Define field or database itemname but we recommend that you choose a unique name itemname An item from the database specified in the Base command or a Define field This cannot be a real type item value A specific value that must match the type of the item String values are extended with blanks to the length of the it
378. n command for some tasks the Get command must revert to using the slower standard database reads but it always prints a warning The If and Extract commands are powerful for reducing a large input file into a small output file that contains just the data desired They are reasonably efficient but usually consume as much processor time as the serial read itself The If command does partial evaluation of expressions Therefore you should place the tests that are most likely to fail at the start of the expression and place the table lookups which are slower at the end This minimizes overhead Using Extract reduces the size of the output record and greatly improves sort times if all sort keys are extracted 90 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool The Delete Put and Update commands are implemented by calling the corresponding TurboIMAGE intrinsics DBDELETE DBPUT and DBUPDATE A simple way to improve Delete Put and Update performance is to use Set Lock 0 see below but this is rarely appropriate when on line users need access to the database There is another option that improves the speed of Deletes Puts and Updates but it comes with many warnings see Defer on page 205 The Dbedit Subsystem an interactive editor for dataset entries and chains of entries does not use NOBUF MR so is strictly a convenience not a performance aid Suprlink is a tool for linking together fields from several files
379. n MPE V you install Speed Demon in the System SL see Installing Speed Demon for instructions Speed Demon V should be about five times faster than DBGET mode 2 MPE ix On MPE 1X you run your native mode programs with an XL file DemonXL Pub Robelle Speed Demon iX can be slightly slower than DBGET mode 2 or it can run as much as eight times faster We are not certain why there is such a range of performance values We would be happy to see performance results from users Conditions of Use Speed Demon is included as part of Suprtool Any licensed Suprtool users can use Speed Demon in their own application software Speed Demon cannot be included in Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Welcome to Speed Demon e 375 software being distributed to any sites that are not licensed to use Suprtool Application software developers who would be interested in integrating Speed Demon into their products should contact Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Speed Demon vs Suprtool Suprtool is a program while Speed Demon is a set of callable routines Application programs can invoke Suprtool to extract select and sort records from an IMAGE dataset producing a disc file as output Application programs can call Speed Demon to serially return the individual records of the same IMAGE dataset one record at a time While Speed Demon lacks Suprtool s ability to extract fields or select and sort records it has the advantage that it delivers the record
380. n a Classic pre Spectrum HP e3000 you can use the XL Purgejob job to remove the native mode program files which cannot be run on MPE V If you are on an MPE iX system you can use Classic Purgejob to remove the classic mode program files that are not needed If you have completed the install jobs for all programs streaming Cleanup Purgejob saves thousands of sectors by removing the original NM and CM program files from which the installation was done We strongly recommend that you review any job before streaming it Limiting Suprtool s Runtime Priority Some system managers like to restrict the amount of resources that Suprtool consumes To force Suprtool to always run in the D Queue use HP s Linkedit program linkedit gt altprog suprtool maxpri ds gt exit By forcing Suprtool to always run in the lower queue even when Suprtool runs on line it competes less with on line users assuming most users run in the C queue System managers should restrict the priority of Suprtool only if they are familiar with MPE process queues and the Tune command System Configuration Suprtool always allocates an extra data segment for global storage This extra data segment must be 16 384 words Before installing Suprtool you should check your system configuration with the SYSDUMP or SY SGEN command The maximum extra data segment size is found under SEGMENT LIMIT CHANGES If this Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Installing Suprtool e 9
381. n the user labels tinput invoices created by Suprtool link customer sorted by custnum toutput invcust erase created by QTP texit Step 3 Report with Quiz The INVCUST file contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz knows the structure of this file because of the initial QTP commands that we used to create the file Now use Quiz to generate the report quiz gt access invcust Prepon e gt go Notes on Subfiles One of the advantages that Suprlink has over the link function in PowerHouse is that Suprlink does not require the key field in the link files to be a database key Because Suprlink uses a serial merge approach its files only need to have a common field with the same data type and length If you do use Suprlink to link files that do not share a common database key you need some extra steps to create the PowerHouse subfile Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Defining Fields in QTP In our example above custnum can be used to link the d invoice and m customer datasets in QTP because custnum is an IMAGE key in the m customer dataset If custnum was not an IMAGE key you could try declaring the record structure for the subfile with the QTP Define command spurge invcust qtp gt access d invoice gt define name character size 20 gt define ad
382. n your database at one time Field Lists Dbedit arranges the list of fields in a dataset different from QUERY or Suprtool The QUERY ADD command prompts for the each field in the dataset in the order they were declared in the IMAGE schema In Dbedit the order of field lists is changed using the following algorithm 1 The search field for a master dataset or the primary search field for a detail dataset appears first 2 Any other detail search fields appear second 3 Any sort fields appear third 4 All other non search and non sort fields that are compatible with Dbedit appear last 5 Where a noncompatible field would appear in a list Dbedit replaces it with a compatible field from the end of the list Example The following example shows the difference between QUERY and Dbedit We add an entry to the d inventory dataset of the Store database In this dataset supplier name is the primary search field and product no is another nonprimary search field QUERY 3000 gt add d inventory BIN NO gt gt 1201 LAST SHIP DATE gt gt OH HAND QTY gt gt PRODUCT NO gt gt 2001001 SUPPLIER NAME gt gt STD Ribbons UNIT COST gt gt DBEDIT SUPRTOOL 300 e Welcome to Dbedit Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing add d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 2001001 BIN NO gt 1201 LAST SHIP DATE ON HAND OTY UNIT COST Database Locking Dbedit uses the following locking strateg
383. nary for Suprtool For databases it is a good idea to put all the Item commands associated with a database into a usefile After the Base command has been specified the usefile can describe the items in the database to Suprtool For MPE files you can put both the Define and Item commands in a usefile and execute them right after the Input command for the file If you use the Link output option both date formats and implied decimal places are saved in the self describing file so they never need to be specified again Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 171 Key Command K 172 e Suprtool Commands Specifies the next sort field for an extract task using an explicit byte position in the record not a field name See Sort Command SO on page 219 for specifying sort fields by IMAGE field name or Defined field or by field name in an SD file Up to 20 Sort and Key commands may be specified per extract task the first is the major sort field KEY byteposition bytelen type DESC Default type BYTE ASCENDING order Parameters Desc specifies that the field is to be sorted in Descending order The byteposition is a number between and the length of the input records specifying where the sort field begins The bytelen parameter is a number from to the length of the record specifying how long the sort field is The type is a word that gives the desired data type of the field for sorting purposes Type Descri
384. nction will also work in the Extract command gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev Struncate stddev 100 1 07 String Expressions You can do comparisons with byte type fields in numerous ways using Suprtool These powerful features minimize the number of tasks you must execute in order to select the data you need The fewer the number of tasks the faster your data is delivered to the users and applications that need it You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create string expressions String expressions involve the operator and the other string functions such as lower Supper trim ltrim and rtrim Fixed vs Variable Length Strings String comparisons are done using fixed and variable length strings For most users there should be no difference between the two types of strings When doing string comparisons Suprtool always pads shorter strings with spaces with the one exception of comparing two fixed length fields see Byte Fields below String expressions involving the operator or the Supper Slower trim ltrim and rtrim built in functions are done using variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all of the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions When creating
385. nd offset of each field in the file Self describing files have no provision for repeated fields These fields appear with an unknown type in the file label The QUERY option produces a file that is similar to the file produced by the SAVE command of QUERY LINK The QUERY output option has some major drawbacks Compound fields are not handled date and decimal point information is not saved and sort information is not part of the file description The LINK option produces a self describing file that solves all these problems This option is the recommended way to generate files for Suprlink We are also encouraging third party software vendors to accept this format To convert a self describing file back into a non SD file see Suprtool and Self Describing Files on page 55 NUM QUERY NUM QUERY creates output records in QUERY numbers format This is an undocumented feature of QUERY that is used by some application packages Records in a numbers file contain the dataset number and the record number in ASCII format A QUERY numbers file is usually used as input to a report program Substituting Suprtool for QUERY in these batch jobs should improve the speed ASK ASK is a QUERY replacement tool from COGELOG ASK creates output records in ASK select file format Suprtool can be used to scan and select records quickly from a dataset ASK Version C can produce reports from the resulting select file This option cannot be used with a
386. nd repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command Comma is short for REDO The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples gt listf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 gt redo redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source edited command is shown you press Return gt listredo all gt redo 5 redo 5th command in stack gt redo redo previous command
387. nds formatting 250 commands multiple 93 comments 253 304 348 comparing strings as numbers 20 compatibility mode 62 compiling 413 414 compound items 122 219 condition code 389 configuration 39 configuring Dbedit 10 configuring MPE 9 configuring Suprtool 10 constants 122 147 constants in arithmetic expressions 128 129 constants in the output file 122 continuing commands 303 347 control break 227 control characters 454 control record for SPDEDBINIT 386 control record for Suprtool2 412 Control Y 46 95 255 304 349 Control Y problems in Suprtool 96 conventions 5 242 330 convert from binary to ASCII 30 converting an SD file 58 342 Converting dates 83 copying to another database 192 count duplicate records 115 count parameter 140 164 count qualifying records 191 Count output restrictions 117 creating Suprtool 38 critical fields changing 308 critical item update 301 308 312 321 327 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual D data conversion 132 Data option 187 276 362 data overflow error 161 database editing 118 database maintenance 46 database parameter 454 database closing 198 database open mode 212 375 database opening 98 database output 192 database password 98 192 375 database remote 61 99 dataset parameter 455 dataset end of file 205 dataset highwater mark 205 dataset input 103 140 dataset locking 45 dataset output 192 datasets greater than 4Gb 47 da
388. ne Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 177 gt in custs self describing file gt if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt set list pcl 1 select LaserJet option gt list title Invalid CUSTOMER Records gt xeg include title on listing Changing the Date Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 You can override this format with the Date keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 gt list title Example Report date 3 gt xeg heading date is in dd mm yy format Changing the Time Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 You can override this format with the Time keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM gt list title Example Report time 2 gt xeg time will be in AM PM format Simple Reports A Fast Met
389. ne or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the Suprlink commands in alphabetic order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and L for Link Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to the first letter of the command name v verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprlink upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc These two commands are identical EXIT texit Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The most common reason for continuing commands is to specify a lengthy Link command with secondary keys Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 347 348 e Suprlink Commands input students link majors by ssn cmaj from ssn curmajor output outfile exit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprlink command line When continuing command lines the comment
390. ne that begins with an equal sign as an expression to be evaluated To add two numbers together gt 125 512 Result 637 0 An expression consists of numbers and operators The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately Any number can be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage For example gt 125 5 Result 6 25 A complete description of the Suprtool calculator is given after the description of the Xeq command Chains A chain is a group of related records in an IMAGE dataset linked by a key value The Chain command is used to force Suprtool to use IMAGE search paths when reading the input source The Chain command can also be used with master datasets even though master datasets only have one record per key value Control Character You create a control character by holding down the Control key while you strike another key Y plus Control generates Control Y These are normally nonprinting characters but they may do things to your terminal For example Control G rings the bell Suprtool uses control characters for a number of purposes In the Before command control characters specify the edit functions Control D for delete Control B for before etc Control Y stops execution of the current Suprtool task Suprtool prints a status rep
391. ne to cause STExport to completely ignore the sign If you specify Sign None no error or warning message appears if any numeric types have a negative value Leading vs Floating If you specify Columns Fixed it is easy to see the difference between a leading versus a floating sign A leading sign always appears in the same column whereas a floating sign always appears before the first digit of a number For example Sign Leading Sign Floating 22415 22415 207 207 16600 16600 21910 21910 8411 42 16713 7970 Trailing Sign Specify Sign Trailing to cause the sign character to appear after each formatted number Remember that for many numeric types the sign for positive numbers is a space STExport always leaves room for the sign even if it is a space Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 283 Spaces Command SP Specify whether trailing spaces are to appear in byte type fields SPACES NONE TRAILING Default None If byte type fields are surrounded with quotes see the Quote command the Spaces command determines whether trailing spaces in byte type fields appear within the quotes Use Spaces Trailing if you want to retain all of the spaces in a byte type field Software packages that store variable length character data treat trailing spaces as data Use Spaces None to remove trailing spaces for data that is imported into these applications 284 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e
392. nergy Computing Pty Ltd Attention Paul Howard Phone 27 21 685 7809 Fax 27 21 685 7927 E mail synergy synergy co za Doc To Help Standard Template Asia and Australia Australia New Zealand MRFM Pty Ltd Attention Michael Redmond Phone Fax 61 3 9629 8633 61 3 9629 8062 E mail mredmond mrfm com au Web www mrfm com au Hong Kong SCS Computer Systems Ltd Attention Steven Lai Phone Fax 852 2609 1338 852 2607 3042 Singapore Malaysia Singapore Computer Systems Ltd Attention Toh Tiau Hong Phone Fax 65 441 2688 65 441 2811 E mail tohth scs com sg Web North America WWW SCS cCOM Sg Mexico Infosistemas Financieros SA de CV Attention Anita De Urquijo Phone Fax 52 5 813 1325 52 5 813 3026 E mail adeurquijo if com mx Web Doc To Help Standard Template www if com mx How to Contact Robelle e 451 Glossary of Terms Commonly used Terms Doc To Help Standard Template Batch Suprtool operates in session mode or batch mode In batch any error message causes Suprtool to quit Warning messages do not cause an abort If an error occurs Suprtool sets the Job Control Word to flush the remainder of the job In batch mode Suprtool does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode Instead it attempts to choose the alternative that has the least chance of destroying valid data For example if the output file
393. new output file with a made up name Outputnn where nn is from 00 to 20 prints a warning message and aborts Another example is that of missing database passwords In session mode Suprtool prompts for the password in batch mode it uses the CREATOR password instead SuprtoolOutCount JCW When Suprtool closes the output file it sets a JCW named SuprtoolOutCount with the number of output records This is the same number reported in the total line i e OUT You can use this JCW to control job stream execution by checking if the SuprtoolOutCount JCW is non zero If there are more than 65 535 output records Suprtool sets SuprtoolOutCount to 65 535 You can use the Showjcw command to see the value of a JCW For values greater than 16K Showjcw displays either the word WARN FATAL or SYSTEM followed by some digits These words correspond to the following values Word Value WARN 16384 FATAL 32768 SYSTEM 49152 Add the value of the word to the number that appears with it for the true value of SuprtoolOutCount For example showjcw suprtooloutcount SUPRTOOLOUTCOUNT WARN8616 16384 8616 25000 The MPE iX Showvar command can also be used to see the value of a JCW Showvar displays the full correct number e g 25 000 up to the maximum of 65 535 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Running Suprtool under MPE e 39 Suprtool also sets two other JCWs SuprtoolOutCountl and SuprtoolOutCount2 These communicate the full OUT v
394. nformation about how the file was sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format or the number of decimal places of an item The Link output option saves the date and decimal attributes as part of the field description Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 267 Sform custfile File DATAFILE EXAMPLE ROBELLE SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CHARACTER x5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT 311 6 compound field DATE J2 12 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 Lo KE LAA Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 16 Blocking 64 Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprtool assumes a temporary file by default gt file formout dev lp gt form custfile writes to line printer gt file formout dev disc gt form invfile writes to temporary file 268 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Heading Command HEA Specify a heading if any that appears as the first record of the output file HEADING NONE FIELDNAMES string ADD string COLUMN string Default None When importing data into other applications the first line of the import file is often treated as field names or headings Use
395. ng Truncation Suprtool produces an error if the string expression is longer than the target field You cannot override this error with Set Ignore On To help avoid the error you may want to trim the expression of trailing spaces before assigning it to the target field For example gt extract new field trim a b c Upshifting Strings Upper Use the built in function upper to upshift all the characters of a string expression into uppercase characters This function can be used to upshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are upshifted by Supper For example gt extract city up Supper city gt extract full name upper first last gt extract desc desc 1 Supper desc 2 Downshifting Strings Lower If you want to downshift all characters of a string expression to lowercase use the built in function lower This function can be used to downshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are downshifted by lower For example Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt extract city lower case lower city gt extract city state lower city state gt extract desc desc 1 lower desc 2 Trimming Spaces Using Trim L Trim RTrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression Th
396. nge notice that was included with the release To print a change notice see the Documentation section on page 4 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Installing Suprtool Who Needs To Use These Instructions If you follow the simple instructions in this chapter you should be able to install Suprtool in just a few minutes If you are a demo or pre release user of Suprtool you received specific installation instructions with your tape Follow them please Have you seen what s new in Suprtool lately Each release of Suprtool provides new features You can print your own copy of the change notice which describes Suprtool s latest features and how you can use them To print a change notice see the Documentation section on page 4 Installation Procedures Don t choose an obvious password such as Suprtool Installing Suprtool on your system involves three steps 1 Restore all the files from the tape onto your system by using the Create option 2 Upgrade the Robelle account with a job stream that we provide 3 Stream the installation job stream All of these steps are easily accomplished if you log on as Manager Sys hello manager sys file suprtape dev tape use appropriate device restore suprtape robelle create reply on console stream robelle job robelle supply password Stay logged on as Manager Sys and put a password on the Robelle account If you already had a Robelle account use the same password
397. nk Suprlink Commands e 357 Input Command I 358 e Suprlink Commands Specifies the primary input source and the name of the key field by which it is sorted INPUT filename BY key field There can be only one Input file per linkage task but up to seven Link files The Input file should be created by Suprtool using the Output Link option and must be sorted by key field The key field can be any type except for Real or Long The primary Input file may have more than one record per key value and each record may appear in the Output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you will actually need since if any of the Suprtool extracts result in enormous Output files the time to do the sort may be prohibitive The BY clause is only necessary when the Input file has been created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of the Output Link option Output Link adds the sort field information to the self describing file so that you do not have to specify it ina BY clause Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Link Command L Link the Input file to another Link file maximum of seven input files LINK filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File Name The Link file should be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option it should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do a LISTF of the file it should show
398. nly prompt for SUPPLIER NAME once All Option The All option works only with the List Modify or Delete commands When All is specified every record in the specified file is processed sequentially You can stop the scan by pressing Control Y Key Option The Key option overrides the primary search field Dbedit prompts for the primary search field first Often this is not the value that you know You can use the Key option to force Dbedit to prompt you for another search field For example 306 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing list d inventory use defaults SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt list d inventory key product no use PRODUCT NO PRODUCT NO gt 105391 SUPPLIER NAME gt Limit Option The Limit option controls the number of entries allowed per key value This option is only useful for the Add command Dbedit limits the number of entries for the first field in the field list to the Limit value specified For example add d inventory limit 2 two records per supplier add d inventory limit 2 key product no two records per product Related Option The Related option is for finding or deleting related records It applies only to Delete and List If you use Related when Listing an entry in a master dataset Dbedit prints the specified master entry and then prints all detail entries with the same search value in all datasets that are linked to the master dataset b
399. nnnonnnonos Help Command H cc ceccecssesseeesceeeceeeeeseesseeneeeseeeneeeneeees HTML Command HT ooooocnncocinnccconanononcconanonnncconononnnccanoss Input Command J eee ecceeseeseessceesceeeceecesecsnecseeeneeeneeees Listredo Command LISTREDO ooconoccnocnnconnninoncconaninnnccnnos Output Command Ol ooooncniccnocanicanocononconaconcnnnoonncnnnonnnonnnonos Quote Command Q ocoooonocccnonocinnncconononancconanonn noc nononnnccnnos A A A A EE EE a E aE i as Waltin gS cicatrices AA A secede E Ts Sign Command SI cecececsseesseecseeeceeeceeeceseceeeceseeeeesaeenees Spaces Command SP c ccssccsceesseeceeeeeeeeeeeseeereeseeseeeesees Use Command U nn ente n AES Verify Command V ccccecsesseesscesecesecesecesecseeeeeeseeneeenes Xeq Command X rensie XML Command XML ooonnoocnononinononononinoncconnnonnnccononinnnccnnos Zero Command Zinc Example of STExport Output Example cne erennere dde Limits Within STExport MAXIMUS ta E E E anaa Welcome to Dbedit LO NDEAN O a OPARE E oped tae I es Restrictions oooooccnnoncccnononccononononononcnononnoconnnnnononnnnnrcnnnnanrnnnnnos Functions of Dbedit oooooconnnocccononccononanccononanononancnronancnronnanons Performance of Dbedit oooononocccnnonccononanccononancnonnncnccnonnnnonnnonos Field Cistin ndina re hn A ea aaa Database Locking ccceceesseesceesceeseeesceecesecesecenecseeeeeeneeees Decimal POS nie En r E Critical I
400. nnnononoss 84 Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ceyymmdd coooooonoconoccoocconononconoconccn nooo noon nooo nonnnonnnnos 85 Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD 86 Year 2000 LESA A is 88 Peri MMC as 88 Native Mode and Compatibility Mode oocoonccnnnnnncnnncnonnconononccnncon nooo noonnonnnonnnonnrnannos 89 CPU BOUn ap Eos 89 E EER 89 Analyzing Performance Data ii E 90 Suprtool Performance Hits ii a 90 Obtaining Accurate Measurements cccceecseesceesceesceeeceseceseceaecesenseenaecaeeeeeaeeenes 91 Performance A A 92 Suprtool Commands 93 General Not ies a Mia aia 93 ADD A SA A e o a 93 Uppercase or LOWercase ennenen oio eE EEE EE OE EE RE OA 93 M ltiple Commands per Lie 93 COntitiuatOne it A 94 Comments on Command Lines sase ai E E E ENEE ROE 94 STREAM e a e dd e Che 94 MRE Commands asuneet e a ade es Gade 95 MPEAX Commands a a E e E nwa E d TA 95 Calculo e en eco Decre del a de tl Ea Ed 95 Control Y Interr pt sonei aaee wae nada Uaheea unease naa 95 EPTOF RE COVERY nans o Bite aterra se pons 96 Add Command AD anta a Sate sick ioe gee on cr a Sade sees PR Seen so ia oo ue es 97 Base Command BAT 0 A A Seba oo HCE 98 Before Command Blin id a E a aia rd 101 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Contents e v vi e Index Chain Command Clics e e ce RSET Ov EONS qn A hoe 103 Define Command Dl ts Rae oct 106 Delete Command DEE tono tra Tela ac ou fe SA gw aw nes 11
401. nnononananonona Suprtool2 Error Messages Error Number std ci bs Sea e des Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Contents e xiii How to Contact Robelle 449 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc irice i E E E a 449 Erop sonic iii i a EE a a i e E E A O it 449 France Belgium na A E E A O 449 GEDAN NON 449 The Netherlands Bel ceini aa RE dite Saas 450 Nordic CAU de e eo 450 Switzerland AU A ad et 450 United Kingdom Ireland it a ee 450 Africanae NN 450 South Ata 53 28 ita see sc ee Re ee A ee een 450 Astarand Australias once A want te oak ikea nue 451 Australia New Zealand Res RGR WAM ei ee Rewari 451 Hont Kontea ounan Berea E a oe ae ata ca meet E tus eee ee new SS 451 Singapore Malaysia 451 NorthvA mer 62 3 2508 eos ta eh oe ete 451 MEXICO meannan o e te es rea cd een a dla do ta nad 451 Glossary of Terms 453 Commonly used Terms ita 453 Special Characters nta a ed e ee dd e ed eee taal beet 458 Index 463 xiv e Index Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Welcome to Suprtool Introduction Welcome to version 4 5 of Suprtool the HP e3000 handyman for Image and Allbase databases MPE files and KSAM files Suprtool provides fast batch reporting on your HP e3000 With Suprtool you can select records from a file IMAGE Allbase KSAM or MPE to feed into your report program Typically Suprtool enables you to produce the same report five times faster Suprtool performs best when you are selectin
402. nohead set report device disc name STCODE set page length 0 go Quiz edits the user s input for a valid date Note that there is no ACCESS statement but Quiz still writes one record to the output file Execute the resulting commands as a Suprtool usefile Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 75 Generating Suprtool Commands from Quick Alternatively you could use Quick to prompt a user for input to create a file of suprtool commands screen test menu temp start date char 8 temp end date char 8 temp prompt char 40 define D CMD char 80 ECHO if Start date gt start date amp and end date lt end date gt gt mytemp title Creating Use File Demo Screen centered skip 2 field prompt field start date field end date procedure initialize begin let prompt Enter a start date YYYYMMDD display prompt accept start date let prompt Enter an end date YYYYMMDD display prompt accept end date run command echo base STORE DEMO ROBELLE 1 WRITER gt mytemp run command echo get D SALES gt gt mytemp run command D CMD run command echo output OUTFILE link gt gt mytemp run command echo exit gt gt mytemp run command run SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE parm 40 info use mytemp end build This doesn t require any special dictionary declarations as it uses MPE echo commands to create the file Suprtool and Application Systems Suprtool can be used with fourth g
403. normal format you can convert the date into ccyymmdd format using the stddate function This date format will collate and therefore you can do relative date comparisons using the stddate function Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 157 gt item trans date date ddmmyyyy gt if stddate trans date gt date 1 first and Sstddate trans date lt date 1 last If the date format does not allow the specification of a certain day such as yymm ccyymm yyyymm aamm ccyy and mmyyyy then you do not need to specify the entire date format although Suprtool will allow either format for date gt item trans month date yymm gt item purch date date yymm gt if trans month lt Sdate and purch date gt date 00 01 Because dates beyond 1999 in the yymmdd and yymm date types do not collate correctly relative comparisons are no longer valid Suprtool produces an error in the following case gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans date gt date 2001 01 01 Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this date format You can override this setting by entering the Set Date Ifyy2000error command gt set date ifyy2000error Off gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans date gt date 2001 01 01 Century and Date Suprtool needs to generate a date or today date in the ccyymmdd format If you specify a two digit year in the date function Suprtool needs to assume
404. not upshifted If the constant is shorter than the field to which it is being compared the constant is padded with blanks String constants are expected for fields of type BYTE U or X but numeric constants are expected for fields of type Z zoned decimal gt if field gt if field check for all blanks double quotes are okay so are single quotes gt if field If you want to compare for a quote itself you include two quotes in the string for each quote you want gt if field AB CD look for AB CD Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you compare the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads the constant with spaces gt define field 1 1 byte field gt if field 0 binary zero gt if field G Control G bell gt if field 22 escape gt if field A252 Roman 8 box To look for null values or low values in byte fields it is usually sufficient to check the first byte for a binary zero gt define first byte bigfield 1 byte gt if first byte 0 Subscripts Use subscripts to access individual items in repeated fields or to access substrings Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 147 148 Suprtool Commands Numeric Subscripts For repeated numeric fi
405. ns Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 4 5 SUN JUN 17 2001 11 47 AM Type H for help Licensee The Shum Co Today s Hint To see ALL of the options available in Suprtool use gt VERIFY ALL gt Suprtool prints its version number and the current time right after a banner It also prints the name of the company that has licensed this copy of Suprtool Suprtool then prompts with gt Press Return after typing each command For example if you type the help command gt help Suprtool prints some help text and a keyword list Type a keyword or press Return to leave Help To exit Suprtool type Exit at the Suprtool prompt gt exit Tasks are the building blocks with which Suprtool helps you to solve data processing problems In a task Suprtool reads information from a file or database selects and processes some information and writes out the result You can visualize a Suprtool task like this Input Suprtool Output Records selects and Records processes Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 15 The examples that follow all consist of Suprtool tasks Simple solutions require only one task Complex solutions consist of several tasks often with the output of one task becoming the input for the next task Copying Files Copying One File Use the Input command to specify a data file gt input filel gt output result gt xeq The Output command creates the file
406. nstallation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details on how to install both Suprtool and STExport Built In File Names STExport requires an external file for the Help command STExport dynamically changes this file name but you can use a File command to override STExport s choice 242 e Welcome to STExport Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Default File Names If you are running STExport on MPE V E or MPE iX STExport finds the name of the STExport program file name e g stexport Pub Robelle STExport uses this name to determine the name of the other built in file names If STExport cannot call the procinfo intrinsic e g this intrinsic doesn t exist on MPE V R it assumes you are running stexport Pub Robelle Account Name The account name for all built in files is the same as the one where STExport is ruming e g if you run stexport Pub Dev the help file for STExport is stexport Help Dev Group Name STExport examines the group name where STExport is running to determine the group name for the built in file names If the group name is Pub STExport assumes help files are in the Help group The same assumption is made for any group name where the first three letters are not Pub When STExport is run from a group that starts with Pub e g Pub STExport assumes the help files have the same suffix e g Whelp Examples Here are a few examples of the names that
407. nt gt 0 then begin buf i if count count 1 gt 0 then move buf 1 buf count end if end proc lt lt blank gt gt procedure b blank buf count value count integer count byte array buf begin if count gt 0 then begin buf if count count 1 gt 0 then move buf 1 buf count end if end proc lt lt b blank gt gt Spage level 1 print totals lt lt Print the Suprtool2 totals gt gt procedure print totals begin byte array blank total 0 b1 supr totals byte pointer supr totals integer total index total offset logical first time b blank blank total bl supr totals first time true total index 0 while total index lt max supr totals do begin total offset total index wl supr totals supr totals supr totals total offset 1s1 1 if supr totals lt gt blank total bl supr totals then begin if first time then begin p Totals output first time false end if print supr totals total offset wl supr totals 0 end if total index total index 1 end while end proc lt lt print totals gt gt Spage call suprtool2 lt lt pass a command line to suprtool gt gt procedure call suprtool2 begin integer length 430 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool subroutine print int val value val integer val begin val ascii val 10 outbuf print outbuf val
408. nts Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you extract the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads it with spaces gt define field 1 1 byte field gt ext field 0 binary zero gt ext field G Control G bell gt ext field 27 escape gt ext field S252 Roman 8 box gt ext field 186 Euro currency symbol You can also extract the constant directly without referring to a defined field This always produces a one byte constant with no blank padding 0 binary zero SESSIO Carriage Return Line Feed M J CR LF again 27 amp dB escape sequence Dates Extracting Today s Date To extract today s date use the following gt item field date ccyymmdd identify date format of field gt extract field Stoday today s date gt extract field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt extract field Stoday 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date Suprtool uses the date format to determine the output format of the date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using today the
409. number binary number output filename xeq Note that this technique also works for converting a number from one numeric type to another numeric type Counts and Subtotals Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys This example counts the number of sales transactions for each customer and produces the total sales for each customer We use the Count and Total options of the Duplicate command Note that we made the output file self describing so we can easily work with it later d sales cust account cust account need to sort by key sales total decimal 2 decimal places none keys count total sales total standard result link The output file contains three fields The first field is the cust account that we extracted Suprtool created two new fields at the end of each output record st count and st total 1 St count contains the number of times each cust account occurred while st total 1 contains the total sales for each cust account Sort by Count or Subtotal When Suprtool counts or subtotals the output is sorted according to the key fields If you want your output file to be sorted by the count or by a total you must process the output file with a second task The following example sorts the previous file of totals by ST COUNT We choose a descending sort sequence so that we can see first the customers with the largest number of orders 30 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt input
410. number of bytes that you can extract for all constants is 5 100 bytes for MPE 1X and HP UX and 1 275 bytes for MPE V Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Packed and Display Constants When extracting non negative packed and display constants Suprtool extracts them as unsigned unless you use a leading plus sign For the value zero you can use a leading plus or minus sign to get a positive or negative 0 field 1 6 packed field 1 unsigned 1 field 1 signed 1 field 0 positive 0 field 0 unsigned 0 field 0 negative 0 Decimal Places If a field has implied decimal places Suprtool scales the input values according to the number of decimal places For example gt item tax decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt item total decimal 2 same gt extract tax 1 02 specified decimal pts gt extract total 100 value stored as 10000 gt output out3 Blank Fill If you want to create an output record that consists of fifty blanks followed by the customer name use gt define filler 1 50 gt ext filler gt ext name String Constants You can specify a string constant without referring to a field For example to leave a space between fields you must do the following gt extract account rating gt output ascii Suprtool uses the length of the string to determine the size of the field The following example extracts the same fields as the previous example but each output record identifies
411. ny command that starts with a numeric character is assumed to be a Key command The Verify command shows all of the current key fields and the Reset command cancels them If no sort fields are defined prior to the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy not a sort Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 173 Link Command LIN Send commands to Suprlink LINK suprlink command Switching into Suprlink If you enter Link with no parameters Suprtool executes Suprlink Pub Robelle Suprlink then prompts you for commands just as it does when you run Suprlink from MPE When you exit Suprlink you are returned to Suprtool gt link invoke Suprlink SUPRLINK Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 input invoices by cust no Suprlink prompts for commands t link customer output invcust texit do Suprlink task and return to Suprtool gt Passing Commands to Suprlink You can send commands directly to Suprlink by specifying the Suprlink command as part of the Suprtool Link command Suprlink executes the command and returns to Suprtool Suprlink does not execute its task until it receives an Xeq or Exit command input invoices by cust no link customer send link customer to Suprlink output invcust exit exit from Suprlink not Suprtool Notes You can use the Suprtool2 interface and the Link command to call Suprlink See the Suprcall User Manual for a complete example of how to
412. ny other Output option Recent versions of ASK read self describing files For these versions use the Link option instead of the Ask option ASCII ASCII converts all binary input fields into their equivalent ASCII values All binary fields are right justified in their fields with a trailing sign The sign can be a blank or Byte fields are not affected by this option The size of the ASCII field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size 11 J1 6 bytes 12 J2 11 bytes Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 13 13 14 J4 K1 K2 E2 E4 R2 R4 Pn 16 bytes 20 bytes 5 bytes 10 bytes 12 bytes 23 bytes 12 bytes 23 bytes n l bytes n bytes Any fields with implied decimal places see the Item command are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Suprtool reserves two additional positions for each output field that has an implied decimal point DISPLAY DISPLAY converts all binary input fields into their equivalent display values also known as zoned decimal The size of the display field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format 11 J1 1 J2 13 J3 14 J4 K1 K2 Pn P n Output Size 5 bytes 10 bytes 15 bytes 19 bytes 5 bytes 10 bytes n 1 bytes n 2 bytes The last digit of the number is replaced with a letter corresponding to positive or negative values See the following table Units Digit O ooun DWN FP WN YF Suprtool 4 4 for HP
413. ny parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Suprlink command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name help link help on the Link command thelp link notes notes section of the Link command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You will see a short introduction to Suprlink and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword help before example example section of Before command Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprlink to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Suprlink Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command thq input quick description of Input hg commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file Suprlink Help Robelle The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to Suprlink Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprli
414. o gt extract full name first name last name Constants vs Expressions If you have an string expression that starts with a string Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single string value and not an string expression To specify a string expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 129 130 e Suprtool Commands gt extract name product desc Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract name product desc Variable Length Strings String expressions use variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions String constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the wow string abc is three characters long and the string a is one When assigning the string expression to the target field Suprtool pads the final string value with spaces to fill out the target field String expressions longer than the target field generate an error gt in testfile gt def a 1 10 byte gt ext a I m too long for this container Error String is too long for the specified item Stri
415. o wait The SPDEPREFETCH JCW tells the memory manager how far ahead of Speed Demon it should fetch data Setting this number too low won t give the memory manager sufficient time to get the data into memory before Speed Demon needs it Setting the number too high may mean that on a busy system the data will be overwritten by something else before Speed Demon gets a chance to use it When reading an input dataset Speed Demon iX prefetches twice the buffer length of data from disc to memory This default value of 2 works well even on small machines If Speed Demon is running stand alone on a fast CPU with a lot of memory you may wish to increase the prefetch amount The maximum value for SPDEPREFETCH is 5 1 e five times the buffer length If you don t want Speed Demon to prefetch you can specify SPDEPREFETCH 0 This may be required when Speed Demon is operating with third party software tools that intercept all file system calls e g Netbase from Quest Software The SPDEPREFETCH JCW is checked by Speed Demon V but its value has no effect Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Welcome to Speed Demon e 377 Installing Speed Demon Compatibility and Native Mode Versions There are two versions of Speed Demon The Speed Demon V version is for MPE V systems and for compatibility mode programs on MPE iX Speed Demon V runs in compatibility mode and must be installed in the system SL The Speed Demon iX version is for native mode programs
416. o Files When you want to create a file that you can append to later you need to use both the Numrecs command and the Set Squeeze Off command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt get d sales gt numrecs 200 output file will have extra room gt set squeeze off reserve room between EOF and LIMIT gt output dsale gt xeq gt get d history gt output dsale append dsale has room for appending gt xeq Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 183 Open Command OP Specify an SQL database to open Only one database can be open at a time OPEN ALLBASE dbename owner Allbase Database Use the Open command to connect to an Allbase database You must specify your Allbase dbename and owner To read data from an Allbase table or view use the Select command Use Set Allbase Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Allbase data gt open allbase inventory anne 184 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Output Command O Define the name of the output file as one of these a new disc file default an existing MPE or KSAM file Append or Erase option for stdlist a back reference to a File command name or Input to sort a file into itself If you use List Put Update or Total Output defaults to null Output produces the same record format as the input source adjusted by Extract commands unless you override it with format keywords OUTPUT f
417. o not use the Item command your If command would look like this gt if cost 8059 no decimal places By telling Suprtool about the number of decimal places in the cost item your If command looks more natural which usually means you will make fewer mistakes gt item cost decimal 2 gt if cost 80 59 decimal places included Numeric Conversion The If command can compare two numeric fields to each other not just one field to a constant All relation operators are supported lt lt lt gt gt and gt However you cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field Suprtool usually converts the field on the left side of a relational operator to floating point Then the floating point number is converted into the type of the field on the right side of a relational operator and the comparison is done The exceptions to this rule are integer to double packed to packed and display to display comparisons which use a direct comparison algorithm Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from one field type to floating point See also Accuracy and Numeric Truncation Arithmetic Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the If command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod The Mod operator returns the remainder between a dividend and a divisor Arithmetic expressions cannot start with a numeric constant e g if 2 a 10 is invalid Arithm
418. o the output file only works if the output file is a disc file Examples The first example prints the totals for a single field gt in filel gt def total field 1 5 gt total total field gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 30 PM TOTAL FIELD 611105 The next example is identical to the previous one except that we qualify the total with the number of decimal places Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt in filel gt total total field 2 gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 31 PM TOTAL FIELD 6111 05 The previous example specified the number of decimal places by using the Total command The next example is the preferred way to specify decimal places because it qualifies the cust bal field with two decimal places for all Suprtool commands This example also totals two fields note that you need two Total commands and shows how to total individual fields using subscripts gt base test gt get dorder gt item cust bal decimal 2 gt total cust bal 1 gt total cust bal 2 gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 32 PM CUST BAL 1 143598 16 CUST BAL 2 155399 73 All the examples so far have shown the totals being written to stdlist The next example writes the totals to the file tot file gt base store gt get d sales gt total sales tax gt total sales total gt total file totfile gt xeq To write the totals to the end of a Suprtool listing use the file option with list as the fil
419. obelle set varsub on linput Notes For MPE commands some variables will be resolved twice when passed off to MPE which will give different values for a variable Setting variables at the CI level Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink MPEXL setvar x 10 MPEXL setvar y x MPEXL showvar xy X 10 Y Ix Setting variables within Suprlink set varsub on setvar a 10 setvar b la showvar ab A 10 B 10 Because Suprlink does one level of variable substitution prior to the command being passed off to MPE setting variables in Suprlink that involves other variables will give different results from MPE We recommend that you set the variables prior to running Suprlink or that you temporarily turn off variable substitution with the Set Varsub Off command set varsub off setvar a 10 setvar b la showvar ab A 10 la set varsub on Suprlink with Quiz QTP Quiz and QTP are part of PowerHouse a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can use Suprtool and Suprlink to improve the performance of PowerHouse applications For a complete discussion of how to use Suprtool and Quiz together refer to the Suprtool with Quiz QTP section of the Suprtool User Manual Suprlink can write to PowerHouse subfiles that have been created with Quiz or QTP Subfiles are self documenting files that contain a complete description of the file s record structure This information is stored in
420. obelle gt input file data gt output myksam temp erase gt xeq gt exit save myksam Reuse option and KSAM XL Files The Reuse option forces deleted record space to be reused in KSAM files In order to take advantage of the Reuse option in KSAM XL files you must specify this option with a file command gt input file data gt file myksam reuse gt output myksam append gt exit Suprtool and MPE Files Suprtool reads MPE files as easily as IMAGE datasets with the single exception of variable length records which Suprtool cannot handle Instead of using the Get or Chain command to specify your input source use the Input command to read from an MPE file The default output file is an MPE disc file named OUTPUT but you can control the name and format of that file with the Output command and the MPE File command Buffered and NOBUF File Access You can control the way Suprtool accesses MPE files through the use of File commands Normally Suprtool tries to read and write MPE files with NOBUF and multirecord access To force Suprtool to read one block at a time you would use gt file file input nomr gt input file input gt output file output gt xeq To force Suprtool to write one block at a time you would use gt input file input gt file file output nomr gt output file output gt xeq If your files have large block sizes or Suprtool seems to read the file incorrectly you may want to fo
421. ocedure division 00 main section perform 05 get parameters thru 05 get parameters exit if not answer spaces then perform 10 init testread thru 10 init testread exit move false value to end of db set flag move zeros to in record count perform 20 read set thru 20 read set exit until end of db set move in record count to display number display In display number perform 90 close files thru 90 close files exit 00 main exit goback Spage 05 get parameters Prompt for the database password dataset and field list 05 get parameters section Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Examples of Calling Speed Demon e 399 perform 05 10 get database if not answer spaces then perform 05 20 get password if not answer spaces then perform 05 30 get dataset if not answer spaces then perform 05 40 get field list go to 05 get parameters exit 05 10 get database move spaces to input line display Enter Database Name accept input line move input line to db name 05 20 get password move spaces to input line display Enter Database Password accept input line move input line 05 30 get dataset move spaces display Enter Dataset Name accept input line move input line 05 40 get field list move spaces display Enter or Field List accept input line move input line 05 get parameters exit to db password to input line must be uppercase to db set to input l
422. ol Put commands Subsystem access can be restricted to READ or NONE by using DBUTIL If subsystem access is NONE Suprtool does not open the database If subsystem access is READ the Suprtool Put and Delete commands are disallowed and the Dbedit Add Delete Modify and Change commands are also disallowed Once you enable Set Subsystem On you cannot disable it This Set option applies to all databases you cannot enable it for a specific database Using the creator password overrides the subsystem flag and allows full access to the database If you wish to take advantage of subsystem access we recommend that Set Subsystem On be added to your Suprmgr file The following example restricts the STORE database to read access run dbutil pub sys must be DB creator gt set store subsystems read read access only gt exit run suprtool pub robelle gt set subsystem on check subsystem access gt base store Password don t use creator gt input infile standard file input gt put m customer Put will fail because we do not have write access Error You are not allowed access to this database Suspend SET SUSPEND ON OFF Initially varies SUSPEND instructs Suprtool to suspend after an Exit command The default is OFF when Suprtool is RUN from MPE when RUN with Parm 32 or when invoked from the POSIX shell Suspend is ON when Suprtool is RUN from within another program e g Qedit In some cases it is desirab
423. ol Y but you can do a Soft Reset This unlocks the keyboard and causes the rest of the output to appear on the screen You can then stop it with Control Y Notes The List operation occurs logically after the sort phase if any and after any Extract but before the final Output or Put operation A Reset turns off the current List options For more examples of the List command see Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL UNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or Out to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listredo 5 listredo 5 10 listredo help print all Help commands listredo 10 print last ten commands listredo ALL print entire redo stack listredo purge print all Purge commands listredo purge xx print all purge xx commands listredo purge print all with purge anywh
424. ol allows bit extracts only on Integer or Logical fields of two bytes in length one 16 bit word To do a bit extract from another type of field first use Define to redefine the data as a two byte Logical field Once Suprtool extracts a bit string it always treats it as an Unsigned Integer a Logical and never interprets it as negative The format for bit extracts calls for a starting bit number and a bit count The 16 bits in a computer word are numbered from the left 0 to 15 The two bytes to extract from need not be on a word boundary i e they can start in any byte position See Define Command D on page 106 for how to define a two byte logical field field startbit bitcount Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt define bitfield name 2 1ogical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 How to Check a Byte for a Numeric Value Because Suprtool does not have one byte integers it can be difficult to check a single byte for a specific numeric value Use a two byte integer Define field and the bit extract operator to solve this problem gt define word transcode 2 integer gt if word 0 8 13 See Character Constants on page 147 for an alternate method Decimal Places Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal places in an item If you do not do this you must scale all numbers in the If command For example let s assume that you want to find all inventory records with a cost equal to 80 59 If you d
425. ol commands are automatically informed about the decimal places and date formats The Form command shows these extra attributes as comments at the end of each field description For example gt base store demo robelle 5 READER gt item deliv date date ryyyymmdd gt item purch date date ryyyymmndd gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales total decimal 2 gt get d sales gt output newfile link creates SD file with item attributes gt xeq gt form newfile shows decimal pts and dates Restrictions of SD Files So far in this section we have shown how to create self describing files using the Link option of the Output command The Link option produces a special form of self describing file Not all software can read this form of self describing file You can use the Query option to create an old style self describing file The Query option has the following restrictions Self describing files were originally created by HP in MPE so that files could be fed into HPWORD and HP graphics packages One problem with HP s definition was that no provision was made for compound fields e g 10J2 When Suprtool creates an SD file with compound fields via the Query option it uses a special data type When you input such a file to Suprtool all compound fields are treated as byte arrays Suprtool correctly copies and extracts these fields but you can not select with them The Query option is not capable of retaining information about deci
426. ol to significantly speed serial extracts using Quiz and QTP from Cognos In many cases the changes to existing applications are minor Suprtool with Quiz QTP Quiz and QTP are part of PowerHouse a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can improve the performance of Quiz reports by using Suprtool to select and sort the records from a dataset then pass the selected records to Quiz for final reporting To do this you need some way to tell Quiz about the record structure of Suprtool s output file Quiz already has the capacity to do this without making any changes to the PowerHouse dictionary QSCHEMA In the following example Suprtool extracts entries from the Custmast dataset sorts them and writes them to the Cmasfile MPE file These are the records we need for the Quiz report Step 1 Create a Subfile with Quiz The first step is to use Quiz to extract one entry from the Custmast dataset and write it to a PowerHouse subfile Note that you could also use QTP to build the subfile This is described shortly spurge cmasfile quiz gt access custmast gt set report limit 1 gt set subfile name cmasfile keep size numrecs gt report summary all gt go Replace the Numrecs parameter with the number of records that will be extracted by the Suprtool run The default Numrecs is 1 when the report limit is set to 1 Remove the Keep parameter to create a temporary file instead of a permanent one Suprtool can write to
427. ol tool2cob source prep Soldpass tool2cob program cap ph save tool2cob program run tool2cob program lib p The MPE prep command prints a warning message when you specify cap ph You may ignore this message or specify cap ia ba ph on your prep command If your program requires other capabilities they should also be specified e g cap ph ds Warning The Suprtool2 interface will change over time The interface should never be installed directly into a program file It should only be installed into SL files Compiling and Linking on MPE iX You require PH capability in order to use the Suprtool2 interface The interface is installed in XL files The following commands demonstrate how to compile and link your program to use the native mode Suprtool interface cob85xl example source link from Soldpass to example pub cap ph run example pub xl st2xl pub robelle User XL Files You can use MPE 1X s Linkedit command to add the Suprtool2 interface to your own XL file For example 414 e Welcome to Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool linkedit x1 xl pub copyxl from st2xl pub robelle replace exit run example pub xl xl pub The Replace option is not in all versions of Linkedit If your version does not allow Replace and you already have Suprtool2 in your XL file you will need to manually purge the existing module before copying the new one linkedit xl xl pub purge
428. ollowing commands demonstrate how to compile and link your program to use the native mode Suprtool interface cob85xl example source link from Soldpass to example pub cap ph run example pub xl st2xl pub robelle User XL Files You can add the native mode Suprtool2 interface to your own XL file For example linkedit xl xl pub copyxl from st2xl pub robelle module suprtool asm exit run example pub xl xl pub When Errors Occur On MPE V if you have not installed the Suprtool2 interface you see an error message such as run testprog UNRESOLVED PROGEXTERNAL SUPRTOOL2 UNABLE TO LOAD PROGRAM TO BE RUN CIERR 625 If you forget to specify the XL file on MPE ix you get a similar error message Sorting with Suprtool X The native mode HP sort routines do not sort files with records greater than 4096 bytes Suprtool iX uses these native mode HP sort routines with NLS or with Set 62 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Sortfast Off In all other cases Suprtool 1X uses its own set of sort routines that have no limit on the record size If you attempt to sort records greater than 4096 bytes with Suprtool iX calling the HP Sort you get the following error message Error Sort record size is greater than 4096 bytes The native mode HP Sort intrinsics are not able to sort records greater than 4096 bytes in length If you want to sort records greater than 4096 bytes use the c
429. om a KSAM file This is not supported for KSAM XL files prior to MPE iX 4 0 On MPE iX 4 0 and later Suprtool can recover deleted records if you do not build your KSAM XL files with the reuse option If you use the reuse option Suprtool can only recover deleted records where the space has not yet been reused Redo SET REDO filename Initially none Commands that you enter at the Suprtool prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file but is discarded as soon as you exit This means that your redo stack is not preserved accross invocations of Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Set Redo allows you to assign a permanent file as the redo stack The redo stack is then available for future Suprtool invocations To assign MYREDO as a persistent redo stack enter gt set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprtool creates it If it already exists Suprtool uses it All the commands you enter from this point are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprtool session As soon as you exit Suprtool the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprtool you will get the temporary stack If the filename is not qualified the redo stack is created in the logon group and account This may be desirable if you wish to have separate stacks
430. ommands e 263 Exit Command E Exit STExport in one of three ways By default perform the current task if any then leave STExport Users are often frustrated when they exit STExport after specifying part of a task and STExport starts processing the task To avoid this situation use the Abort or Suspend options to exit STExport conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default Xeq Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq STExport recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates STExport The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Should STExport be executed as a son process Exit only suspends STExport while Exit Abort actually terminates the process Examples S comment You began to specify an input file stopped for S comment coffee and decided to cancel the task S comment upon your return Sinput invoices Coffee break Sexit abort cancel the task and terminate End Of Program Exit Suspend ES When running STExport as a son process e g from Qedit it would be nice to suspend STExport without executing the current task Exit Suspend does this After returning to STExport all specifications for the current task are
431. omment Modify M CUSTOMER records modify m customer exit MPE iX Commands Dbedit iX will execute any MPE command e g Run UDCs and command files Caution programs that suspend instead of terminating are not killed by the HPCICOMMAND intrinsic Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression You may use this feature to compute data entry values without the need of an electronic calculator Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing 2745 1 33 Result 3650 85 Example Database The examples in this manual use the revised STORE database described in the IMAGE 3000 Handbook Prompting for Search Criteria In the Change Delete List and Modify commands Dbedit first prompts you for search criteria and then processes the records you have selected Search criteria are any or all of the search and sort fields of the file Dbedit asks for the value of the primary search field first unless you override the prompt ordering with the KEY option For detail datasets it then asks for match values for the other search fields and sort fields You may press the Return key to any of these prompts to indicate that you don t care what values these fields have When Dbedit finishes processing the records you select 1t recycles and prompts you for the next set of search criteria You may press the Return key at this point to exit from the command and return to the prompt Command Par
432. ompatibility mode version of Suprtool To improve speed we recommend using the Object Code Translator on the CM version of Suprtool hello mgr robelle pub octcomp suprcm suproct run suproct pub robelle We consider this problem a bug in HP s native mode sort intrinsics one unlikely to be fixed The solution is to use the Object Code Translated version of Suprtool to sort files with records greater than 4096 bytes Suprtool and Cl Variable Substitution Suprtool is able to substitute any CI command interpreter variables from almost any command line source whether via interactive commands a usefile or batch input In order to use this feature first enter the following Set command set varsub on Variable substitution is not enabled by default for backward compatibility Example Because Suprtool is now capable of CI variable substitution you no longer need to echo commands out to a file and subsequently use the newly created file The following example varies the sort order of an extract using a CI variable called order setvar order desc Irun suprtool pub robelle set varsub on base test get dline sort ord num order output file3y exit Batch Requires Indent The Streams facility under default setup replaces any exclamation mark found in the first column of a job stream Anytime you want to specify an entire line through variable substitution you need to leave a space before the variable
433. on 407 error messages Suprtool2 447 error recovery Suprtool 96 error code overflow 161 error data overflow 161 error FLIMIT different 141 error record changed 46 escape character 147 Euro currency symbol 124 example of Suprlink 339 example replacement of DBGET 383 Exit command 119 233 264 287 315 Exit command importance of 411 Exit command Suprlink 353 369 exit with verify 37 246 334 exiting from batch jobs 119 Export command 121 246 Export using from Suprtool 246 Extract command 31 122 Extract command performance 90 Extract command decimal places 123 extracting a range 126 extracting bits 134 extracting dates 124 extracting records 144 F fast sorting 58 FCOPY program 51 Fflush tool 91 field list 300 field parameter 106 122 226 455 field type 172 Fieldname Heading command 269 file access 51 File command 316 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual file name parameter 163 185 file name duplicated in batch 39 file names built in 10 242 330 file parameter Dbedit 305 file record length 191 file system error 237 Filecode Set option 206 filename parameter 455 Filename Set option 12 files minimum 8 files same name 164 185 filling unmatched link fields 360 finding invalid dates 155 Firstrec Set option 79 206 fixed columns 277 fixed length output file 258 flattening an SD file 58 FLIMIT different error 141 FLIMIT greater warning 141 Floating command 266
434. on a specific STExport command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name Shelp sign help on the Sign command Shelp sign trailing trailing section of the Sign command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to STExport and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword Shelp intro input input section of Introduction Quick Help HQ HQ asks STExport to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the STExport Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hg input quick description of Input Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file stexport Help Robelle The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to STExport Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 271 HTML Command HT 272 e STExport Commands Use HTML to produce Web
435. oncconcnnonnnonnos Concatenating Two Files ccceeceeseeseeeteesseeneeeees A 6 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Contents e ii e Index Fields Data Files ciu Bie eR wad Ries HARB A et bh ee MRR Re ee 16 What is a Self Describing File ccecceccesseesceesceesceeeceseceeeeeaeceaeceecseeeseeeneeneeentenes 16 Creating an SD Fl sE 17 Define Fislds ia Data Flia aiii 17 Create an SD File from a Data File ceccecceecceesceesceeeceeceseceaeceecseeeneeeaeenseenteaes 17 Repeating Commands sesers inier reer e irinenn oeroue sene nais ipini rese 18 Repeating a Comimand eececccesccesecsceeseeeseeesceseeeseeseeeeceseenseceecenaecnaecaeceeeaeeeaeenseeas 18 How to Save On line Commands to a File oooooooccncniconocononcoonconocnnconnonn nono nonnronnonnnonos 18 Selecting Database Records ccescesssessceesceesceseeesecaecseecaeeeseeeseeeneeeeseenseenseeeaeesaeenaeeeeeneeeaes 18 Select All Records ya aa a a R aa aa i e TN wees 19 Select a Random Sample c cccccesccsssceseceseeececeeecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeseseeeeeneeeneeneenaes 19 Look at the First Few Records cecessccssescsseeeceseseeesecaeesecneeseceaeeeesaecaeeeecnevaeeesenees 19 Selecting by Cate e tii eater dl elos dl ee a odo a llo nee 19 Simple Crta ene eee nte e e 19 CA A 19 SO Digits ii tio 20 Selecting by Date rito 20 Select by Today s Date cion ido EE eii 20 Select by Particular Date scales 20 Select by Ve eat 21 Select Prior M
436. ono nonnnonnos Printed Documentation oooooconoccccononcnonancnccnnnncnnnnnanoss Online Documentation in HTML Help Format CD or Web Download ooooccncoccccnononononancncnonancnonananoss NOA a e el E Software Updates ooooonconnociocococooonoonoconoconocnnocnnono nono nono nonnnnnnnnos News Memos oococccccccononononanonoconananonononconononnonononcononnnnnnononccnonanns Bonus Contributed SOftWare oocooocononocccononcnccnonnccconannnnnonnanoss New in Version 4 5 ssesssseseeeseresesrrsssseessrresssrresesrrsserresssreesse Change Notice coccion rerni an Installing Suprtool Who Needs To Use These InstructiONS oooconcincnnconcnncnmono Installation Procedures oocoooccnncconnnononononoononncononncnnconornnonconnons Suprtool Files coins Jobs to Reduce Disc Space oooonocnconnccnoonconnconoconccnnccnnccn conocio Limiting Suprtool s Runtime Priority System Configuration c ccccesccesecssecseceeeeneeeseeeeeeeeeereeeeees The Suprmgr Configuration File cceeceseeseeseeseeeeeneeenes Installing the Suprtool Interface ccceeeseeeceteeeteeeeeeneeenes Installing Suprtool in Another Account External Fleitas a Default File Nam8S oooonconncnncnonnnncnnconcnncononononannninnonos Changing Built In File Names Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Copying Files ion ease ace eeeteede Copying One Fille oooconocnooociocnonnoonccnnnornnonnonnncnnso Appending to a File ooooooonncninonoccnonoconc
437. onth ira arcas 21 Selecting by Lists of Valles cocinada 21 Finding Data Based on a List c cccccsscsssssssesseesseeseesseseeesceeseesseesonsensesnseensenseestenss 21 Finding Data Based on a File ecccccecccesecsseesseeseeseceeeeeecesecesecaecnaecsaecaeeeaeeeaeenseenseess 22 Finding Data Based on Another Dataset s Criteria ecececeececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeenereres 22 Finding Data in Data Filey ccccccs eccceescccccceccsedseccecatsedeedscdecescesietvecvaceeecessedeaieececsieess 22 Sorting Database Records cion dascecdtessdediatvacesddcsteedeeseesecdiecss 23 SOM Records innin in rian death win een E lance att eaves nee 23 Sort Records in Descending Order cececceecsessceseeseeeeceesceeseneeceseenseenaeenaeeneeeaeeenes 23 Sort by Multiple Kei adi 23 Delta RE ta 23 Updating Ri aii 24 Duplicate RE Es 24 Report without Duplicate Records ccecccesccesecsseeseeeseeseeeesceseceseceseeeaecaecsaecaeeeneeees 24 Report Only the Duplicate Records cccccsceessessceeseessceeeceseeesecaecseecaeeeaeeeaeenseeenenes 25 Report Only the Unique Records ccccccssessseesseeeceesceesceseceseceseceseceecaeeeseeeneeseeeeseess 25 Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals oooononnnicnnncnccnnncccnannnnoronanancnnncnnon 26 Deleting Duplicate Database Records 0 ccccecceessessceesceesceseeeseeaecseecaeeeseeeseeseeeeneess 26 Deleting Non Unique Duplicate Database Records cccescesseesseeseesseeneeeeeeseeeeeeee
438. oo export input foo html table title title output delinq html exit exit Suprtool and User Prompting Suprtool does not contain any features for prompting of input values but it does have support for MPE iX variables Instead of input values you can use MPE iX to create a file of Suprtool commands and run Suprtool with this file as input Example Suppose you have a Suprtool usefile called Supremd Use which contains the following set varsub on base store 5 reader get m customer input credit Enter Credit Limit if credit rating gt credit list stan You can then invoke the command file and subsequent prompting from within Suprtool with the following command You can also prompt for variables using the MPE Input command in any command file and reference them as long as variable substitution is enabled with the command set varsub on Suprtool and Personal Computers You can format files to be downloaded to your PC for use in spreadsheets or databases with the PRN option of the Output command Suprtool formats your file as Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 65 a PC structure a comma delimited file Not all PC applications support the PRN format For more precise data conversion create a self describing file then use STExport See the STExport manual for details You transfer the Suprtool output file to your PC and then import it into your PC application Do
439. ooccooonocnnonononcnoncnnnonononnnonnnnnn ono nonn non non nn arco nn rana nnnnnn neos 335 Job Control Word in Td EA 335 Using Suptlink in Batch ii ai e in qn da 335 Summary of Parm Vall s ui bites 335 Introduction to Suprlink 337 How Report Programs Work iii eee iii 337 Input Biless EET E deere e ad e e a dl 337 Bink Piles dad e dela ei dde a de a E dd das 338 Output Piles tt e tod cando Mirek cel 338 LOI 11d CE NS 338 Selection Lori sd 338 A O 339 Performance Considerations cccccesccessceseeeseceseeseecseeeneeeseeeeceseeeaeeeneeeeeeeeesrenseeneenseenaeenaes 339 Amiother Example o in les dee ea laces Sd 340 MEDI O ad 340 Selecting Non Matches cccccessesssssesssceseceseceseceecseecaeseneeseeeeeeeecneenseeeaeceaeceaecaeceecaeeeneeaes 341 Linking MPE and KSAM Files 0 ccccccccsessesseseesseseceeescseesessecseesecsseeseaeseeseesasesessecseeaeenaens 342 CI Variable Substitution ccccccecscesscesscsesceseceseceaecsaecaeecaeeeneeeaeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeeeeaeenaees 342 Suprlink with Quiz QTP ccccceeccessssssceseceseceaecaecseecaeeeneeeeeeseeeeenseensecaecaeceaecaecaeecaecsaeeaeeaes 343 Suprlink Commands 347 General Notes nt cocer e ted os erica E Me tian oy Weed te th teed 347 ABLA re Ma batts fs e an betes a aed ies one 347 Uppercase or Lowercase ci cad 347 A A Manes one bike eas Neston actin Mint Blan ois Goats Feat ue Bac 347 Comments on Command Lines 0 ccceccesseescessceesceeeceseeesecesecsee
440. opy of parm actual parm Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool 431 if init tool2spl then begin lt lt main loop of program gt gt do begin p gt ask input if input length lt gt 0 then begin move b command line inbuf input length call suprtool2 end if end do until input length 0 or supr status lt gt 0 move supr command line EXIT call suprtool2 if supr status 0 then print totals end if end lt lt tool2sp1 gt gt C Example Below is a C program to invoke Suprtool through the interface routine 432 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool tinclude lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt DO NOT use int s in this structure since they are the wrong size and are aligned on 4 byte boundaries which will confuse Suprtool2 R struct supr_control hort version hort status har command 256 har priority 2 hort maxdatal hort maxdata2 har print _state 2 har total typel21 har other flags 18 hort totals 15 9 hort out_countl hort out_count2 har workspace 20 SuprControl void suprtool2 struct supr_control init _st2 int i SuprControl version SuprControl status SuprControl priority 0 SuprControl priority 1 SuprControl maxdatal SuprControl maxdata2 SuprControl print_state 0 SuprControl print_state 1 SuprControl total_type 0 SuprContro
441. or those programs that serially read and select data from large IMAGE datasets Suprtool performs best when you are selecting less than 50 of the entries from the dataset also see the Speed Demon User Manual To replace a serial scan of a dataset use the following steps 1 Use the Get and If commands of Suprtool to scan and select your entries 2 Optionally sort the records with Suprtool 3 Use the Output command to put the selected records in an MPE file 4 Change the application program to read the MPE file instead of the IMAGE dataset Each record in the file has exactly the same layout as a record from the dataset Suppose that your program scans the d sales dataset to produce a report of all d sales records with a sales total greater than 10 000 00 Currently your program looks like this 10 read and report section perform 10 10 get d sales if not end of d sales then if dsa sales total gt 10000 then perform 20 report d sales thru 20 report d sales exit go to 10 read and report exit 10 10 get d sales Use DBGET to read a d sales record into buffer d sales 10 read and report exit exit Assuming that only a small percentage of the d sales dataset have a sales total greater than 10 000 00 you would replace this scan with the following 44 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool run suprtool pub robelle gt base store 5 open for read access gt get d sales scan the d
442. ord into one record in the output file The Input file must be a self describing file use the Output Link option in Suprtool Dates and Decimal Places Use Suprtool s Item command to specify date formats and the number of implied decimal places when you create the self describing file STExport uses this information to correctly format the information in the output file See Appendix A for a complete example of how to use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to create an input file for STExport Each STExport formatting command applies to all fields of a specific data type 1 e you cannot specify formatting field by field only by type For example all numeric type fields can be formatted the same The main data types that STExport identifies are Byte Type STExport assumes that character information is stored in byte type fields By default all byte type fields are surrounded by quotes and trailing spaces are removed Numeric Type The numeric data types are integer logical floating point packed and display STExport converts the internal representation of each data type into a string of ASCII digits By default all numeric type fields have a leading sign and are variable length Where appropriate numeric type fields are converted with a decimal point Floating Type All commands that affect numeric type fields also affect floating type Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Introduction to STExpo
443. ort and asks if you would like to stop the operation Control H causes the cursor to backspace one position in the current line Control X cancels the current input line Control S pauses a listing that is printing too fast for you to read Control Q resumes a listing that you have paused with Control S Database A database in Suprtool is an IMAGE 3000 database or an SQL database A database is specified in the Base or Open command Several commands e g Get Chain or Select do not work until a database has been specified Some commands only work with IMAGE 3000 databases and other commands only work with SQL databases An IMAGE database consists of datasets files which in turn consist of fields An SQL database consists of tables or views and each table or view consists of Doc To Help Standard Template Doc To Help Standard Template columns In Suprtool a column name can be used anywhere that a field name is used The advantage of using a database is that information about the database is automatically available to Suprtool The Form command shows the database structure Dataset A dataset is a file within an IMAGE database The Form command provides path information in DBSCHEMA format including entry length and blocking factor on the dataset description Use Get dataset to access the data within a specific IMAGE dataset Datasets have an implied structure that you specify when you create the database Use the Form comm
444. ort file name starts with STEXPCM In all other cases Suprtool assumes STEXPORT as STExport s file name Suprlink Examples Here are some examples of the Suprlink program file that Suprtool will try to run depending on Suprtool s program file name Suprtool Program File Name Suprlink Program File Name Suprtool Pub Robelle Suprlink Pub Robelle SuprCM Pub Robelle LinkCM Pub Robelle SuprNM Pub Robelle LinkNM Pub Robelle Changing Built In File Names You can change six of the seven built in file names The only filename you cannot change is Suprmgr Pub Sys We recommend that you add these Set commands to Suprmgr Pub Sys There are six options to Set Filename one per built in file name SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount Examples In these examples we assume that you want to move Suprtool and all its files to the Robelle group of the Dist account We also assume that you wanted to rename the suprlink program from Suprlink to Linkprog Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Filename Help suprhelp robelle dist Filename Link linkprog robelle dist Filename Edit dbedhelp robelle dist Filename Hint suprhint robelle dist Filename Export stexport robelle dist Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Installing Suprtool e 13 Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool How to Run Suprtool What is a Task Use the following command to access Suprtool run suprtool pub robelle SUPRTOOL Copyright Robelle Solutio
445. os which stores the date and time in a compressed 6 byte format In Suprtool you can specify this format by using the Srnchronos date attribute gt item box timestamp date srnchronos Once you have used the Item command to identify Chronos dates you can do the following 1 Select on these dates using the date and today functions For example to select records with a timestamp before today gt 1f box timestamp lt Stoday 2 Extract these dates using date and today 3 See the date attribute in the Form command 4 Pass the date attribute to STExport by using the Link option of the Output command 5 Format these dates into a meaningful value by using STExport Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool For this discussion we ll Suprtool often has to process dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries If ignore the fact that the you include the century in your dates Suprtool should behave as most users expect twenty first century really If you do not include the century in your dates how Suprtool behaves will be only started in 2001 dependent on your specific application and data Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 79 What If Have Four Digit Years If your dates have four digit years Suprtool should work as expected Selection based on the today or date features will select dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries Dates that do not collate correctly e g mm
446. otefile perform 10 20 create custfile 442 e Calling Suprlink Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool perform 10 30 link notefile custfile move exit to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool go to 10 create notecust file exit 10 10 create notefile move get notes to supr command perform 10 90 cal move if command to supr command 1 perform 10 90 cal move extract serial no to supr command perform 10 90 ca move extract product code to supr command perform 10 90 ca move extract text line to supr command perform 10 90 c move purge notefile to supr command perform 10 90 c move output notefile link to supr comma perform 10 90 c move sort serial no to supr command perform 10 90 c move sort sort item desc to supr command perform 10 90 c xeq to supr command perform 10 90 c move 10 20 create custfile move get customer to supr command perform 10 90 c move purge custfile to supr command perform 10 90 c move output custfile link to supr comma perform 10 90 c move sort serial no to supr command perform 10 90 c move extract serial no to supr command perform 10 90 c move extract company name to supr comman perform 10 90 c xeq to supr command perform 10 90 c move 10 30 link notefile custfile move link to supr command line perform 10 90 call su move input notefile by serial no to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool link custfile
447. other field from the flat file sales01 and add a century to the purch date field gt reset gt base close the open database gt in sales01l gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if purch date gt date 1950 01 01 gt set squeeze off gt out sales02 link gt ext cust account product price gt ext 19 gt ext purch date sales total gt xeg IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Because you extracted all 15 records you know you do not have any records with the purch date field that need to be updated with a 20 Now you can insert the records into the new database gt base store db gt in sales02 gt put d sales gt xeq Now you have converted two dates from an X6 format to an X8 format Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD The following Suprtool task shows you how to convert a date in a self describing file from mmddyy to yymmdd format Consider the following self describing file with the deliv date and purch date fields 86 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool File SALESO0O4 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCO Z8 1 DELIV DATE X6 9 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 LS PRODUCT PRICE 12 23 PURCH DATE X6 27 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt SALES QTY 11 33 SALES TAX I2 35 SALES TOTAL I2 39 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You want to convert these two dates to a data format of yymmdd befo
448. output custlist gt xeq Now we can find information by loading a file of customer numbers into a table and then applying the lookup feature gt get ord details gt table cust table cust no file custlist gt 1f status PENDING and S lookup cust table cust no gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data in a Data File So far the examples have looked up data from a database If you want to look up information in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields Use the Define command to do this The following example gives you some idea of the byte size of one kind of record in a data file John Smith 12345678 Anna May Richardson 98765432 12 bytes 16 bytes 8 bytes 22 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool If you want to look up customers based on a list of customer numbers in the file Custlist use the following task Notice how the start position and number of bytes is entered into the Define command This defines the position within the input file not the table file gt input flatfile gt define cust no 29 8 byte gt table cust table cust no file custlist gt if lookup cust table cust no gt output result gt xeq Sorting Database Records Sort Records This extracts all records from the dataset d sales into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field cust account Use the Sort command to do sorting gt get d sales gt sort cust
449. oves duplicate records from the output file Suprtool compares each output record with the previous output record If they are not the same the record is added to the output file This option corresponds to the former Nodup and Nodupkey options of the Output command gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys Input Output PETA TO 2222 25 3333 48 Only The Only option is the exact opposite of None Only selects all output records that would not be written by the None option When the Only option finds a record that duplicates a record already in the set it writes that duplicate to the output file Note that the first record is not written to the output file Here are two examples gt key 1 4 gt duplicate only keys Input Output Output 1111 2222 35 2222 35 2222 2222 42 2222 3333 Record Suprtool has two methods for comparing output records Record and Keys The Record option compares the entire output record This option can be specified without a sort but in that case the input file must already be sorted Note that there are two data fields in the records in the following example so that a comparison of the entire record yields no duplicates Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt duplicate none record Input Output 1111 ELEL LO 2222 2222 LO 2222 2222 35 3333 3333 48 Keys The Keys option compares only the sort keys to determine whether an output record is a duplicate This option requires that at least
450. p html Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Welcome to STExport 241 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows Help Command The user manual is also available to the on line Suprlink user through the Help command For instructions try Shelp help Notation The STExport documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition LISTREDO start stop ALL string 1 Installing STExport UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example ALL Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example start Brackets enclose optional fields Example string Braces enclose comments in examples Braces are allowed for comments in actual STExport commands Example Floating fixed 2 Floating option Up lines separate alternatives from which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example ALL string In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line STExport is installed as part of the Suprtool i
451. pears at or beyond the current end of line Hpmodify Examples Here are examples of the MPE style REDO sub commands in action First occurrence undoes the re edits The u must be in column one u Second occurrence undoes all edits on the current line The u must be in column one Replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of r xyz Replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of x 196 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Inserts xyz into the current line starting at the position of the i Deletes three characters one above each d d xyz Deletes a single character above the d skips one space then replaces the current text with xyz starting at the position of x ddixyz Deletes two characters then inserts xyz in the current line starting at the position of the i Deletes one character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes a second character above the second d It does not delete a range of characters making it unlike the MPE V version of Redo d d gt xyz Deletes a single character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes to the end of the line beginning at the second d and then places xyz at the end of the line Appends xyz to the end of the current line gt ddxyz Deletes the last two characters from the end of the current line and then places xyz at the end of the line Replaces the last three characters in the current line with xyz gt ixyz Appen
452. ple Your boss comes to you with a list of new prices for certain parts and asks you to update the Part Master dataset Just load the new prices into a Table index by the product number prodno then Extract the price field from each record and replace it with a lookup on the table Here is the code gt table newprices prodno file bosslist data price gt get part master gt if Slookup newprices prodno gt update gt extract price lookup newprices prodno price gt xeq We do the If Slookup to select only the parts which have new prices then do Extract with lookup to replace the existing price with a new one The Update command forces a database update on each selected record and must come before the Extract command If you did not do the If lookup then the price field would contain zeroes for those fields that did not have a matching record Notes on CM MPE V The Xeq command clears any tables that are not held Suprtool uses extra data segments to store the table values You may not be able to load huge tables because of a lack of system resources e g DST entries To reduce the number of extra data segments Suprtool needs you should configure the maximum extra data segment size to 32 764 words using SYSDUMP on MPE V or SYSGEN on MPE ix Searching huge tables is CPU intensive If you do this on line it seriously affects other users While it is possible to load tables as large as 15 megabytes we suggest
453. port Only the Duplicates and Their Originals This performs the opposite function to the one outlined above It keeps only the duplicates and their originals Input Result 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 c 2222 2222 a 2222 a 3333 e Once again you have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the output file Result that contains only duplicate files and their originals p table keyfield sorted dupfile Slookup dup table keyfield result Deleting Duplicate Database Records The method shown here assumes that each record can be distinguished from each other even though they have duplicate keys You cannot use just one task to delete duplicates To do the job safely you need three tasks 1 Identify which records to delete 2 Archive those records 3 Delete those records Task 1 Identify which records to delete 26 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt get dataset gt define rec 1 length of your record gt sort keyl sort enough keys to uniquely gt sort key2 identify all the duplicates gt dup only keys gt out dupfile gt xeq Task 2 Write records to archive gt get dataset gt table duptab rec sorted dupfile hold gt if lookup duptab rec gt output archive gt xeq Task 3 Delete the records
454. prints statistics 394 mode 3 concurrent database access 391 Modify command 321 Modify command locking 301 modulo operator 127 149 moving STExport around 242 moving Suprlink around 330 moving Suprtool around 10 415 MPE commands 95 254 304 348 456 MPE commands disabling access 208 246 334 MPE files 51 MPE files with lockwords 53 MPE files linking 342 MPE V performance 89 MPE XL see MPE ix MPE restricting 208 246 334 MPE iX and Speed Demon 380 387 MPE iX commands 95 254 304 349 456 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual MPE iX file names 455 MPE ix variables 63 MPE iX performance 62 89 MPE ix prefetch 212 377 multidataset access 3 multiple commands per line 93 303 460 multiple search values 221 N native language support 59 211 native mode performance 62 negative value 132 Netbase 202 381 network services 61 99 news memos 5 NLS option Set command 211 no quotes 277 NOBUF MR access 51 nonprinting characters 147 non SD Files and duplicate 116 not equal to lt gt 459 NOT operator 145 NS 3000 61 99 Nuggets 91 null values 147 Num option 187 Num Data option 187 Num Key option 187 Num Query option 188 number sign in patterns 459 numeric bytes Suprtool 149 numeric constants 147 numeric expressions 127 148 numeric justification 176 numeric string test 152 numeric truncation 150 Numeric value option Dbedit 306 Numrecs command 182 numrecs parameter 59
455. prlink Commands e 349 Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples tlistf soruce source is not spelled right NON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 Before redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source the edited command is shown you press Return listredo 10 tbefore 5 redo 5th command in stack tbef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th tb listf redo last listf command b listf temp redo listf temp command b temp redo last containing temp tbefore 2 redo command before previous before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into inse
456. processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it This condition is considered an error if the input is from a source other than disc Command entered is not a valid Suprtool command and MPE access has been disabled See Set Limits command Normally commands that are not valid Suprtool commands are passed off to the operating system If access to the O S has been disabled via the Set Limits command these commands are no longer passed off If the user does not precede the command with a colon we assume that the invalid command was meant for Suprtool If a colon precedes the command we assume that the command was meant for the operating system On HP UX systems an exclamation mark can be used in place of a colon Output ASCI not allowed with Duplicate None Keys Not all processing options are allowed in all combinations The ASCII option of the Output command which reformats the output record does not work with Duplicate None Keys Dup None Keys assumes that the output record has the same data definitions as the input record Xxxx is not the search field of Yyyy This message is issued by the Chain command when the search field specified Xxxx is not an index into the dataset Yyyy The field specified must be a TurboIMAGE search field or an MPE 1X third party index Suprtool cannot take advantage of all third party indexes it is only able to use byte type indexes When Suprtool detects an unusual situation that it should brin
457. programs to process four digit years or 2 Assume that certain dates are in the twentieth century and some in the twenty first this is usually called date windowing The first solution requires that you change all Suprtool Item commands for two digit years to a four digit year format If you have not already done so you may want to isolate all of these Item commands in a single file per input source e g one file for every dataset in every database in your application or just one file for every database You can nest use files making this approach even easier e g having one database use file that then includes each dataset use file with a list of Item commands You may also want to use Suprtool to assist you in changing your actual data from two digit years to four See Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits on page 83 for more details If you do not include the century in your dates the second solution above you will have the following problems 1 Selecting dates in yymmdd format will not produce the expected results in relative operations e g lt lt gt or gt You will need to change all of your If commands to use the stddate function 2 Sorting dates that include both 20th and 21st century dates will not collate the way most users expect whether with Suprtool the COBOL sort verbs or HPs sort tools This is because Suprtool and all HP supplied tools sort based on the numeric value of a dat
458. prtool move sort item to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool move exit to supr command line perform 01 call suprtool At this point the file SELITEM contains the sorted data This file must be read and printed on the line printer open output line printer open input selitem move false value to end of items flag perform 02 print item until end of items close selitem close line printer 00 main exit goback 01 call suprtool call SUPRTOOL2 using supr control if not supr ok then display Error Unable to sort the invrec dataset display display Suprtool interface error number supr status 02 print item read selitem at end move true value to end of items flag if not end of items then move item prefix to report prefix move item suffix to report suffix move item description to report description move report record to line record write line record after advancing 1 lines FORTRAN Example FORTRAN programmers may use the Suprtool2 interface to invoke Suprtool from within a FORTRAN program The control area may be in COMMON or it may be Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool e 421 local to one routine If the control area is declared local to one routine then all calls to Suprtool2 must be from within the same routine The following example declares the control area in a common block One routine initializes the Su
459. prtool to always truncate the output file limit to the end of file when the output file is closed Turning Set Squeeze Off forces Suprtool not to change the limit when closing the output file By default or by specifying Set Squeeze 1 e with no option forces Suprtool to decide when to truncate the output limit to the end of file Suprtool will not squeeze a file limit if the input source is a file the output file is not a new file the output file is KSAM CM NM or KSAM64 or if the Ask or Num query output options were specified In all other cases Suprtool squeezes the file limit down to the EOF Set Squeeze Off can be combined with the Numrecs command to automate job streams in which data is appended to the output file For example gt get d sales gt numrecs 200 output file will have extra room gt output dsale gt set squeeze off reserve room between EOF and LIMIT gt xeq gt get d history gt output dsale append Dsale has room for appending gt xeq Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprtool to print statistics at the end of each task This can be useful for determining the effectiveness of Suprtool s Get versus Chain commands Subsystem SET SUBSYSTEM ON OFF Initially OFF Normally Suprtool ignores database subsystem access Use Set Subsystem On to instruct Suprtool to examine the subsystem option of the database in the Base and Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprto
460. prtool would prompt you to purge the old temporary file It you do not want to purge the old temporary file Suprtool prompts you for a new name for the temporary file in exactly the same manner as for permanent files Lockwords If you do not specify a lockword as part of the file name MPE prompts for the lockword when Suprtool attempts to open the file Because Suprtool must sometimes open the input or output file more than once you may be prompted multiple times for the lockword To avoid this prompt we recommend that you specify any lockwords as part of the file name run suprtool pub robelle gt input infile lockword gt output outfile lockword gt xeq This is especially important when using the erase or append option to write to a KSAM V or KSAM XL file with a lockword In this case Suprtool must open the file more than once the number of fopens vary To avoid being prompted multiple times for the lockword specify it as part of the output file name run suprtool pub robelle gt input infile gt output outfile lockword group erase gt xeq Copying User Labels Suprtool copies all the user labels of the input file to the output file unless you have Set Userlabels Off The copying of user labels is done even if the output option is DATA or ASCII If you extract fields from a self describing SD file that has user labels and don t use Output LINK or Output QUERY the output file still contains all the user labels o
461. prtool2 control area The second routine is repeatedly passed command lines which copy the first 100 lines of catalog pub sys to the temporary file tempfile This example program is compatible with FORTRAN 66 FORTRAN 77 V and FORTRAN 77 1X FORTRAN 66 FORTRAN 66 users may need to increase the size of Maxdata for your program in order to use the interface The HP3000_16 ALIGNMENTS option is not needed by FORTRAN 66 and if it is not deleted a warning is produced by the compiler FORTRAN 66 produces a warning on the line call set jcw but this warning may be safely ignored FORTRAN 77 V and FORTRAN 77 iX The example program is valid for FORTRAN 77 V and FORTRAN 77 1X but you must use the HP3000_16 ALIGNMENT compiler option with FORTRAN 77 1X The HP3000_16 ALIGNMENTS compiler option is required for FORTRAN 77 ix but the option is not needed for FORTRAN 77 V If the option is not deleted a warning is produced by the FORTRAN 77 V compiler In FORTRAN 77 the suprcommand variable may be declared as character 256 eliminating the need for the suprfiller 422 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool HP3000_ 6 ALIGNMENTS program test character 254 command call initsuprcontrol command input catalog pub sys call invokesuprtool command command numrecs 100 call invokesuprtool command command output tempfile temp call invokesuprtool command command exit call invokesuprtool com
462. pt for another one Enter new values or lt return gt to leave as is SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons prints the search value PRODUCT NO gt 105391 prints the other one UNIT COST gt 500 prints existing value prompts for new value In this case you will not be prompted for BIN NO ON HAND QTY or LAST SHIP DATE When working on a single dataset it is only necessary to specify the dataset name in the first command For example list d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons list use the previous file parameter SUPPLIER NAME gt Option Parameter The file parameter and the options must be separated by a semicolon command file option The available options are numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder UPdatekey These options qualify the operation of the File List Modify Change Delete and Add commands Some options only apply to one command Options can be combined and can be abbreviated When more than one option is specified each option must be separated by a semicolon list d inventory key product no under PRODUCT NO gt Numeric Value Option Commands normally cycle prompting for new search values or new entries until you press Return or Control Y However if you specify a numeric value after the semicolon the command only prompts you numeric value number of times For example if you only want to do one List function you would enter list d inventory l o
463. ption BYTE unsigned straight compare INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement REAL Classic floating point LONG Classic floating point IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned like BYTE 2 characters CHARACTER for Native Language Support For compatibility with Sort Pub Sys the Key command also accepts FPOINT as the data type for IEEE numbers Examples The first example sorts an integer PIC S9 4 COMP field which starts on the 11th byte of the input record We sort the entire input file based on one key Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt input bigfile input from a disc file gt key 11 2 int key is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Bigfile gt xeg create Outfile and prompt for more Suprtool commands gt input discfile another input file gt key 14 4 double desc double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt output ofile2 sort input in descending order gt exit The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Key command 1 10 byte data type 1 10 desc descending sort sequence 11 4 double 12 or J2 S9 9 COMP 1 6 11 4 ieee X6 string and an E2 field at byte 11 21 6 packed P12 S9 11 COMP 3 21 6 packed P12 S9 10 COMP 3 wasted byte Notes The command name Key is optional A
464. r gt base ostore 5 READER open for read access only gt get d sales gt sort cust account gt reset all oops wrong database gt base store 5 READER now we have correct one In the next example you entered an incorrect If command gt if delivered gt 00040 wrong field used gt reset if only reset the If command gt if purchased gt 00040 and specify it again This time both the If command and the Extract commands are incorrect gt if delivered gt 00040 wrong field used gt extract delivered in both commands gt reset if extract only reset the If and Extract gt if purchased gt 00040 commands and start again gt extract purchased account Notes By resetting certain commands other commands are also reset For example resetting the Base command resets almost all other commands except the Output command Resetting the Put command closes the output database when the database for the Put command is different from the input database Resetting the Chain Get or Input command resets everything except the Base and Table commands Resetting the Table command resets everything except the Base and Define commands Resetting either the Define or Item command resets both Define and Item settings 198 Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Select Command SEL Specify a select statement for the currently open SQL database The select command supports all of the features of the sele
465. r SuprControlRec record version shortint status shortint command packed array 1 MaxSuprCmdLen of char priority packed array 1 2 of char maxdata integer print state packed array 1 2 of char total type packed array 1 2 of char other flags packed array 1 18 of char totals array 1 15 of SuprTotalStr out_count integer workspace packed array 1 20 of char end var SuprControl SuprControlRec procedure suprtool2 var control SuprControlRec external spl procedure InitST2 var i integer begin SuprControl version SuprControl status SuprControl priority l SuprControl priority 2 SuprControl maxdata prControl print_state 1 prControl print_state 2 prControl total type 1 SuprControl total_type 2 for i 1 to 20 do SuprControl workspace i for i 1 to MaxSuprCmdLen do SuprControl command i end procedure CallSuprtool2 begin suprtool2 SuprControl if SuprControl status lt gt 0 then begin writeln Suprtool2 interface call has failed writeln Error number SuprControl status 1 end end Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool e 435 procedure ST2Cmd cmd SuprCmdStr var i integer begin for i 1 to MaxSuprCmdLen do SuprControl command i for i 1 to strlen cmd do SuprControl command i cmd i CallSuprtool2 end es 7 begin InitsT2 sT2Cmd in infile out Snull S
466. r Item SURNAME character A subfile created with QTP on the other hand would exactly match the record structure of the source file Therefore it is always safer to use QTP to create the subfile as it is more likely to match the structure of Suprtool s output record With QTP s Include parameter it is easy to include either specific fields from the record or all of the fields You can also easily include fields from other datasets This is handy when creating a subfile that holds the output from a Suprlink task Creating Subfile with Command File The process of creating a subfile is essentially the same regardless of the database and dataset being used The only things that change are the subfile and dataset names The task can easily be automated using the MPE iX Makesub command file This command file can be executed before running Suprtool or from within Suprtool Here is the simplest form of the Makesub command file parm subfile dataset echo set report limit 1 gt usefile echo access dataset gt gt usefile echo set subfile name subfile size 10000 gt gt usefile echo report summary all gt gt usefile echo go gt gt usefile echo exit gt gt usefile run quiz current cognos amp info auto usefile nolist gt null Makesub can be invoked from within Suprtool as shown below run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec gt makesub cmasfile d custmast gt get custmast if cred limit gt 1000000 gt output c
467. r SET DEFER ON OFF Initially OFF DEFER requests Suprtool to use DBCONTROL for faster deferred output when doing Puts in the output phase or Deletes in the input phase In deferred output mode IMAGE writes are not posted immediately to disc If the system crashes while you are in deferred output mode i e you have a system failure or a nonrecoverable power failure you must RESTORE your database from tape If Suprtool stops due to an error or if you abort Suprtool i e break abort or abortjob while the database is opened with deferred output you do not have to restore the database Set Defer On requires that the database be opened in mode 3 exclusive If you do not open the database in mode 3 Suprtool prints a warning and does the Put or Delete task anyway without calling DBCONTROL The database creator can also enable deferred output for all users of a database with DBUTIL enable base for autodefer DumpOnError SET DUMPONERROR ON OFF Initially ON With DUMPONERROR Suprtool attempts to produce a formatted listing of records that cause an IMAGE error The information printed may include the input record number the output record number and the data values of the record Suprtool uses current options of the List command to print the data values If no List command is specified Suprtool uses the List defaults Eofread SET EOFREAD ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool s Get command reads to the highwater mark for det
468. r message and terminates the task unless you have enabled Set Ignore in which case the duplicates are counted and reported at the end of the task Duplicate records are not written to the output file To add individual entries into a dataset specifying each field value in ASCII use the Add command of Dbedit Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 193 Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 253 characters is printed on stdlist The string is truncated to the record width of stdlist In many cases job streams are limited to 80 or 132 characters The string must be embedded in quotes Either single quotes or double quotes are permitted The quotes are not printed on stdlist Use the Q command in usefiles for printing explanations Put COMMENT in usefiles for a nonprinting comment line then invoke the file with the USEQ command Examples The Q command is often combined with the Userpause command The example is a usefile that provides an explanation of how long a task takes gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start 194 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify a
469. r 8 amp 1 if Occurs 0 else amp ascii Occurs Report amp tab 1 DEFINE Name pier tA S444 4nsn444440N 8 Position pic 4 amp ItemSize pic amp SUprType pic MAAAA AAA E SuprSubcount nohead page length 1 report spacing 1 report device disc name SUPRDEFS send to disk file byte real byte byte byte integer byte byte F byte r E ANA E E A A A A DORREGO ZCamOa YyUUOUOUUOUOUOUO UU Cc A al This represents a simple use of definition processing from the data dictionary There are many other uses for this technique These are some other examples to create record definitions for FORTRAN programs define variables for each field and EQUIVALENCE them to the proper element of a buffer array for tape file transfers to other machines create a new file with all numeric fields converted to type Zoned and to create PC database structure definitions for recerving downloaded data also see Format Options on page 187 Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands Suprtool does not have the ability to prompt users for selection criteria You can easily create a short Quiz procedure to prompt for values and create a file of Suprtool commands define D PROMPT date format YYMMDD parm prompt Enter selection date report amp base BASENAME 5 skip get SETNAME amp skip if DATEFIELD D PROMPT pic 200000 amp skip output OUTFILE skip xeq set
470. r mark Suprtool and Speed Demon could take much longer to read the dataset this is true for all programs not just Suprtool and Speed Demon Because mode 1 and mode 2 calls to SPDEDBINIT return the highwater mark for detail datasets in the status area this is the record limit you can write your own programs to automate checking for excessive highwater marks Notes You must call DBOPEN before calling SPDEDBINIT This is just like IMAGE you cannot call DBGET unless you have first called DBOPEN When you call SPDEDBINIT Speed Demon determines how many records to read For master datasets mode 1 and mode 2 of SPDEDBINIT uses DBINFO to obtain the number of entries in the dataset For detail datasets mode 1 and mode 2 of SPDEDBINIT uses the highwater mark for the dataset SPDEDBSCAN stops reading the dataset when it has read that number of entries If the dataset is changing dynamically new records might be missed Use mode 3 to force Speed Demon to read to the physical end of the dataset This mode makes Speed Demon more reliable but slower when the dataset is mostly empty 392 e Speed Demon Intrinsics Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon SPDEDBSCAN Intrinsic Read the next entry in the dataset SPDEDBSCAN Database Status Buffer Dummy Database Database name as passed to DBOPEN Status If SPDEDBSCAN succeeds the following values are returned in the status array The forward and backward pointers are not returned Entry
471. rameter must come after the setname parameter if it is present You can check your record selections with the Verify command When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a file The startrecord endrecord parameter makes it easy to scan these records gt input dinvent 0 19 gt list gt xeq Random Selection first twenty records produce a list of each record in OCTAL CHAR format The count parameter specifies that every nth record in the input file should be selected This option is designed for random sampling of the input file The startrecord endrecord parameter cannot be used with this parameter Like startrecord endrecord count must come after the setname if present Test files can be constructed from random samplings of production files We can build a test file with the count parameter gt input dinvent 15 gt output dtest gt xeq Magnetic Tape Input every 15th record is read create an output file with every 15th record from Dinvent For Suprtool to read a file on magnetic tape you must do two things 1 Issue a File command for the tape 2 If more than 10 000 records will be read from the tape you must specify the Numrecs command This example creates a disc file from the records on magnetic tape Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt file tin dev tape File command for the tape drive gt input tin you must specif
472. rce edited command is shown you press Return listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th redo 10 redo 10 through last redo purge redo last Purge command redo purge temp redo last purge temp redo temp redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command cannot be abbreviated To save more commands use a File command on the file LINKREDO before you run Suprlink Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 363 Reset Command R Cancel the current linkage task RESET Reset closes the current Input file and any Link files then resets the output file name to Output This is actually a Reset All command you cannot reset particular commands as you can do in Suprtool If you try to reset an individual command Suprlink prints a warning 364 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Set Command S Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprlink These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ON OFF REDO filename STATISTICS ONJOFF VARSUB ONJOFF Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF Initiall
473. rce Suprtool to read or write one record at a time this is what FCOPY does To force Suprtool to read one record at a time you would use gt file file input nomr buf gt input file input gt output file output gt xeq To force Suprtool to write one record at a time you would use Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 51 gt input file input gt file file output nomr buf gt output file output gt xeq Message Files Message files always have variable length records As such they are not accepted by Suprtool Nor can Suprtool write them On some releases of MPE even opening a message file with APPEND access in Suprtool e g Output msgfile APPEND erases the message file and may make your system run strangely Circular Files Due to limitations in MPE Suprtool can read circular files only one record at a time Suprtool automatically detects circular input files and adjusts itself accordingly Suprtool cannot write out to a circular file with the append option You will need to copy the circular file to a flat file and then append to the flat file then write back to a new circular file RIO Files Suprtool does copy and sort RIO files but normally Suprtool reads deleted RIO records Use a File command to force Suprtool to ignore deleted records The Input command prints a warning about deleted records when it opens an RIO file You can force Suprtool to read an RIO file as FCO
474. rcent gt get d inventory input dataset gt item unit cost decimal 2 implied decimal places gt if unit cost 10 00 selection criteria gt update Update must come before Extract gt extract unit cost amp calculate the new unit cost unit cost value gt xeq This next example selects all inventory items with a part number of 12345677 and changes it to 12345678 gt get d inventory input dataset gt if product no 12345677 selection criteria gt update ciupdate gt extract product no 12345678 new unit cost value gt xeg You can set CIUPDATE by using the DBUTIL Utility To set CIUPDATE on just run Dbutil and use the Set command run dbutil pub sys gt gt set dbname ciupdate on gt gt exit Notes The only commands that can be combined with Update are selection commands e g the If command The following commands are not allowed Delete Duplicate Key List Output Put Sort or Total You cannot update critical fields in master datasets Update does not work with MPE or KSAM files If you are updating a packed or display field remember that Suprtool uses unsigned values for non negative numbers unless you add a leading plus sign to the number See Packed and Display Constants on page 123 for more details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool 228 e Suprtool Commands Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Database Date Items
475. re adding a century in front of the year This can be easily accomplished by defining each sub part of the date and extracting those parts in the new order gt in sales04 gt def deliv date mm deliv date 1 2 gt def deliv date dd deliv date 3 2 gt def deliv date yy deliv date 5 2 gt def purch date mm purch date 1 2 gt def purch date dd purch date 3 2 gt def purch date yy purch date 5 2 gt ext cust account gt ext deliv date yy gt ext deliv date mm gt ext deliv date dd gt ext product no product price gt ext purch date yy gt ext purch date mm gt ext purch date dd gt ext sales qty sales total gt out sales05 link gt xeq You now have a file with the dates in yymmdd order but the self describing information shows three separate fields File SALESO5 DATE ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCO Z8 1 LIV DATE X2 9 LIV DATE X2 LL LIV DATE X2 13 ODUCT NO Z8 15 ODUCT P 12 23 RCH DATE X2 27 RCH DATE X2 29 RCH DATE X2 31 LES QTY Il 33 LES TAX I2 35 SALES TO1 I2 39 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 vUuvuUuuvuUyuuU un R R U U U A A un You can convert these several fields to one field with another extract task Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 87 gt in sales05 gt def deliv date 9 6 byte gt def purch date 27 6 byte gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt ext cus
476. re processing Warnings SET WARNINGS OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 281 Xmltagchar SET XMLTAGCHAR j _ Initially In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character To be something else with the following set command Set xmltagchar _ STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command 282 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Sign Command SI Specify what should be done with the sign character for numeric fields SIGN NONE FLOATING LEADING TRAILING Default Floating All numeric type fields except logical fields have a sign Integer and floating point fields can have either a space for positive values or a negative sign Packed and display type fields can have a space neutral a plus sign for positive values or a negative sign Specify Sign No
477. red at the STExport prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across STExport invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future STExport invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter SSet Redo Myredo If the file does not exist STExport creates it Otherwise STExport uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the STExport session As soon as you exit STExport the setting is discarded Next time you run STExport you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the logon group and account This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt then STExport is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Concurrency When STExport uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that pa
478. redo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form 320 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Modify Command M Changes the values of any or all fields in a dataset entry MODIFY file options Options numeric value All Key Limit UNder UPdatekey The field list of the file parameter specifies which fields to modify When the UPDATEKEY option is specified search and sort field values may be changed The existing value of each field is printed before a new value is accepted Entering a carriage return preserves the old value If a new value is entered it replaces the old value The ALL option allows you to review and modify all of the entries in a dataset in serial order If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database the UPDATEKEY option executes much faster modify m customer credit rating Modify in File M CUSTOMER CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 Enter new values or lt return gt to leave as is CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CREDIT RATING 1000 00 2500 00 CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CREDIT RATING 2500 00 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands 321 Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 80 characters is printed on stdlist The string should not be enclosed in quotes unless you want the message printed in quotes You can use Q to include instructions in usefiles Use COMMENT in usefiles for
479. referenced by the Chain command For example gt form m customer M CUSTOMER Master Set 1 Entry Offset CLTY X12 1 lt lt TPI gt gt CREDIT RATING J2 13 CUST ACCOUNT Z8 17 lt lt Search Field gt gt lt lt TPI gt gt CUST STATUS X2 25 NAME FIRST X10 27 lt lt TPI gt gt NAME LAST X16 37 lt lt TPI gt gt STATE CODE X2 53 lt lt TPI gt gt STREET ADDRESS 2X25 55 lt lt TPI gt gt POSTAL CODE X6 105 Capacity 211 7 Entries 20 Bytes 1 Additional Third Party Indexes SI LAST NAME X16 The length shown for keys in the Additional Third Party Indexes may vary between versions of Superdex This is a known situation and does not affect the operation of Suprtool on these paths B tree Support The Form command has been enhanced to show whether there are B trees that the Suprtool Chain command can utilize Form Sets shows a type of i for datasets that have B tree indexes Currently the Chain command utilizes only those B trees that are type X or U The Form command does not show B trees that it cannot utilize even if the B tree does exist The Form command also reports a damaged B tree Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt form sets Database CD DB DATA BtreeModel ON Wildcard character Set Item Entry Load Entry Sets Num Type Count Capacity Count Factor Length M ARTIST Y M A 2 21i 3 1 75 A SONGS A i 1 307 41 13 20 A CD TITLE A i 1 voi 3 1 20 D SONGS D 6 1004 41 4 78 gt form m artist
480. result input from previous task gt sort st count desc highest counts appear first gt list standard produce a simple report gt xeq Total by Field If you want to get a single total for a field without caring about subtotals on sort breaks you can use the Total command Total prints out the result on stdlist For example to compute the total sales value for 2000 transactions use these commands gt get d sales gt if purch date gt 000101 and purch date lt 001231 gt total sales total gt output null gt xeq Listing Records You can print selected input records either formatted or with the Octal Hex Decimal or Character representations To dump all sales records with a negative amount use these commands gt get d sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list lp gt xeq This finds the entries that meet the selection criteria and prints them to the default line printer showing field names and field values converted to ASCII If you suspect that your data is bad you can dump the records in Octal Char format instead gt get d sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list octal char gt xeq If you want the listing in column format use List Standard gt get d sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list standard lp gt xeq Changing the Output Record Format You can change the output file record format by using the Extract command The Extract command causes Suprtool to assemble Output records by
481. rinsics Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon The Demon Program The Demon stration Program Speed Demon includes a program for demonstration and verification This program is called Demon Pub Robelle The Demon program requests a field list to process and accepts all valid IMAGE field lists except for list same list You can use this feature to compare the speed of DBGET to Speed Demon There are several ways of accessing this program Reading with Speed Demon Parm 0 If you run the Demon program with no parm value and no entry point you are prompted for a database and a password To terminate the program hit Return at the database prompt Demon attempts to open the database with mode 5 If this succeeds you are prompted for a dataset name After prompting for the dataset name Demon prompts for a field list Demon uses SPDEDBINIT to verify that the dataset name and field list are valid and to initialize Speed Demon Speed Demon accepts all valid IMAGE field lists including partial lists except for the same list Demon then prints the entry length and buffer values returned from SPDEDBINIT Next you will be prompted for an output file name You may specify any valid MPE file name or Return for no output The Demon program uses buffered I O to write to the output file Do not compare the cpu or wall time of the Demon program with Suprtool because Suprtool will always be faster After the Demon program has read the dataset th
482. rlink 441 Spage variables 01 if command 05 filler pic x 17 value IF PRODUCT CODE 05 if product code pic x 2 05 filler pic x 2 value Spage input area 01 accept buffer 05 input buf pic x 80 88 answer spaces value spaces Spage report layouts 01 report header 05 filler pic value Serial 05 head serial no bie 05 filler pic value spaces 05 head company name pic report detail 05 rept text line pic Spage suprtool control parameter Sinclude cobol qlibsrc robelle Spage procedure division KKEKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKKKKKKKK Procedure division 7 KKEKKKKKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKKK KKK KKK KKK procedure division 00 main section ask for selection criteria display LINK2COB revision no display display Enter 2 character product code move spaces to input buf accept input buf if answer spaces then go to 00 main exit move input buf to if product code perform 10 create notecust file thru 10 create notecust file exit Now the file notecust contains the sorted data This file must be read and printed on the line printer perform 20 produce report thru 20 produce report exit 00 main exit goback Spage 10 create notecust file 10 create notecust file section move base cust history 5 to supr command line perform 10 90 call suprtool perform 10 10 create n
483. rned in the status array Zero Major version number Minor version number Pre release version number Zeros If SPDEDBINIT succeeds with mode 1 mode 2 or mode 3 the following values are returned in the status array Entry length of the dataset Buffer size used to read the dataset 4 5 Number of records that Speed Demon will read For mode 3 this is always the capacity of the dataset For mode 1 and mode 2 this is the number of entries for master datasets and the highwater mark for detail datasets Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Speed Demon Intrinsics e 391 Control Special control record that must be declared and initialized as follows s7pde db control spde version pic s9 4 comp value 0 spde buffer size pic s9 9 comp value zeros spde future pic x 20 value spaces Normally you won t be changing this control buffer You might want to change the spde buffer size This sets the size of the file system reads and the size of the Speed Demon extra data segment The default size is 14 336 words but you may wish to reduce it List For mode 0 or mode 1 this is a dummy parameter For mode 2 or mode 3 this is the field list that corresponds to the buffer that will be returned by SPDEDBSCAN Highwater Mark When you specify a detail dataset Suprtool and Speed Demon read records until the highwater mark If there is a big difference between the number of entries in the dataset and the highwate
484. roduct no product no must be first gt ext on hand qty other fields follow gt ext last ship date gt sort product no sort by key value gt out invent later use this file in the Table command gt xeq gt get m product contains product description gt table product table product no sorted invent gt if Slookup product table product no gt sort product no gt output mproduct gt xeq The next example shows how to select part numbers from flat file parts using the file Partin We use the Define command to define where the part no field is in the record This example assumes that the Part numbers are in the first six bytes of each file Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 223 224 e Suprtool Commands gt input parts gt def part no 1 6 define part no gt table part table part file partin product no must be first gt if Slookup part table part no other fields follow gt out somepart output to a file gt xeq Suprtool can load up to ten tables either from separate files or the same file The following example assumes that the files are self describing gt input customer gt table cust table custno file custfile gt table zip table zipcode file custfile gt if lookup cust table custno and lookup zip table zipcode gt output newcust link gt xeq Keep in mind that using multiple tables may be more memory intensive and require more resources Data Exam
485. rough the help file The Help Command uses the QHELP subsystem to allow you to look at the material in the file Suprtool Help Robelle which contains most of the user manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 143 If Command IF 144 e Suprtool Commands Specifies a subset of records to select from the input source during the next extract task The If command supports full logical expressions with comparisons between all data types between data fields and constant values or between one data field and another The If command also provides partial string compares bit field extracts subscripted IMAGE fields AND OR NOT operators and parentheses to override precedence You can use arithmetic expressions involving any numeric data types IF expression Note The examples below show multiple If commands These are for illustrative purposes only Suprtool does not permit multiple If commands in a single task Instead you can combine multiple conditions using AND and OR Alternatives to the If command There are a few selection criteria that the If command cannot perform In these cases you need to use other Suprtool commands If you wish to select by record numbe
486. rs use the record number options in the Get or Input commands If you wish to limit the number of records selected use the Numrecs command See also Chain Command C on page 103 for an alternative to the Get If combination of commands There Is No Else Clause The If command in Suprtool does not have an Else clause To select the records that do not match the If criteria use a second task with the same criteria negated by a NOT gt get dataset this task is the If then gt if expression gt output filel gt xeg gt get dataset this task is the else gt if not expression gt output file2 gt xeq Expressions An expression specifies the logical criteria that Suprtool uses to select records from the input source Simple Expressions The simplest expression is a single comparison between two fields e g A B or a field and a constant e g A XX field relation field field relation constant Fields A field can be a temporary Defined field or a field from a self describing file or an IMAGE field with possible subscripts see below Each field has a type see Key Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Command K on page 172 for further details The constant must match the type of the field If the field has a byte type you must surround the constant with quotes gt if name name is byte if MARIE REIMER byt gt if rating gt 10000 rating is integer gt if balance arrears compare
487. rt 249 fields In addition you can use the Floating command to specify the format and decimal places for floating type fields i e Classic or IEEE floating point numbers Date Type If a field has a date format STExport does extra formatting By default dates are formatted into yyyymmdd e g 20001125 Formatting Commands Commands Use the following table to determine which command applies to which data type Command Data Type Date date type Floating floating type Quote byte type Sign numeric type Spaces byte type Zero numeric type Many of STExport s commands such as the formatting commands above once set will retain their settings between tasks Several other non formatting commands will also retain their settings HEAding HTML Each command and its options will remain in effect between any STExport task unless specifically turned off For example if a previous task has had custom Headings set with the Heading and Heading Add options the Headings will remain in effect for each subsequent task until a new Heading option is entered Performance Considerations 250 e Introduction to STExport On average STExport is three to five times slower than Suprtool This is the price we pay for having all of STExport s formatting features You can make STExport faster by doing the following 1 Pre select only the records you need with Suprtool The fewer record
488. rt before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces 350 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Suprlink Commands e 351 Do Command DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo do previous command again 39 do command line 39 again 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again link do most recent Link command show do last starting with show showjob job do last showjob job command job
489. rt cust number gt output archives gt exit What happens if this run is aborted part way through You must Restore your database and do a recovery Any aborts will leave the database partially deleted If we break up this operation into two parts archive first and delete later we can easily restart the job in the case of an abort First we read and sort the data into the archive file 46 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec data gt get artrans gt if trans date gt 000101 and trans date lt 001231 gt sort trans date sort cust number gt output archives gt xeq Second we read and delete the entries This method takes slightly longer but it can always be restarted gt get artrans gt if trans date gt 000101 and trans date lt 001231 gt delete gt output null gt exit Warning there is a window of vulnerability here if any qualified records are deleted or added by other jobs or sessions the Delete pass may not delete the same records as written to the file in the first pass In many applications you might be able to use the extract file from the first pass to load a table in the second pass then use Chain or If lookup to delete the exact same records B trees HP has provided a generic search and partial key retrieval feature to IMAGE SQL by attaching B trees to a master dataset key item This feature is available in ver
490. rticular instance of STExport You can run as many STExport instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one STExport instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message SSet Redo Myredo EXCLUSIVE VIOLATION FILE BEING ACCESSED FSERR 90 Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation STExport continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use the command set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your STExport commands If you exit STExport then run Qedit and supply the same command Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your STExport commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF Statistics causes STExport to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes STExport to resolve any CI variables in a command befo
491. rtool Examples of Calling Suprtool e 437 Calling Suprlink The Suprtool2 Interface User programs may call Suprlink via the Suprtool2 interface using the Suprtool Link command A typical use of this interface would be for a COBOL program to ask Suprtool to extract selected subsets from two or more large IMAGE datasets and to use Suprlink to link the two files The COBOL program would then read and format the Suprlink output file into a report Restrictions When calling the Suprtool2 interface you signal the end of commands and the start of processing by passing the Exit command If you specify the Link command with no parameters the interface switches to Suprlink When you have passed all the Suprlink commands do not end the Suprlink task by passing Exit This will end the Suprlink task but it will also result in a Suprtool error There are two solutions to this problem 1 Specify a substring of Exit for example E 2 Specify all Suprlink commands with Suprtool s Link command e g Link Exit COBOL Example Below is a sample COBOL program named LINK2COB which calls the Suprtool2 interface procedure Its purpose is to print the notes for a selected product with the associated company name sorted by serial number The program uses the Suprtool2 interface to do the following 1 Select and sort records from the notes dataset 2 Extract specific fields and sort the entire Customer dataset 3 Use Suprlink to link the Notes
492. s If you have an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single constant value and not an arithmetic expression To specify an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect gt extract c 6000 cost Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract c 6000 cost Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal numbers or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Division by Zero Suprtool reports an error in the input record number if an arithmetic computation results in division by zero Use Set Ignore On to force Suprtool to ignore division by zero errors With Set Ignore On the result of division by zero is zero The speed of a task decreases when you ask Suprtool to ignore many division by zero errors It is better to check for zero in the If expression before using it in division Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt if qty lt gt 0 to avoid division by zero gt extract average total qty Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value
493. s Mismatches Pattern In the If command use the two characters gt lt when you want to select records that fail to match a pattern of characters gt if address gt lt CANADAG Means Match Anything in a Pattern The At Sign character is used in patterns to indicate that Suprtool should accept anything in that position For example gt if name ROBERTG The matches lt null gt ROBERT is a valid match it matches one character ROBERTA is a valid match it matches multiple characters ROBERT M GREEN and The ROBERT E LEE are valid matches Means Number in Patterns or Prompt Character for the Edit Command is used in patterns to match a single numeric character gt if type REC look for REC followed by 2 digits is used by the Edit command on MPE to prompt for commands Glossary of Terms e 459 460 e Glossary of Terms gt edit MPE only list d inventory is used in the Get and Input commands to read every n th record Means Alphanumeric in Patterns or Prompt for Database Password is used in patterns to match a single alphabetic or numeric character gt if type BASE look for BASE plus 2 alphanumerics is used in the Base and Put commands to force Suprtool to prompt for the database password in either session mode or batch mode gt base store 5 prompt for database password Password gt password not echoed amp Means
494. s STExport has to process the faster it runs Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport 2 Use Suprtool s Extract command to select only the fields that you need to import in your final application The fewer the number of fields in the input file the faster STExport can format each record CI Variable Substitution STExport is able to substitute any CI variables from any command line source whether through interactive use file or batch input In order to use this feature issue the following Set command set varsub on Variable Substitution is not on by default for backward compatibility Batch Since the Streams facility under default setups will replace any found in the first column of a job stream Anytime you want to specify an entire line thru Variable Substitution you will need to leave a space before the variable is specified Isetvar input i dfile by message no Irun stexport pub robelle set varsub on linput Notes For MPE commands some variables will be resolved twice when passed off to MPE which will give different values for a variable Setting variables at the CI level MPEXL setvar x 10 MPEXL setvar y x MPEXL showvar xy Setting variables within STExport set varsub on Ssetvar a 10 Ssetvar b la Sshowvar ab A 10 B 10 Because Stexport does one level of variable substitution prior to the command being passed off to MPE setting variables in Stexport that involves other
495. s 27 Deleting Duplicate Data File Records 200 0 cccecseeseesseesceseceseceseeeneceecaeeeneeeaeeneeeneees 28 Sorting IMAGE TO KSAM couste eona Ean e S sdexseobseaineres ib caos 29 Loading a Dalai o ES E E elec 29 Decimal Places te att e cateo metio cl ss eo TU e cas 29 Converting Numbers mit a eat dl ecos 30 Counts nd Subtotal ss mic cl ii dera 30 Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys ccceccsscesseesseeeceesceesceeeceeceaeeeseceecaeeeseeeseenseeseees 30 Sort by Countior Subtotal ceca illa iii 30 Total By Field oc lia cxahaybeezeldece tet SE EE ateos 31 Listine RECOrds 4 0 22 AN 31 Changing the Output Record Format ccccecccesceeseceseccecseeeaeeseeeseceeeceeeeeeeseceseneeneeneenaees 31 Producing a Condensed Dataset Listing cccecccesccesscesecesecesecseecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeneeeseeneees 32 Simple Reports 260 2 46 5 A E E EA 32 QUERIES Report lt 20255 elec dci 32 Printing a Report cececccesccsseeesecseecseeeseeeeceeeceseenseensecaecsaecsaecseeeaeeeneeeeeeeeeeerseeeenreees 33 Specifying Your Own Title ccceccesccesecesecseecseecseesseeeeeeeeeseeneeneeeaeeaecnaeeeeeaeeenes 33 Colin Headings Ae E er dake here Ci dea he 33 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Printing Mailing Labels d 34 Running Suprtool under MPE 35 Howto Run Supridol lcccrta nana de lasts er e o sheuuetovesens r 35 How to Xeg a Supitool Task cita 35 O O NN 36 SOM POTES das N 36 Combining Info and Son Process c
496. s are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Oracle Oracle dates include both the date and the time The date and today functions only apply to the date part of Oracle dates SRN Chronos The Srnchronos date format is used in applications from Software Research Northwest Like Oracle dates this format includes the date and time but the time portion is ignored by the date and today functions DDD Dates Dates consisting of ddd in the format name use the ddd to represent the nth day in the current year This means that January 1 will be day 001 and Dec 31 will be day 365 on non leap years Some people refer to these type of dates as Julian dates HPCalendar The HPCalendar date format is supported by HP s new HPCalendar intrinsic and consists of a 32 bit integer number whereby the first 23 bits represent the year and the last nine bits represent the day of the year Decimal Places The decimal attribute is the number of implied decimal places in an item The minimum number of implied decimal places is 0 The maximum is based on the data type of the item Data Type Maximum Implied Decimal Places Il 5 12 10 13 15 14 19 Kl 5 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands 169 170 e Suprtool Commands You cannot specify implied decimal places for byte char real long or IEEE type items Once you define a decimal place almost every command in Suprtool is affected Suprtool accepts numeric values with decimal po
497. s at the end of line Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original line Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands 101 spaces Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see Redo on page 214 for details 102 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Chain Command C Selects an IMAGE dataset and a search path as the input source for the next extract Unlike the Get command the Chain command reads records by using the standard IMAGE intrinsics For detail datasets the Chain command does a DBFIND on the specified search path and uses DBGET mode 5 to read the records For master datasets the Chain command uses DBGET mode 7 You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task CHAIN setname search field value CHAIN setname search field table name When using Chain the size of the output file defaults to the size of the Chain dataset If the dataset is large and the selected subset is small you should use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the output file Selection by Individual Values Suppose you
498. s directly into your program Speed Demon V is about 50 slower than Suprtool but there is no need to read an output file as with Suprtool Speed Demon iX runs at the same speed as Suprtool With Speed Demon your application program is responsible for selecting records and sorting them e g using the SORT verb in COBOL Application programs should invoke Suprtool when they expect to select a small percentage of the records 1 e when the overhead of reading the OUTPUT file will be minimized Application programs should call Speed Demon when they expect to select a large percentage of the records Fourth Generation Languages 4GLs Documentation 376 e Welcome to Speed Demon Speed Demon will be more difficult to use from 4GLs than from a regular programming language e g COBOL or Pascal Remember each call to Speed Demon returns a single record and you must build a loop to read and test them Some 4GLs do a LOADPROC for every call to the Speed Demon intrinsics e g Reactor from Speedware Because LOADPROC is so slow this eliminates any benefit from Speed Demon We would like to hear from any users who have success using Speed Demon from a 4GL CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Speed Demon you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D
499. s prints the database the current dataset and whether critical item update is enabled or disabled It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples verify dset current dataset verify all print the status of everything Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 327 Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink Documentation Welcome to Suprlink for MPE Version 4 5 Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multidataset capability to Suprtool Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge Summary of the Suprlink commands Before Input Reset expression Do Link Set MPE Command Exit LISTREDO Use Form Output Verify Help Redo Xeq The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprlink you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals Printed Doc
500. s the last value for this field forces what follows the to be a value and not a subcommand e g BOB tells Dbedit to use BOB as the actual value instead of interpreting the to mean last value F search for the field F e g bin no The field can include a subscript e g street address 2 calculator Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Examples list m supplier we ll stop immediately SUPPLIER NAME list m supplier we will start again SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Type RODUCT NO gt lt re enter supplier name LIER NAME gt STD Ribbons UCT NO gt gt gt skips the rest plier ER NAME gt STD Ribbons UCT NO gt gt 575 gt 575 is the part no modify d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons RODUCT NO gt 105391 BIN NO gt unit cost skip to unit cost UNIT COST gt modify m customer CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 CITY gt street address 2 go to subfield STREET ADDRESS 2 gt Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 309 Add Command A Adds new entries to a dataset ADD file options Options numeric value Key Limit UNder If no field list is entered as part of the file Dbedit will prompt for all of the fields in the file You may use the gt n or gt gt subcommands to navigate quickly through the field list but you must enter values for all search and sort fields The database passwor
501. s when you run STExport from MPE When you exit STExport you are returned to Suprtool gt export invoke STExport STExport Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1995 2001 Sinput sdfile columns fixed STExport prompts for commands Soutput pcfile Sexit do task and return to Suprtool Passing Commands to STExport You can send commands directly to STExport by specifying the STExport command as part of the Suprtool Export command STExport executes the command and returns to Suprtool gt export input sdfile gt export columns fixed send columns fixed to STExport gt export output pcfile gt export exit exit from STExport not Suprtool Notes You can use the Suprtool2 interface and the Export command to call STExport See the Suprcall User Manual for a complete example of how to use the interface to pass commands to STExport Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 121 Extract Command EXT 122 e Suprtool Commands Assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from input records There can be up to 255 extracted fields and the same field may be extracted more than once Constant values may be used instead of the value of the field from the Input record EXTRACT field subscript value field2 EXTRACT field subscript1 field2 subscript2 EXTRACT target field expression Default subscript entire field Field Parameter Each extracted fiel
502. sales dataset gt if sales tot gt 1000000 note implied decimal gt output dsales output to an MPE file gt exit You would modify your application program to read the dsales MPE file 10 read and report section read sales file into buffer d sales at end move true to end of sales flag if not end of sales then perform 20 report d sales thru 20 report d sales exit 10 read and report exit TurboIMAGE Compatibility Suprtool is compatible with TurboIMAGE and TurboIMAGE XL Suprtool automatically adjusts for a Turbo database you do not need different versions of Suprtool for different versions of IMAGE Suprtool handles all of the limits introduced with TurboIMAGE Locking of IMAGE Datasets Suprtool calls DBDELETE DBPUT and DBUPDATE for the Delete Put and Update commands If the database is not open in mode 3 or mode 4 Suprtool must lock the dataset when adding or deleting dataset records The locking strategy is determined by the value of Set Lock Locking for the Entire Task Specifying Set Lock 0 forces Suprtool to lock either the Put and Delete datasets or the Update dataset for the entire task The lock is done after the Xeq command Suprtool uses a lock descriptor and one call to DBLOCK to lock two datasets in the same database If both a Delete and a Put were specified to different databases Suprtool locks them both first the input dataset in one database and then the output dataset in the second base
503. se commands are finished Notes The usefile may be an Editor KEEP file UNN or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ If a Use file ends with an ampersand Suprtool will assume that you are continuing the current command on the next line outside of the use file 230 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Userpause Command USER The Userpause command prints a prompt message on the screen and waits for the user to press a key USERPAUSE string Default read without a prompt Prints the string and waits for any key Leading spaces in the string are printed Examples In this example we have a usefile that displays a message and then waits for the user before starting the task gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 231 Verify Command V Displays the specifications that you have entered so far VERIFY ALL VERSION command Default Input Output Sort Numrecs changed Set values Parameters More than one command can be verified at once by entering several command names separated by a comma or a space The format of t
504. se two features If you specify a remote system in the Base command the specified basename must be precise Any existing File command will have been overruled When Suprtool closes a remote database any File command for the database is reset DS 3000 Database Access Suppose that you wished to obtain the total of the ON HAND QTY and the UNIT COST of the inventory in a remote DS database The following Suprtool example would obtain the totals gt base newyork store data 5 READER NEWYORK database gt get d inventory gt total on hand qty produce a total of this field gt total unit cost total this field too gt exit no output file is created You must have already done the necessary DSLINE and REMOTE HELLO commands This is the only way to read from a remote database in Suprtool You cannot use the Remote Database Access facility of IMAGE Suprtool does a File command for the base name before calling DBOPEN NS 3000 Database Access There are two restrictions to accessing a database on a remote NS system 1 You cannot use the system name of the Base command 2 You cannot specify the NS 3000 node specification as part of the database name The only way to access a database on a remote NS system is to use a File command dsline mrp go hp remote hello user account group file store store mrp go hp run suprtool pub robelle gt base store gt get m customer gt output mcust gt xeg Jumbo Datasets
505. seessceeseeesceecesecesecnseceaeceecaeeeaeeeneenes 51 Suprtool and MPE Piles iaa 51 Buffered and NOBUF File Access ooocococcnococonoconcnncnnnonanononnonncnnc nono noncnnnonn cn nonncnncnnnos 51 Message Files vidades eds dle aaa La ado ad e e 52 Circular Files a lid 52 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Contents e iii iv e Index RIO Elle A en CE ek RR oes e IA an antec 52 Temporary Files 2 nG nated Behind Ratio ean hate T wa eee 52 TeOCK WOT So A peda cos 53 Copying User Labels 25 na c6k sc 53 SD UX Wt ity ocio cabs on ssh ous Sout inh cei aw odie Tie A 53 SDUnix Parameters isis ratillo varies a a a a er a aaa 54 EPa ANOLE Sia AE S E A A AEA 54 Examplesa SEIE te e de o do E AEE E 54 Tek VS QUe e cli ada o A dl She 55 Suprtool and Self Describing Files cceccesceseeeeesseesceeseceeecseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenseeeseesaeeeseenaeeaes 55 Create an SD File from a Dataset ccceccceseesseecesseeesceeeeeeceseceaecnaecaecneeeaeeeseenseees 55 Create an SD File from a Data File ce ceececsceessessceesceseeeeecesecesecnaeceeceeeaeesseeneeens 55 SD Files as put oi 55 Listin SD Ple de oe dio iento A e o 56 Decimal Places and Date Formats cccecsesseesscesceesceeecesecesecaecseecaeeeseeeneeneeeseenes 56 Restrictions of SD Files vcece sesicy va aac ri i aa E estonia rena 56 Creating KSAM SD File voice id aiii 57 HowMessy Loadfile icono iE 57 Notes n SD Files cta iaa aci n 58 Convert an SD File to a Dis
506. select that unit cost field from the prodcost table using the Extract command gt extract unit cost lookup prodcost table prodno unit cost Here is the entire task keeping in mind that Update must be specified before the Extract command gt base store suprtpis Database password gt get d inventory gt table prodtable prodno file newcosts data unit cost gt update gt if lookup prodtable prodno gt extract unit cost lookup prodtable prodno unit cost gt xeq If you did not specify the If lookup then records that did not qualify under the lookup function in the extract field will result in zeroes for any numeric field and spaces for any byte type fields Data Conversion You can convert numeric fields from one data type to another Any nonbyte field type is considered to be numeric You can also lengthen or truncate character fields The general syntax for doing conversions is EXTRACT target field source field 132 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name The following example shows defining a new target field as a double in
507. should be reviewed for extended examples using the Output command Many Output options were intended for specific application areas Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool put newfile le dtape dev tape rec 40 20 put dtape put ksamfile key erase put accum append put keyfile key put transf num data put querynum num query put null If you want to find out how many records are qualified by some selection criteria without producing an output file send the output to null The Out count on stdlist and the JCW SuprtoolOutCount are both set to the number of qualifying records Notes The output file must be an old existing file if the Append or Erase option has been specified If you use a File command to force Output to an old file without specifying one of these options Suprtool rejects the file If the record length of the output file is not the same as expected by Suprtool the records are automatically truncated or expanded with either binary zeros or blanks If the blocking factor is not as expected Suprtool automatically reblocks the records Thus Suprtool can be used to reblock disc or tape files economically into better block sizes in order to save disc space or to improve on line access or to speed batch access Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 191 Put Command P Directs output records to be DBPUT into an IMAGE dataset Put can be combined with Output to a file but if no O
508. sions of IMAGE SQL C 07 03 and later To determine the version number of IMAGE run Query Run Query Pub Sys and enter the Version command run query pub sys gt version Similarly you can also run Dbutil Pub Sys type Help and look for the Addindex command B trees are built only on the key item of a manual or automatic master dataset However if the path into a given detail dataset has an attached B tree you can implicitly take advantage of the B tree by using a partial key lookup on the associated detail Suprtool can take advantage of these B trees via the Chain command Suprtool also shows any B trees that it can utilize through the Form command Master Dataset Expansion MDX In newer version of IMAGE SQL master datasets can expand while records are being put into the database This new capability is similar to the Detail Dataset Expansion DDX which was made available with MPE iX 5 0 Details on a dataset with MDX enabled are documented in the Form Command Jumbo Datasets and Large Datasets On newer versions of MPE iX IMAGE SQL supports Jumbo datasets which can store data in one or more MPE files By spanning files you can have more than 4Gb of data in a single dataset In versions of Image prior to version C 07 14 the maximum size of a Jumbo dataset is 40Gb Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 47 The maximum size of a Jumbo dataset was increased to 80Gb in IMAGE version C 07
509. sk for the current month To specify a relative month you add or subtract months from the one you specified Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt 1f field date 2000 06 1 01 May 1 2000 gt if field date 01 start of current year and month gt if field date 1 01 start of last month gt if field Sdate 18 exactly eighteen months ago The day can be a specific number e g 15 an asterisk for the current day the word first for the first day of the month or the word last for the last day of the month You cannot add or subtract relative days use today instead gt if field date 2001 01 first January 1 2001 gt if field date today s date gt if field date 1 last last day of previous month Combining these features makes it possible to generate batch jobs that require no operator input For example to select all of the transactions for last month you would use gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt date 1 first and trans date lt Sdate 1 last Month End Suprtool is always expecting a valid date Suppose that you have a month end job that contains the following If command gt if field date 1 When you run the job on May 31 2000 if Suprtool were to use the literal interpretation of date 1 it would use the date April 31 2000 In fact there is no such date April has only 30 days Whenever you specif
510. sk Even though you abort the task your output file is saved although it may be empty if you stop before the sort phase is over Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 95 If you use Control Y during a Put Delete or Update operation the database locks are still in effect Do not walk away from your terminal without answering YES or NO to the stop question If you are Deleting records you should continue the task unless you don t want the output file With the output file you can recover the records back into the dataset by using the Put command When you hit Control Y MPE must fix Suprtool s stack markers so that you resume where the interrupt occurred With MPE V we have received reports of invalid stack marker aborts in Suprtool when using Control Y while reading a dataset This is probably because the stack marker format changed in MPE V and Control Y has trouble finding the proper one when Suprtool is in Privileged Mode There is not much you can do except to avoid Control Y while reading a dataset Error Recovery There are several errors that can occur during a Suprtool task 1 The output file fills up 2 There are invalid packed decimal or zoned decimal digits in the input record 3 There is a duplicate key when writing to a KSAM file 4 An attempt is made to delete a master dataset entry which still has associated detail entries 5 Suprtool tries to Put a record to a detail dataset that does no
511. smatches between Speed Demon and Pascal 402 e Examples of Calling Speed Demon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Slist off HP3000_16 lt Require this compiler option for MPE ix program driver input output type longint integer shortint 32768 32767 Remove this line on MPE ix type db base record db_id packed array 1 2 of char db name packed array 1 14 of char end type db set record name packed array 1 16 of char end type _ db status_area array 1 10 of shortint type db mode array 1 1 of shortint type db buffer array 1 46 of shortint type _spde db control record spde_version shortint spde buffer size integer spde future packed array 1 20 of char end type db dummy arg array 1 2 of shortint var pde db control type spde db control b_status_area type db _ status area b dummy arg type db dummy arg b model type db mode b_mode2 type db mode b base type db base procedure dbopen intrinsic procedure dbexplain intrinsic function proctime longint intrinsic function timer longint intrinsic check formal _parm 2 check actual parm 2 procedure spdedbinit var db_ base type db base var db set type db set var db mode type db mode var db stat type db status area var control type spde db control var dummy type db dummy arg external spl procedure spdedbscan var db base typ
512. specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Thus Exit Abort is similar to Reset All Exit with these differences should Suprtool be executed as a son process Exit only suspends Suprtool while Exit Abort actually terminates Suprtool If you use Exit Abort to terminate Suprtool in a batch job the MPE Job Control Word is set to a fatal value which normally flushes the remainder of the batch job In batch use Exit Suspend instead to quit immediately without setting the JCW to fatal Examples You began to specify a sort stopped for coffee and decided to cancel the task on your return gt base store gt get m customer gt sort name last sort name first coffee break gt exit abort cancel the sort and terminate End Of Program Exit Suspend ES When running Suprtool as a son process e g from Qedit it would be nice to suspend Suprtool without executing the current task Exit SUSPEND does this After returning to Suprtool all specifications for the current task are still in effect Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 119 Examples run gedit pub robelle run suprtool pub robelle gt base store data gt get d sales select input gt sort purch date start specifying options gt exit suspend return to Qedit without doing Xeq SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y Vf tre activate suprtool SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE gt if sales total gt 100
513. st as HowMessy but we believe that HowMessy produces a more useful report To access HowMessy logon as the database creator in the same group as the database and enter file loadrept dev lp cctl run howmessy pub robelle Enter database CUSTMR Spell is a spelling checker that reads a file and produces a list of misspelled words Spell comes with an 80 000 word English dictionary and you can add your own words into global or local auxiliary dictionaries Xpedit is a bonus program that provides full screen editing capabilities for users who are not experienced at using programmer style editors e g Qedit The editing features of Xpedit include updating adding inserting and deleting lines of text Paging through the document is handled by labeled function keys On line help is available from the main edit screen New in Version 4 5 6 e Welcome to Suprtool e CM to NM switches have been dramatically reduced e Support for well formed XML in STExport e Suprtool STExport and Suprlink can now have warnings turned off when run from batch with the set warnings off command e Suprtool now has the ability to load and extract data from a Table e Loading a Table is now up to 28 faster than previous versions e Table lookup operations are now up to 33 faster than previous versions Change Notice For a complete description of the latest changes the update installation instructions and any compatibility issues see the cha
514. st field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal points with the Item command these attributes will appear as part of the form listing The QUERY ALL option is not supported Example gt base store 5 gt item last ship date date yymmdd gt item unit cost decimal 2 gt edit enter Dbedit form d inventory D INVENTORY Detail Entry BIN NO J1 1 LAST SHIP DATE J2 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt ON HAND OTY J2 7 PRODUCT NO Z8 Ll M PRODUCT SUPPLIER NAME x16 19 M SUPPLIER UNIT COST P8 35 lt lt 2 gt gt Capacity 112 Entries 3 Entry Length 19 Blocking 14 Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprtool assumes a temporary file by default gt file formout dev lp gt form sets writes to line printer gt file formout dev disc gt form d inventory writes to temporary file Form Keywords The Form command shows Items Paths and Sets before searching for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display the form of a dataset or file that matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Dbedit Commands e 317 Help Command H 318 e Dbedit Commands Show what commands and options are available in Dbedi
515. start with an IMAGE SQL dataset identify the fields that are dates and the number of implied decimal places in other fields We then produce a self describing file using the dataset as input and show the default output from STExport We also show you how easy it is to migrate data from MPE files and databases to an Oracle database The Form command displays the fields in a dataset or a self describing file For files this information is stored in the user labels of an MPE file and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of STExport input files Sales File We will be formatting data from an IMAGE SQL sales dataset that has the following form gt form d sales Database STORE DEMO ROBELLE D SALES Detail Entry CUST ACCOUNT ut M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE 9 PRODUCT NO T3 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE 21 PURCH DATE 25 SALES QTY 29 SALES TAX 31 SALES TOTAL 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 8 Highwater 8 Bytes 38 Dates and Decimal Places We use Suprtool s Item command to identify which of the fields in the d sales dataset are dates and which fields have implied decimal places Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Example of STExport Output e 293 deliv date date yyy ymmdd purch date date yyyymmdd product price decimal 2 sales tax decimal 2 sales total decimal 2 Salefile We now produce a file called salefile using Suprtool s Output Link option The Link op
516. still in effect 264 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Examples run gedit pub robelle run stexport pub robelle Sinput invoices floating fixed 2 start specifying options Sexit suspend return to Qedit without an Xeq STEXPORT PUB ROBELLE is still alive Okay to HOLD Y Miet activate STExport STEXPORT PUB ROBELLE output invdata continue specifications xeq execute the current task Exit Xeq EX To perform the current task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside STExport ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves STExport when done with the task After the STExport task completes STExport either terminates or suspends and awakens a father process i e Run from within Qedit Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples run stexport pub robelle exit no input was specified run stexport pub robelle input invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Soutput invdata Sexit format and stop Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 265 Floating Command FL 266 e STExport Commands Specify the format and the number of decimal places for floating point fields FLOATING DEFAULT FIXED decimal places SCIENTIFIC decimal places Default Default By default STExport formats floating point fields classic floating point or IEEE floating point into either a fixed number or into sc
517. sures structural integrity of the database and that any Third Party Indexes are kept in sync You can reduce the time needed to Put dataset entries by enabling deferred output for the Put database When Set Defer is On and the Put database is opened in mode 3 exclusive Suprtool calls DBCONTROL to notify IMAGE that disc writes are to be deferred whenever possible The database creator can enable deferred output processing for all users of a database with DBUTIL enable base for autodefer Deferred output can improve the speed of DBPUT significantly but it has a major drawback if the system crashes i e you have a system failure or a nonrecoverable power failure while you are in deferred output mode you must RESTORE your database from tape If Suprtool stops due to an error or if you abort Suprtool i e break abort or abortjob while the database is opened in deferred output mode your database does not have to be restored Omnidex If you are adding records to a dataset with Omnidex keys you must have MPE iX third party indexing enabled in your database or you must run Suprtool with Omnidex s call conversion facility run suprtool pub robelle x1 x1 pub disc gt base store gt input mpefile gt put d sales d sales has Omnidex keys gt exit Notes If the dataset selected for output is a master dataset it is possible that some of the output records may be duplicate key values If this happens Suprtool prints an erro
518. t HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Dbedit command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name help list Help on the List command help list notes notes section of the List command Keyword Help If no help is found in the Commands section of the help file we assume you specified one of the outer level keywords To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You ll see a short introduction to Dbedit before the list Specify any of the keywords or a subkeyword on the Help command help intro introduction section Quick Help HQ HQ asks Dbedit to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Dbedit Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hq add quick description of Add hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help command uses the QHELP subsystem to enable you to move through the file Dbedit Help Robelle which contains most of the User Manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a k
519. t Name field is X16 We included one space between fields Note that an extra space was needed for the Account heading it is an 8 digit field but we used 10 characters Because cust account is a zoned decimal field an extra space is required for the sign Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 33 Printing Mailing Labels You can print mailing labels by combining the Extract command with the List Oneperline command We assume that each mailing label starts with two blank lines followed by the customer name and address followed by another blank line The Suprtool commands to produce the labels are as follows gt get m customer input customers gt extract first field gt extract second field gt extract customer name name first gt extract street address 1 three lines of address gt extract street address 2 gt extract street address 3 gt extract last blank field gt list oneperline noname noskip norec gt xeq The extract line creates a single field that consists of a blank space Each of these blank fields results in a blank line on our mailing labels since the List command puts one field on each output line If you want to combine two fields on one line you would first have to create an output file with the combined fields and use this file as input to List Oneperline 34 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e300
520. t account gt ext deliv date gt ext product no gt ext product price gt ext purch date gt ext sales qty sales total gt out sales06 link gt xeq CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 You now end up with a file that looks like this LESO6 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 DELIV DATE X6 9 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 TS PRODUCT PRICE I2 23 PURCH DATE X6 23 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt SALES QTY LT 33 SALES TAX I2 35 SALES TOTAL 12 39 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You then add the century to these fields as described above Year 2000 Testing Testing software to see if it works in the year 2000 and beyond is difficult Currently there are three software tools that change the software date for specific sessions or applications making it easier to test software for year 2000 compliance The four tools are 1 Hourglass from Allegro Consultants Inc 2 Time Machine from SolutionSoft Systems Inc 3 Setdate from the HP Jazz machine on the Web 4 TimeWarp 3000 from Omnisolutions All versions of Suprtool work with Hourglass but versions previous to 4 0 13 did not work with Time Machine Setdate or TimeWarp This version of Suprtool now works with all these tools Note that this change only applies to non expiring versions of Suprtool Expiring versions of Suprtool such as trials pre releases and products obtained through VARs do not work with Time Machine or
521. t all customers in California and all invoices with an amount greater than 2000 Suprlink Selection The Input file limits the scope of the Output file You cannot have more Output records than you do Input records but you can have fewer When you do a Link to another file you have an implied selection criterion That is if Suprlink cannot find a record in the Link file with matching key value s the Input record is dropped from the Output file If you have seven Link files the Input record must match all seven or be dropped This is the default selection logic You can override this for any specific Link file by specifying the OPTIONAL keyword on the Link command Only do this is you don t care whether that data exists or not since Suprlink will supply default values for those Link fields Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink A Link Example You want to produce a report of all invoices over 2 000 00 for customers in California The customer information is in the m customer dataset and the invoice information is in the d invoice dataset Here are the steps to produce this report 1 Select and sort the California customers into the file customer 2 Select and sort invoices over 2 000 into the file invoice 3 Because there will often be more than one invoice per customer specify the invoice file as input to Suprlink 4 Link in the customer file 5 Produce your report from the combined records in the output file gt base sal
522. t circuit evaluation lookup should be specified as the last part of the If command For example gt if status 10 and Slookup cust table account is faster than gt if lookup cust table account and status 10 because Suprtool can evaluate status 10 faster than lookup When the status is not 10 Suprtool knows the record will not be selected therefore there is no need to do the lookup Null fieldname The If null fieldname command selects any rows that have null values in them This feature is available only for SQL databases and only on columns that allow null values Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt if null SALESTOTAL If you want to find only those values that are not null you can add the NOT keyword in front of null gt if not null SALESTOTAL Constants This section describes numeric and string constants See also Date Selection Numeric Constants Numeric constants are not enclosed in quotes Numeric constants may be just simple whole numbers e g 5 0 56 10004 or they may have a decimal point e g 5 0 0 56 99 9 1 4 Real and IEEE numbers may also have a scale factor e g 5E 5 0 01E 4 Over punches for the sign are not required or recognized in Suprtool Always enter 11 as 11 not 1J for a DISPLAY field String Constants String constants are delimited with double or single quote marks That is either VANC or VANC Any characters within quotes are
523. t enough room Speed Demon V is aborted with assertion error number one If this happens you should check that the declaration of the status area is correct This problem could also be caused by a large portion of the application stack being wiped out Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon Speed Demon Error Messages e 409 Welcome to Calling Suprtool Calling Suprtool Suprtool including its Suprlink and Dbedit components is a utility program like FCOPY or QUERY You run it either interactively or in a batch job and feed it commands to define a task to be done How would a user application program invoke Suprtool to perform a desired task One way would be to use the COMMAND intrinsic to launch a batch job that ran Suprtool Unfortunately the user program would have little control over when the batch job started or finished To solve this problem Robelle provides an interface routine that will run Suprtool for a user program and pass commands from the program to Suprtool the same commands you would type into Suprtool This routine procedure subroutine intrinsic allows user programs to call Suprtool A typical use of this interface would be for a COBOL program to ask Suprtool to extract a selected subset from a large IMAGE dataset and write it to a disc file which the COBOL program would then read and format into a report Suprtool2 Routine The interface routine is called Suprtool2 not Suprtool User programs written in COB
524. t exit tell hpjobname hpuser hpaccount Example done leoj MPE Commands If Suprtool doesn t recognize the command you have entered it tries to interpret it as an MPE command Suprtool also interprets any command line beginning with a colon as an MPE command Only the commands that MPE allows in break are allowed in Suprtool V This feature can be used to establish File commands for the input or output files to PURGE the output file to avoid a duplicate file name error and to include COMMENT lines For example gt comment sort custfile by custnum gt input custfile gt key 1 10 no colon on the next command gt purge sortcust make sure that no duplicate file error occurs gt output sortcust gt exit MPE iX Commands Suprtool iX executes any MPE command e g Run UDCs and command files Caution programs that suspend instead of terminating are not killed by the HPCICOMMAND intrinsic Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator For help type Control Y Interrupt You can interrupt a Suprtool task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprtool responds by telling you how much work it has done IN OUT etc and asks if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the ta
525. t extract invoiceno linkflag Y gt sort invoiceno gt output file2 temp link gt xeq gt link input filel gt link link file2 optional gt link output file3 temp gt link xeq gt input file3 gt if linkflag lt gt Y gt extract invoiceno gt list standard gt exit Any invoice line with a corresponding record in the invoice Header file will have a Y in the linkflag field Records failing the match will contain the default space This technique can easily be adapted for use as a command file to minimize the amount of code added to a job stream See the MPE iX Programming section of the Suprtool User Manual for ideas about command files Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Introduction to Suprlink e 341 Linking MPE and KSAM Files Suprlink s input or link files can come from datasets MPE files or KSAM files Before linking either an MPE or KSAM file you must convert the file into a self describing file Because MPE and KSAM files have no implied structure you must use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to define the structure of the file Suprlink s only requirement is that the file contain a sort field and some optional data fields The sort field does not have to be the first field in the record The following example demonstrates how to convert an MPE file into a self describing file run suprtool pub robelle gt input mpecust regular MPE file gt def first fields 1 10 fields before the sort f
526. t have an associated master entry 6 An attempt is made to add a master dataset entry which already exists 7 An attempt is made to delete a dataset record that has changed For errors 4 through 7 If Set Ignore is Off default Suprtool prints an error message and stops processing the input file For KSAM errors the standard file information display is printed For IMAGE errors Suprtool prints whatever information is available on the record that caused the DBDELETE DBPUT or DBUPDATE error when Set Dumponerror On The information from IMAGE errors may include the input record number the output record number and the data values of the record Suprtool uses the current options of the List command to print the data values If no List command was specified Suprtool uses the List defaults To only see a summary of IMAGE errors that occurred turn Set Dumponerror Off To continue processing even when errors occur turn Set Ignore On 96 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Add Command AD The Add command currently is available only for Oracle access on HP UX Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 97 Base Command BA 98 e Suprtool Commands Opens a specified database Once you have it open you can extract data from datasets delete entries load new entries into datasets use the schema to define fields for MPE files Input file set and do on line Editing of the database Edit allows
527. t in ksamdata gt key 3 10 byte gt output input gt exit The above Suprtool run is dangerous because it cannot be restarted if it is aborted for any reason The following Suprtool run can be restarted even if the run is aborted Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 49 purge tempfile run suprtool pub robelle gt in ksamdata gt out tempfile gt xeq gt in tempfile gt key 3 10 byte gt output ksamdata erase gt exit Native Mode KSAM XL Files A native mode version of KSAM became available starting with MPE XL 2 1 KSAM XL files are completely different from KSAM V files In MPE XL 2 1 2 2 3 0 and 3 1 Suprtool has these differences from KSAM V files 1 High speed MR NOBUF access to KSAM XL files is not supported by HP This means that the only way Suprtool can read KSAM XL files is one record at a time Suprtool is typically five times slower at reading a KSAM XL file than a KSAM V file This may change in a future release of KSAM XL 2 Because Suprtool reads one record at a time KSAM XL files are read in key sequence Suprtool reads KSAM V files in chronological sequence 3 KSAM XL files do not permit recovery of deleted records using standard serial access methods For this reason it is an error to turn Set Recover On and attempt to read a KSAM XL file 4 KSAM XL files have a language attribute Suprtool uses the KSAM XL language number when sorting character type fi
528. t is risky to type Xeq on the same command line as any other command unless 1 You are not concerned with the consequences if you make a mistake e g any extract task should be safe 2 You don t make any mistakes The usual reason for putting all the commands on one line including the Xeq is to permit repetition of the task by using the Before command It is not necessary to type everything on one line because with the Listredo command Suprtool allows you to pick and choose any of your last 1000 commands Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The separating comma in commands is not optional Should your If command exceed 256 characters use the Table command or read gt in sdfile gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states gt output outfile Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line as long as they are surrounded by curly braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of command lines You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprtool command line When you enter continued command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character gt The following task extracts all customer records
529. t output result gt xeq Selecting by Date Because IMAGE doesn t provide a built in date type most databases store dates as numeric or character fields Before Suprtool can use a date field it has to know the format of a particular date field Use the Item command to specify the format For example to tell Suprtool that the item purch date is a date field with a format of yyyymmdd e g 20010319 you would use gt item purch date date yyyymmdd date format In the following date examples we show the Item command in each example In practice however you only need to use the Item command once per date field not once per task Select by Today s Date For this example select all the sales records whose purchase date is today Note the use of today in the If command to indicate today s date gt get d sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date today select today s date gt output result gt xeq Other tricks with today gt If purch date today 1 yesterday gt if purch date today 1 tomorrow Select by Particular Date To specify a particular date use the date function in the If command The date function has the form date year month day This example selects all the sales transactions for August 12 2000 20 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt get d sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date date 2000
530. t to include the century in all datasets and data files so you can use the following item command gt item invoice date date CCYYMMDD 2 Use the stddate function that adds the century component to dates in a ccyymmdd format in a J2 container Also see Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd on page 84 and Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd on page 85 for more specific details on converting two digit year date formats into four digit year date formats aammdd Date Format The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in the MM3000 product This format is only available for the X6 data type The aammdd format is similar to yymmdd but the year portion of the date use a combination of numbers and letters of the alphabet to represent years beyond 1999 By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence we can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two digit year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Invalid Dates The If command has a invalid function to find all invalid dates for a particular field An invalid date is any number of a par
531. ta types 107 249 Date command 259 Date command invalid dates 260 Date command separator character 259 date constants 154 date format in List 178 209 date format Date command 259 date function of Extract 124 date function of If 154 date limits 126 158 167 Date option 207 date selection 154 date selection with ASK MANMAN 168 Date Set List 209 Date Set option 203 204 dates in the output file 124 dates defining 166 dates relative 154 days function 125 157 DB 14 408 409 DB 32 408 409 DBCONTROL intrinsic 111 193 205 Dbedit performance 91 Dbedit decimal points 301 Dbedit default configuration 10 DBGET using 141 DBLOADNG 6 DBUTIL 76 111 193 205 457 ddd dates 169 ddd date format 169 Decimal command 261 decimal places 29 169 decimal places Chain command 103 decimal places constant values 170 decimal places Dbedit 301 Index e 465 decimal places defining 166 decimal places Extract command 123 decimal places If command 149 decimal places List command 175 decimal places Table command 222 default field filling in Suprlink 360 default input file 38 165 default output file 38 default processing 120 Defer Set option 205 deferred output in IMAGE 111 193 205 Define command 106 229 definition parameter 106 delete all records warning 112 Delete command 96 111 211 313 Delete command locking 301 Delete command performance 91 111 deleting duplicate records 26 116 deleting
532. tape MPE only gt input t Means Equals or Calculate in the If command means EQUALS gt if customer 40832 in commands means calculate something 10 25 Result 35 0 in the Input command means that the input file has exactly the same format and fields as the specified IMAGE dataset gt input acctfile actrans in the Output command means to write the sorted input file back into itself gt input myfile key 1 10 gt output input MPE only Doc To Help Standard Template Doc To Help Standard Template lt Means Less Than lt in the If command means is one field less than another field or constant value gt if balance lt 10000 By combining lt and you get less than or equals gt if balance lt 10000 gt Means Greater Than or Enter Command gt is used for two purposes in Suprtool As the Suprtool prompt character e g gt Input actrec To mean greater than in an If command e g if balance gt 10000 Combining gt and gives gt for greater than or equal to lt gt Means Not Equals In the If command use the two characters lt gt to mean not equals gt if status lt gt 01 Means Matches Pattern In the If command use the two characters when you want to check a field for a pattern of characters For example to select records where the customer name contains the word THOMPSON somewhere use gt if name THOMPSONG gt lt Mean
533. te access to all related datasets that must be changed If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database the Change command executes much faster Example change m supplier Change Key Value for File M SUPPLIER Enter Existing Key Value to Find SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Ribbons Enter New Key Value to Replace with SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons CITY San Leandro STATE CODE STREET ADDRESS 100 Main St 2 ZIP CODE 94345 OK to change this entry no y Begin changes be patient end changes 312 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Delete Command D Removes entries from a dataset DELETE file options Options numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder If you are deleting entries from a master dataset all entries from related detail datasets must be removed first Before any record will actually be deleted Delete prints the record and asks you whether it is okay to delete it the default answer is NO The field list of the file specifies which fields to list before prompting for verification of the deletion The ALL option allows you to review all entries in a detail dataset and remove some or all of them The database password must give you write access to the entire dataset ALL does not work on master datasets use the Suprtool gt Delete command instead You can delete records related to a master dataset but not the other way around D
534. te documentation from DISC or Bradmark Omnidex without TPI On MPE V and on versions on MPE iX that do not support TPI you must access the Omnidex intrinsics via call conversion To use call conversion with Omnidex version greater than 2 05 03 and less than 3 00 Suprtool Pub Robelle must be copied to the CC group of the DISC account and this copy of Suprtool must be run run suprtool cc disc lib g If you use the Suprtool2 interface to invoke Suprtool you need the following MPE commands to force Suprtool2 to run the call converted copy of Suprtool setjcw suprtool2filecommand setjcw suprtool2lib file suprtool suprtool cc For Omnidex versions starting with 3 00 you can use call conversion by running Suprtool in the following manner run suprtool pub robelle xl xl pub disc If you encounter any difficulties running Suprtool with call conversion please call us for assistance OmniQuest Dynamic Information Systems Corporation DISC also has a product called OmniQuest which allows you to qualify records and prompt the user for selection criteria In order to allow OmniQuest to work properly Suprtool needs to use only IMAGE Intrinsics To do this you just need to put the following Set command prior to the Base command in your Suprtool and Omniquest command script gt set privmode off Due to a conflict between the Robelle sort and the OmniQuest product Suprtool s fast sort algorithms must be turned off
535. te machine 528 SPEED DEMON REQUIRES FULL READ ACCESS TO THE DATASET The password used in DBOPEN must grant read access to the entire dataset passed to SPDEDBINIT The creator password always grants full read access to every dataset 527 THE DATASET CHANGED SINCE CALLING SPDEDBINIT The dataset name or dataset number passed to SPDEDBINIT must be the same one passed to SPDEDBSHUT 526 INVALID EXTRA DATA SEGMENT IDENTIFIER This error should never occur If it does please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 408 e Speed Demon Error Messages Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Speed Demon 525 DATASET IS ALREADY ACTIVE You can only use Speed Demon to read one dataset at a time Two calls were made to SPDEDBINIT Make sure that SPDEDBSHUT is called before calling SPDEDBINIT again 524 INVALID DATA SEGMENT INDEX This error can only happen in Speed Demon V The DL area of the stack has been corrupted Make sure that DB 32 and DB 14 are not used by the calling program 523 UNABLE TO OBTAIN EXTRA DATA SEGMENT Speed Demon needs an extra data segment the length of the buffer size plus a few hundred bytes the default buffer size is 28 672 bytes SPDEDBINIT was unable to allocate this extra data segment Either the system is out of resources e g DST table is full or the maximum extra data segment size is configured too small 522 INVALID FUTURE PARAMETER The future part of the control record does not contain twen
536. teger The Extract command target field then takes the definition from the Define command and extracts data from the source field display field gt in oldfile gt def salesqty 1 4 double gt ext order no order date gt ext salesqty display field Packed and Display Fields When the target of an extract conversion is a packed or display type field Suprtool always converts positive values to a neutral packed or display value To ensure that expressions with positive values have a positive result use the signed function gt extract packed field signed int field gt extract display field signed dbl field 10 Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from nonfloating point to floating point See the discussion under Numeric Truncation above Byte Fields Use the Extract command to shorten or lengthen byte type fields This feature is most useful when updating one field in an IMAGE SQL dataset with another field gt get d sales gt define part warehouse no part no 5 4 gt extract warehouse no part warehouse no gt update gt xeq If the target field is longer than the source field Suprtool fills the trailing space in the target field with spaces Byte to Numeric Conversion Suprtool cannot explicitly convert from a byte field to a numeric field such as a double integer The Extract command however does allow conversion from a display field to a double integer or any other numeric field
537. teger copy of parm copy of ACTUAL PARM gt gt actual parm q 4 run parm nn use in mainline gt gt input length used only with input defines gt gt logical batch run in batch mode gt gt equate rtn 13 lt lt carriage return in ascii gt gt bell 7 lt lt ring the bell in ascii gt gt bl inbuf 86 bl outbuf 132 wl outbuf bl outbuf 2 wl inbuf bl inbuf 2 define end if end end else end end while end end case end end do end end proc end end subr end p begin move outbuf output 2 output end err 2 err end ask 2 ask end warn 2 warn end trim while input length gt 0 and 428 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool inbuf input length 1 do input length input length 1 echo if batch then begin trim print inbuf input length 0 end input begin input length readx inbuf bl inbuf if gt then quit 10 echo inbuf input length rtn end 7 integer array inbuf 0 wl inbuf byte array inbuf inbuf integer array outbuf 0 wl outbuf byte array outbuf outbuf intrinsic ascii aritrap binary calendar clock dascii dateline dbinary debug genmessage print quit readx terminate who xaritrap xcontrap xlibtrap xsystrap setjcw lt lt external definition of suprtool2 routine gt gt procedure suprtool2 supr definition array supr definition op
538. teger field 10 10 7 This expression does not fail when using IEEE floating point Set Arith IEEE If you are developing Suprtool applications for both Classic MPE and MPE iX we suggest that you enable Set Arith Classic in Suprtool 1X to ensure exactly the same results in both applications Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt if abs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 This function will also work in the Extract command 150 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit Sabs credit 100 1 07 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work fields and expressions gt if truncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 This fu
539. tem Update 0oooonoconconiccnnonononooncoonconoconoco nooo ncnnncnnnonnos Dbedit Commands General Notes ia dos e eet dels do eae ADbIEVI Mic na Uppercase or LOWercaS6 ooooccoocccocccnonnnnoncconnninnncnnnos Comtinuation seee a nono ea a aA Control Y iii n nn E E a Comments on Command Lines MPE Commanns ccccccssccessceesceceseceeseecssseeeseecees MPE iX CommMands cocooccoconononcconnninnnononnccnocnnnncnnns Calcula ia aaa Example Database oooocccnonociccnonccncnncnncononnnoncnnninnon Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 User Manual Contents e ix x e Index Prompting for Search Criteria ccccecccsccesccsseesseeseeeseeseceeeceeeceseceseeesecsaecnsecneeeaeeaes 305 Command Parametros 305 File Parameter ici cian 305 Option Parameter soiien A a 306 Nu meric Valus Op nn cds 306 O ibescen Mt a EER 306 KEY Optra reo tel ed er oe aa er dc 306 IN A E ati laste les aches ate 307 Related Options es02c cc esters assests teat tisteae dao net ict eet ad ad eee 307 Under Optoma rest itt tt esters eda beste 22508 fetes likes nto DS 307 Updatekey OPA ads 308 SUDCOMMANdS vet e eo e de soto dia lacio Debe lo e llas doc T O 308 Add Command A c ccccccccccscccssscescccssecsescecsseceeseecsseceeeecsseceeeeecsaeceeeeecsaeceseesesaeceseeseaeeesees 310 Before Command B c cccccccccsccsssccessecsescecsseceeececsseceececsseceeseesseceeseecsaeceeeecsseceeeeecsaeseeees 311 Change Command Cl r r a a eaaa a E e E e EES E EE
540. temporary files as easily as to permanent files Temporary files have the advantage that when multiple batch jobs are running at the same time and trying to use the same file names the files won t interfere with each other Permanent files on the other hand may not have to be rebuilt every time The same permanent subfile can be used repeatedly as long as the record structure doesn t change The entire first step of running Quiz or QTP to create the subfile may be omitted Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 67 The Set Subfile statement in Quiz creates a PowerHouse subfile Subfiles are regular MPE files or KSAM XL files in the case of indexed subfiles which have user labels containing their record descriptions in Cognos proprietary format The data portion of the files is standard however and can be read by other non Cognos products It is important to ensure that when you read a subfile with Suprtool you define the fields correctly so that Suprtool s view of the data structure exactly matches the PowerHouse description of the records Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of the Output command in Suprtool to load the file This overwrites any data in the subfile but it does not touch the PowerHouse mini dictionary in the user labels run suprtool pub robelle gt base actrec gt get custmast if cred limit gt 1000000 gt output cmasf
541. ter and the salesman master it s probably faster to use traditional methods e g DBFIND and DBGET The Output file will be a self describing file containing data extracted from the Input file and the Link files Suprlink combines the Input and Link records together in a fixed way dropping the duplicated key fields and appending the remaining fields of each file in the order specified You control which fields occur by using the Extract command in Suprtool but you have no control over their order Use the Form command to print out the final record format so that you can prepare COBOL COPYLIB or PowerHouse SCHEMA definitions The Input file and Link files must be sorted by the same key field Their names do not have to be identical but they must be the same type and have the same length Suprlink does not support real or long type keys Selection logic can be tricky since it is distributed over independent Suprtool extract tasks the Suprlink merge phase and the final report program Suprtool Selection You can use the If command to select which records you want from each dataset What you cannot do in Suprtool is check a field in a related dataset You do have the option to select key values from one dataset then load them into a Table and use lookup to select related entries in another dataset It makes sense to use If on every dataset since you have another selection possibility when the files are linked For example you might selec
542. that Suprtool allocates for input and output buffers This buffer size limits the number of data blocks that Suprtool reads at a time Suprtool overrides the maximum buffer size specified if that is necessary to get the task done For example when the blocks size of the file is greater than buffer maximum specified The maximum value is 14 336 words in Suprtool V and 24 576 words in Suprtool iX The default value used by Suprtool is the largest size that fits in the available data structures and still allows Suprtool to get the job done Using Set Buffer to reduce the size of the buffer reduces the size of the stack that Suprtool uses for copy operations Suprtool V always uses a buffer size of 4096 words when sorting This leaves the maximum amount of room in the stack for the sorting operation Some utilities that intercept all file system calls can have problems with the large read write requests that Suprtool makes e g some versions of Omnidex and Netbase versions less than 0 9 4 You can avoid this problem by adding a Set Buffer command to Suprmgr Pub Sys to reduce the default buffer size Suprtool automatically detects when a file is considered Netbase remote and adjusts the buffer size for you This requires Netbase 0 9 4 version or higher Date Cutoff SET DATE CUTOFF number Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Initially 10 Default 00 Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates the date valu
543. the Standard keyword If you specify the Heading keyword without the Title keyword a default title is produced gt get m customer read this dataset gt extract cust account Z8 gt extract name first X10 gt extract name last X16 gt extract credit rating J2 gt extract cust status X2 gt sort name last gt sort name first gt list standard title Customer List amp heading Account First and Last Names amp n Credit Status gt xeq List Device By default the List command lists lines to stdlist There are several methods that you can use to redirect the output to a specific logical device or to a disc file You can also redirect output to an attached printer File Suprlist Suprtool lists lines to the file Suprlist You can use a File command for the Suprlist file to direct the list output to any line printer or even to a disc file The Suprlist file can have widths of 56 to 256 characters If PCL is zero Suprlist defaults to 78 columns wide If your line printer paper is wider specify the width using Rec on the File command Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 179 180 Suprtool Commands gt get m customer gt file suprlist dev 1p rec 132 list output to LP gt list gt xeq If PCL is non zero there is no need for Rec on the File command Suprtool supplies the correct value Device LP Use the LP option to send listings to the device LP If you hav
544. the end of the year 2027 PHdate and PHdate8 The PHdate and PHdate8 attributes are compatible with the COGNOS PowerHouse date format If the data type is Jl or K1 the date is stored as a LOGICAL value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 four bits for the month bits 7 10 and five bits for the day bits 11 15 If the data type is J2 or K2 the date is stored as yyyymmdd PHDate and PHDate8 date formats are similar however PHDate values for the year range from 0 99 whereas PHDate8 year values are from 0 127 A year of 0 in PHDate could mean either 1900 or 2000 depending on user applications A year of 0 in PHDate8 means 1900 and 100 means 2000 The PHDate8 date format is found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher ASK The ASK attribute is compatible with the ASK manufacturing software ASK uses a special date format stored as a single integer or a single logical 1 e Jl or K1 in IMAGE This date is relative to January 1 1973 yyymmdd The yyymmdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except that the first digit denotes the century If the first digit is a 1 one then the century is 19 and if the first digit is a 2 two then the century is 20 Only data types of P8 and J2 are supported for this date attribute This date format is used by some third party software packages such as MACS and APS EDSDATE The EDSDATE date format is similar to the yyymmdd format in which the first digit represents the century
545. the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprtool2 Interface Routine How would a user application program invoke Suprtool to perform a desired task Robelle provides an interface routine that runs Suprtool for a user program passing Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Welcome to Suprtool e 3 Documentation 4 e Welcome to Suprtool commands from the program to Suprtool the same commands you would type into Suprtool This routine or procedure subroutine intrinsic allows user programs to call Suprtool A typical use of this interface would be for a COBOL program to ask Suprtool to extract a selected subset from a large IMAGE dataset and write it to a disc file which the COBOL program would then read and format into a report User programs written in COBOL TRANSACT Speedware SPL FORTRAN Pascal COBOL iX FORTRAN iX or Pascal iX can call Suprtool2 Suprtool comes with User Manuals and a Change Notice You may have received printed copies of these They are also available as PDF or HTML Help files You may have received a documentation CD with these files or you can download the files from the Robelle web site User Manuals The user manuals contain the full description of all the Suprtool commands as well as usage tips The manuals are up to date with all the latest changes incorporated in
546. then list the master entry plus RELATED details For example here is a usefile that uses the File command to define a dataset file d inventory key product no 5 key and limit You may use the List Modify or Delete commands to modify inventory records You are restricted to at most five inventory records per product number Use the file inside Dbedit gt base store gt edit enter Dbedit useq dinvent use specify commands from the usefile You may use the List Modify or Delete commands to modify inventory records You are restricted to at most five inventory records per product number Dbedit prompts for commands Quiet Execution By default Dbedit displays the commands in the usefile as they are executed Dbedit can execute commands quietly using the Useq command useq store use no commands are listed Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Dbedit The usefile may be an EDITOR KEEP file UNN or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ 326 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Database Editing Verify Command V Displays the current status of Dbedit conditions VERIFY ALL BASE DSET SET CIUPDATE Default BASE DSET CIUPDATE changed SET values Only one item can be verified at a time The format of the Verify output is organized into columns Verify with no parameter
547. there are errors When it is Off Suprtool aborts on any error assumes the correct answer to any question and generally acts as if there is not an intelligent being typing in the command Suprtool chooses the correct answer which allows the task to continue In most cases this is the default answer However there are cases where Suprtool picks a different answer from the default For example an output filename erase command has a default answer of no but with Interactive Off Suprtool uses the answer yes However if you run Suprtool on a Remote Session that was created from a batch job Set Interactive is On even though you are NOT interactive If you wish to have proper batch error processing your first command after Run Suprtool should be Set Interactive Off Set Interactive Off is also useful when automating on line tasks with usefiles Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 207 208 e Suprtool Commands LabelledTapeRewind SET LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ON OFF Initially ON With certain versions of MPE iX the rewind operation fcontrol 5 failed on SCSI DAT drives Before Suprtool can read the data on a tape 1t must read the labels first That means the tape must be returned to the BOT If the tape does not rewind properly you can turn this off with Set Labelledtaperewind Off Limits SET LIMITS MPE ONJOFF READONLY ONJOFF Tablesize size Initially CM MPE ON ReadOnly OFF Tablesize 1 megabyte
548. those that end in the middle of a byte Here are some example definitions of packed decimal fields Suprtool Definition Description gt define m 1 2 packed s9 3 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last is sign digit gt define n 1 2 packed s9 2 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last digit is unused gt define p 1 6 packed s9 11 COMP 3 P12 in IMAGE 6 bytes 3 words 11 digits Data Type Warning The Define command accepts field definitions of any combination of byte length and data type However many combinations have limited usefulness in Suprtool In these cases Suprtool prints a warning For example gt def field 1 1 integer Warning Length of 1 is of limited use for the data type INTEGER Examples The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Define command efine a 11 4 double J2 or 12 S9 9 COMP efine b 21 2 int J1 or I1 S9 4 COMP efine c 3 4 real R2 Classic floating point efine d 5 8 long R4 Classic floating point efine e 21 8 character string efine f address 5 fifth occurrence of address efine g address 5 3 4 relative offset efine h address 5 4 2 byte middle of the address efine i x 6 4 starts at sixth byte of X efine j invoice 6 byte redefine field as Byte Absolute Example The following example shows the most basic use of the Define command to create a new field definition at an absolute location in the input
549. ticular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar For example a date with a month of 99 will be considered invalid gt base store demo Database password gt get d sales gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date gt out baddates link gt xeq Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits Suprtool is capable of converting dates from one format to another using a variety of Suprtool features We will show how Suprtool can convert common dates without the century to those that have the century included While Suprtool can convert your data it is up to you to change your programs Adager a third party program for Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 83 changing Image database structures has the ability to change date fields Suprtool can convert data in Image databases flat files self describing files and KSAM files Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd The stddate function can convert six digit date formats to ccyymmdd But what if all the dates are not actually dates but some dates are filled with 9s as a flag to an application Consider this dataset with two date fields J2 items and in the date format yymmdd Database STORE DB GREEN D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE J2 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 21 PURCH DATE J2 25 SALES QTY J1 29 SALES T
550. ting combinations until you find the one that best fits the application that you want to import data into For example Sinput Soutput Sxeq Sfloating fixed 2 change one option Sinput sdfile Soutput xeq view the result sign change a different option input output xeq and so on 276 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport Quote Command Q Specify which quote character if any is to be used around byte type fields QUOTE NONE DOUBLE SINGLE Default Double Most software packages expect byte type fields to be in one of two formats 1 Fixed column see the Column command 2 Surrounded by single or double quotes In this case you may also need to remove trailing spaces see the Spaces command No Quotes for Fixed Columns Use Quote None to cause byte type fields to be output as a group of characters In many cases you would combine this option with Columns Fixed Single or Double Quotes By default all byte type fields are surrounded by double quotes Specify single quotes using the Single option If a byte type field contains the quote character specified in the quote command it is replaced with a space For example if the input was and Quote Single had been specified then the output would be customer s Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 STExport STExport Commands e 277 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO
551. tion external check 3 Spage Standard Robelle Utility Procedures procedure output address value address integer address lt lt in outbuf gt gt begin integer output length lt lt check length for overflow of buf gt gt output length address outbuf 2 if output length gt bl outbuf then begin print outbuf bl outbuf 0 quit 111 end if print outbuf output length 0 end proc lt lt output gt gt procedure ask address value address integer address begin integer output length lt lt check length for overflow of buf gt gt output length address outbuf 2 if output length gt bl outbuf then begin print outbuf bl outbuf 0 quit 111 end if print outbuf output length 320 end proc lt lt ask gt gt procedure err address value address integer address lt lt in outbuf gt gt begin integer output length integer array errbuf 0 10 move errbuf 8 bell 8 10 lt lt 1f gt gt ERROR print errbuf 5 320 lt lt check length for overflow of buf gt gt output length address outbuf 2 if output length gt bl outbuf then begin print outbuf bl outbuf 0 quit 111 end if print outbuf output length 0 print errbuf 0 0 end proc lt lt err gt gt procedure blank buf count value count Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool Examples of Calling Suprtool e 429 integer count integer array buf begin if cou
552. tion produces a self describing file complete with the date and decimal place information gt get d sales gt output salefile link gt xeq gt form salefile File salefile SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 DELIV DATE 12 9 lt lt Y YY YMMDD gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 13 PRODUCT PRICE 12 21 lt lt 2 gt gt PURCH DATE 12 25 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt SALES QTY I1 29 SALES TAX 12 31 LIe SA SALES TOTAL T2 35 lt lt 2 gt gt Limit 108 EOF 8 Entry Length 38 Blocking 107 Notice how the Form command correctly identifies which fields are dates and which fields have implied decimal places STExport uses this information to format the file STExport Output We then use STExport to read the self describing Salefile to produce our sample output on stdlist To demonstrate how dates are handled we insert a separator in each date field run stexport pub robelle Sinput salefile self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput output to stdlist Sxeq 10020 1993 10 05 50511501 98 31 1993 10 01 0 02 27 53 224 15 10003 1993 10 15 50511501 98 31 1993 10 15 0 01 13 76 112 07 10003 1993 10 15 50512501 145 62 1993 10 15 0 01 20 39 166 00 10003 1993 10 15 50513001 192 20 1993 10 15 0 01 26 91 219 10 10016 1993 10 21 50521001 24 59 1993 10 21 0 03 10 33 84 11 10016 1993 10 21 50532001 139 85 1993 10 21 0 01 19 58 159 42 There are no byte type
553. to check the physical EOF If the EOF is wrong Suprtool reopens the file with Locking and Inout access in order to update the physical EOF After checking and updating the physical EOF Suprtool unlocks the KSAM V file and leaves it unlocked while reading the file You should be aware of the following 1 A user program that opens the KSAM V file without Locking fails if Suprtool has the file open You should specify Locking on all KSAM V opens even if you do not plan to lock the file 2 A user program that opens the KSAM V file with exclusive access will fail if Suprtool has the file open 3 Suprtool cannot read KSAM V files that user programs have open with exclusive access Suprtool ignores the KSAM V key file it reads the data file only If a data record has a binary 1 in the first two bytes Suprtool ignores the record Your user programs must guarantee that a binary 1 does not appear in the first two bytes of any record except those that have actually been deleted If you wish to read the deleted records use Set Recover On Reorganizing KSAM V Files Suprtool can be used to reorganize an existing KSAM V file Assuming that you have a KSAM V file with a 10 byte key starting on the third byte the following Suprtool commands sort the file along the primary key remove any deleted records and leave the KSAM V file in an optimal state Warning OUTPUT INPUT cannot be restarted if it is aborted run suprtool pub robelle g
554. two fields Constants A constant is a value that matches the data type of field Constants are either a string constant in quotes a numeric constant or a date constant specified with date or today See the next section about Constants for more details Constant Type KERRY LATHWELL string constant 12345 numeric constant date 00 07 09 date constant July 9 2000 Relations A relation is one of the size comparison symbols Suprtool does not use words like EQUALS as in QUERY Relational operator Means equal to gt greater than lt less than gt greater than or equal to lt less than or equal to lt gt not equal to Complex Expressions Complex expressions can be made by combining the AND OR and NOT operators arithmetic operators and mod and parentheses The order of precedence of operators from highest to lowest is Operator Precedence Highest NOT Take the opposite AND Both must be true OR One or the other must be true Unary minus eS Higher than addition and subtraction a Lowest Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands 145 Short circuit evaluation means that the Ifcommand does not always need to evaluate all the parts of the command 146 e Suprtool Commands Use parentheses where necessary to change the order of evaluation gt if status 1 and amount gt 100 or purchased 000115 gt if status 1 or status 2 and amount gt 100 Multiple V
555. ty blanks Make sure that the control record was declared correctly and that the correct name was passed to SPDEDBINIT Verify that the control record is the fifth parameter of SPDEDBINIT and be sure that either a dummy argument or a field list was passed as the last parameter to SPDEDBINIT 521 INVALID BUFFER LENGTH xxxx The buffer length of the control record did not contain a valid value The minimum buffer size is 4096 and the maximum is 14 336 unless zero was specified Make sure that the control record was declared correctly the correct name was passed to SPDEDBINIT verify that the control record is the fourth parameter of SPDEDBINIT and be sure that a dummy argument was passed as the last parameter to SPDEDBINIT 520 INVALID VERSION NUMBER x The version number of the control record did not contain a zero Make sure that the control record was declared correctly the correct name was passed to SPDEDBINIT verify that the control record is the fifth parameter of SPDEDBINIT and be sure that a dummy argument was passed as the last parameter to SPDEDBINIT Assertion Errors It is possible for Speed Demon to abort because of an internal inconsistency These are called assertion errors and they should be reported to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc There is one assertion error that can be caused by problems in the application software Each Speed Demon V intrinsic checks for ten words of room in the status area If there is no
556. uded from the file Transact Qlibsrc Robelle The TRANSACT definition of the control record with the proper initializing values is as follows 424 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Calling Suprtool define item supr control supr version supr status supr command supr pri supr maxdata supr print supr tot type supr other supr totals supr total supr tot sign supr out count supr workspace list supr control let pr version let pr status move pr command move pr pri let pr maxdata pr print pr tot type pr other pr out count pr workspace supr totals 1 supr totals 18 lt lt set up initial values gt gt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt ER lt lt lt lt NE lt lt AL Co lt lt ga CON lt lt AS pr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control supr control don t change gt gt check after each call gt gt CS DS ES gt gt DS is default gt gt print on error only gt gt never gt gt always gt gt total type cobol gt gt ascii gt gt Below is a sample program that uses the TRANSACT include file to call the Suprtool2 interface The program uses Suprtool to find two totals and the output count of selected records from the sales hist dataset of the SH databas
557. uld fetch data Setting this number too low won t give the memory manager sufficient time to get the data into memory before Suprtool needs it Setting the Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool number too high may mean that on a busy system the data will be overwritten before Suprtool gets a chance to use it When reading an input file or dataset Suprtool iX prefetches twice the Set Buffer length of data from disc to memory This default value of 2 works well even on small machines If Suprtool is running stand alone on a fast CPU with a lot of memory you may wish to increase the prefetch amount The maximum value for Set Prefetch is 5 1 e five times the Set Buffer length If you don t want Suprtool to prefetch you can specify Set Prefetch 0 This may be required when Suprtool is operating with third party software tools that intercept all file system calls e g Netbase from Quest Software Suprtool iX ignores the Set Prefetch value when reading from a remote file or database or from a KSAM V KSAM XL circular or RIO file Set Prefetch is ignored by Suprtool V Privmode SET PRIVMODE ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool requires privileged mode to quickly scan IMAGE datasets You can force Suprtool to read a dataset using DBGET by turning Set Privmode Off but Suprtool runs about five times slower You must specify Set Privmode Off before using the Base command To enable fast serial reading turn Set Privmode On and reopen the datab
558. umentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink e 329 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows Help Command The user manual is also available to the on line Suprlink user through the Help command For instructions try help help Notation The Suprlink documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition Link filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL l Installing Suprlink UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example BY Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example filename Brackets enclose optional fields Example FROM input keys Braces enclose comments in examples Braces are allowed for comments in actual Suprlink commands Example output repts temp produces job temporary Output Up lines separate alternatives from
559. uprtool How to Contact Robelle Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Europe Doc To Help Standard Template In the United States in Canada and in places not listed below contact us at the following address Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suite 201 15399 102A Ave Surrey B C Canada V3R 7K1 Phone 604 582 1700 Fax 604 582 1799 E mail solutions robelle com E mail support robelle com Web www robelle com France Belgium ARES Attention Renee Belegou Phone 33 1 69 86 60 24 Fax 33 169 28 19 18 E mail rbelegou ares fr Web wwwaares fr Germany SWS SoftWare Systems GmbH Attention Renate Pfund Phone 49 7621 689 190 Fax 41 31 981 32 63 E mail info sws ch Web www sws ch How to Contact Robelle e 449 Africa 450 e How to Contact Robelle The Netherlands Belgium Samco Automation b v Attention Marius Schild Phone 31 13 5215655 Fax 31 13 5288815 E mail marius samco nl Web www samco nl Nordic Countries Ole Nord AB Attention Ole Nord Phone 46 8 623 00 50 Fax 46 8 35 42 45 E mail info olenordab se Web www olenordab se Switzerland Austria SWS SoftWare Systems AG Attention Renate Pfund Phone 41 31 981 06 66 Fax 41 31 981 32 63 E mail info sws ch Web www sws ch United Kingdom Ireland Robelle Consulting Attention Clive Oldfield Phone 44 20 7473 2558 Fax 44 20 7473 2558 E mail robelle_oldfield email msn com South Africa Sy
560. ut file Even if you change your database structure many of your job streams that use Suprtool and the setname option will not have to be changed Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 135 Form Command F 136 e Suprtool Commands The Form command displays information about the items and datasets in a database or the fields in a self describing file The Form command is similar to the Form command of QUERY FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default depends The Form command displays the structure of a database dataset table or self describing file The Form command is also available in Dbedit The Query All option is not supported When showing the form of an IMAGE dataset or a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal places with the Item command these attributes appear as part of the form listing Example gt base store 5 gt item last ship date date yymmdd gt item unit cost decimal 2 gt form d inventory D INVENTORY Detail Entry Offset BIN NO J1 Bl LAST SHIP DATE J2 3 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt ON HAND OTY J2 7 PRODUCT NO Z8 11 M PRODUCT SUPPLIER NO Z8 19 M SUPPLIER UNIT COST P8 27 lt lt 2 gt gt Capacity 330 22 330 66 Entries 13 Highwater 13 Bytes 30 Database
561. utput command is entered Suprtool defaults the output file to null It is your responsibility to ensure that the output records match the format of the target dataset The DATA option of the Output command is the only valid output option when Put is specified PUT setname database mode password Default base Base mode 1 pass Creator Parameters If database is not specified setname must be a valid dataset of the Base previously opened You must have write access to the dataset selected If database is included the specified database is opened The specified database can be redefined to reside on another system or in a different account group via a File command The default open mode is 1 and the default password is Creator This Put database is closed after the task is completed unlike the database opened with Base It is possible to copy records from one database to another with Suprtool In session mode Suprtool prompts for the password if it is not included in the command In batch mode it is necessary to specify a database password without the password being echoed on the job stream listing A special database password is provided to allow for this When a question mark is used as the database password Suprtool prompts for the password on the next physical input line without echoing This occurs in batch mode or in session mode Examples For the first example we assume that the D SALES dataset is designed to cont
562. utput invcust texit no input was specified link and stop Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprlink Form Command F Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file Suprlink shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File CUSTFILE EXAMPLE ROBELLE SD Version A 00 00 Entry CHARACTER length is five bytes ZONED room for five digits INTEGER single integer DOUBLE double integer PACKED room for five digits QUAD eight byte integer REPEATINT 2 compound field LOGICAL single logic
563. ve reached it Record selection in effect percentage calculation is estimated You specified a Get or Input with record number selection and the percentage complete is estimated Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Errors and Warnings e 239 Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport Documentation Welcome to STExport for MPE Version 4 5 STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Summary of the STExport commands Before Form Quote Verify Columns HEAding REDO Xeq DAte HElp Reset XML DElimiter HTML Set Zero DO Input SIgn expression Exit LISTREDO SPaces OS command FLoating Output Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprtool you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readste
564. w ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeg In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 203 204 e Suprtool Commands Date ForceCentury SET DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF Initially OFF Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt date 00 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off Set Buffer varies the maximum number of words that Suprtool allocates for input and output buffers This buffer size limits the number of data blocks that Suprtool reads at a time Date IfYY2000Error SET DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool considers dates with a two digit century component from the date and today functions to be invalid when the dates resolve to be greater than 1999 and the If operation is a relative operation e g greater than or equal to You can control whether Suprtool considers this condition an error by using th
565. want to find all the sales records for customer account 1234 Assuming that cust account is a search field in the d sales dataset you would use this gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt chain d sales cust account 1234 read the sales records for customer 1234 gt out outl gt xeq If you want to select sales records for more than one customer you would use gt chain d sales cust account 12345 67890 39201 gt out out2 gt xeq Values with Decimal Places You can specify values with decimal places for search fields with implied decimal places For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt chain d inventory unit cost 10 10 5 10 75 gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeq Selection with a Table You can specify the records to read using a table The Table command may appear before or after the Chain command Use this option when you have a file of key values to search for Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 103 gt select the sales records that match the values in custfile gt chain d sales cust account sales table gt table sales table cust account file custfile gt out out4 gt xeq Combining Chain with If The Chain command selects an input dataset and a set of key values to search for To specify additional selection criteria use the Chain command to specify the key values and the If command for the
566. we must define a field within the input record gt input dinvent input is from a disc file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Dinvent gt if a lt 10000 records with field A less than gt xeg 10000 are written to Outfile Dataset Files The setname parameter notifies Suprtool that the records have the same internal data structure as the entries in this IMAGE dataset You can then specify sort select fields by field name instead of by the physical offset within the record You must have done a previous Base command and setname must exist in the database You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry and the record length of the file must match that of the dataset entry Using the Define command is error prone because it forces you to calculate offsets and lengths of each field in your input record If you used Suprtool to create a disc file from an IMAGE dataset you do not need to use the Define command gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt get d inventory input from a dataset gt output dinvent automatically defined by Get gt xeg process this task and continue gt input dinvent d inventory same format as d inventory gt if unit cost lt 10000 use the actual IMAGE field name gt sort cust account fagain the IMAGE field name is used gt list list the selected records with gt xeg their field names and values
567. wnloading to the PC After you have created a PRN file using Suprtool you can use FTP or any of the many terminal emulator programs available to download the file to the PC This includes Reflection from Walker Richer amp Quinn Robelle s text editor Qedit is able to execute Reflection commands from the HP e3000 helping to automate the process of downloading Decimal Places Be sure to specify which fields have decimal places when creating the PRN file Suprtool reserves extra space for decimal points that appear in the PRN output When formatting numeric fields Suprtool inserts the decimal point at the correct place When you import your file into your PC application numeric fields are automatically formatted correctly Spreadsheets The following procedure allows you to include literal headings in your spreadsheet using only one file the size and shape of which is computed by STExport We have tested this method with MS Excel it should work with any spreadsheet that supports the importing of delimited files There are two steps First build a self describing file with Suprtool then use STExport to convert it to PRN and add the headings 1 In Suprtool build a self describing file gt input gt define items gt item items gt extract fields gt output sdfile link gt xeq 2 In STExport convert to PRN and add the header line Sinput sdfile Sheading fieldnames output pcdata Sexit The file Pcdata
568. word to add more files to the tape This tells MPE to add each file to the end of the tape volume Use the file name O with the Suprtool Output command You do not need to specify a record size or blocking factor on the File command When the file is read back most of the file attributes will be remembered One exception to this is file code Files read from a labeled tape always have a file code of 0 unless you use a File command to specify a specific file code Multiple Files Do the following to store four files to a labeled tape run suprtool pub robelle gt file o dev tape label VOL1 next gt in a out o x first file on the volume gt file o dev tape label VOL1 addf gt in b out o x subsequent files are added to the end gt in cout o x gt in d out o x If all of these files are purged and you want to restore the file D you would do the following 60 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool The 4 on the File command instructs the file system to restore the fourth file on the tape If you forget the contents of a labeled tape make FCOPY read it as if it were unlabeled file x dev tape acc update fcopy from x to char displays the volume and the first file headers from x to char skipeof 3 displays the file header for the following file You will be asked for permission to scratch the label but MPE does not scratch the label unless you write to the
569. xl module suprtool asm Suprtool2 can successfully be installed into the System XL file but this is not recommended by HP Suprtool2 can be combined into an XL file with other Robelle XL files except Qcompxl a part of Qedit Suprtool Run Parameters By default the Suprtool2 interface runs Suprtool as Suprtool Pub Robelle with Lib S We have provided JCWs that allow Suprtool to be moved or run with a different library Moving Suprtool To change the location of the Suprtool program file you must specify a JCW and use a File command for the program file setjcw suprtool2filecommand 2 file suprtool suprtool pub dev run example pub lib p We suggest you add the Setjcw and File commands to a logon UDC This way every invocation of the Suprtool2 interface will use the copy of Suprtool in the Pub group of the Dev account Previous versions of the Suprtool2 interface accepted a value of 1 for the suprtool2filecommand JCW In this case you must specify a file command for Suprtool Pub Robelle We don t recommend you do this since this only works on MPE 1X and not on MPE V Lib The Suprtool2 interface looks at the Suprtool2lib JCW for which library to use The values of this JCW correspond to the description of the library portion of the flag variable of the create intrinsic These values are JCW Value uses lib 0 Lib S 1 Lib P 2 Lib G 3 lt invalid gt If the Suprtool2lib JCW does not exist the Suprtool2 interfa
570. y on the Input gt numrecs 30000 specify 30000 input tape records gt output tout we build the output file with gt xeg room for 30000 records The Input command is processed immediately Suprtool does not wait for an Xeq or Exit command before opening the Input file If the session seems to hang after the Input command check the console to see whether it is waiting for the reply Notes Only one Input Chain or Get command is allowed per extract task The Input command opens the specified file immediately The file is held open until the input is reset or the current task completes If at least one sort key has been specified the Input command is optional but you can specify the input file by means of a File command File Input xxx Suprtool first attempts to open the input file as READ SHARED NO LOCKING If it cannot open the file because someone else has it open with LOCKING Suprtool tries again with LOCKING specified If the input file is a KSAM V file Suprtool eventually closes the KSAM V file and reopens it with LOCKING and INOUT access If you specify a self describing input file with Oracle dates Suprtool will automatically recognize the Oracle date attribute Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 165 Item Command IT 166 e Suprtool Commands Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal points or the date format for an item The date and today functions of the If
571. y for the day and the day is greater than the last day of the month you specified Suprtool uses the actual last day of the month instead of the current day of the month In our example Suprtool would use April 30 2000 Suprtool will take leap years into account when calculating the last day of February Today s Date To select records based on today s date use the following gt if field Stoday today s date gt if field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt if field today 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 yymmdd and Beyond 1999 Because dates spanning the turn of the century will not collate properly for the yymmdd form you need to use stddate to compare these dates gt item ship date date yymmdd gt if ship date lt date 2000 12 31 will not work gt if Sstddate ship date lt Sdate 2000 12 31 will work Finding Invalid Dates Use the invalid function to find invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar For example a month value of 99 would be considered invalid Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 155 gt base store demo Database password gt get d sales gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv
572. y OFF MAPPED forces Suprlink iX to read the input and link files using mapped file access Specifying this option is an error in Suprlink V If the input and link files are not in memory the wall time performance is worse with Set Mapped On but CPU time performance is better You must Set Mapped On before specifying the input file Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the Suprlink prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprlink invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future Suprlink invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprlink creates it Otherwise Suprlink uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprlink session As soon as you exit Suprlink the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprlink you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the logon group and account This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks I
573. y The Add command locks one dataset using DBLOCK mode 3 after all of the field values have been entered The Modify and Delete commands do the following 1 After all of the field values have been entered the dataset is locked 2 The records are re read using DBGET mode 4 for details or DBGET mode 7 for masters 3 The re read record is compared with the original record If they are not the same no update or delete is done 4 The record is updated or deleted When a search field or a sort field is changed with the Modify command the record is deleted and added again 5 The dataset is unlocked The Change command locks the entire database while all key values are being changed In all cases the DBLOCK is done unconditionally This means that Dbedit always waits for other locks to be released possibly holding up your terminal Decimal Points Type to get a description of the field If you use Suprtool s Item command to specify implied decimal places for an item Dbedit scales all input values according to the number of implied decimal places When listing records fields with implied decimal places are formatted with a decimal point For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt edit add d inventory unit cost SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 2001001 UNIT COST gt 10 50 SUPPLIER NO 5051 PRODUCT NO 50513001 UNIT COST 10 50 When Dbedit prompts for field values you
574. y 80 lines PCL 5 Prints 80 columns on A4 paper by slightly narrowing the space between columns PCL 6 Prints tiny letters in Landscape mode on legal size paper This gives you 223 columns per line The PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper Suprtool can adjust the number of rows and columns for each option to match A4 if you add 2000 to the PCL code You can also select the ASCII character set instead of the default Roman 8 character set by adding 1000 to the PCL code See List Command L on page 175 for more details Here is a complete table of the PCL codes PCL L P Font A4 paper _Letter size Notes Rows x Rows x Columns Columns 1 L Ip 58 x 188 60 x 175 2 L courier 43 x 110 45 x 100 3 P courier 64 x 77 60 x 80 standard 4 P lp 85 x 128 80 x 132 5 P courier 64 x 80 60 x 80 A4 squeeze 6 L lp 60 x 223 60 x 223 legal size L and P mean Landscape or Portrait orientation List Time SET LIST Time number Initially 1 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Use Set List Time to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM Lock SET LOCK nu
575. y Criteria Simple Criteria To tell Suprtool to choose records based on certain criteria use the If command Think of the If command as a shorthand for Select all records that have In this example Suprtool extracts all records with a sales total value greater than 20000 from the d sales dataset gt get d sales gt if sales total gt 20000 select gt output result gt xeq Complex Criteria To choose records using more complex criteria combine several simple criteria using AND OR NOT and parentheses In this example Suprtool extracts all records that have a sales total value greater than 20000 and a product price value less than 5000 from the d sales dataset Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 19 gt get d sales gt if sales total gt 20000 and product price lt 5000 gt output result gt xeq String of Digits If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of digits and you want to use this field as a numeric field you need to define a new display field on top of the existing field For example suppose your data looks like the following where the customer account number is stored in the 8 digit byte type field at the start of the record 20476789 rest of customer record To find all customers with an account greater than 20470000 you would do the following gt get dataset gt define accountnum account 8 display gt 1f accountnum gt 20470000 g
576. y adding them together For example Parm 96 means check with me before exiting then when I do actually exit terminate Suprtool completely instead of suspending 40 e Running Suprtool under MPE Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Issues and Solutions A Suprtool Task Suprtool s primary function is to extract data quickly its focus is batch extraction The key principle is the bigger the input data source and the smaller the subset of data selected the more performance improves Y our aim is to replace serial reads and selection with Suprtool To do this break your task into components an input choice some processing selections and the output choice Input Choices Suprtool can read input from an MPE or KSAM file an IMAGE dataset or a tape file Using File commands any MPE file with fixed length records can be read by Suprtool Your first action is usually to select a database with the Base command Then use the Chain or Get command for input from a dataset and the Input command for all other input choices Often you select a subset of the input records using the If command Only selected records are passed to the processing stage and the output choice Processing Selections If you do not specify any processing the input records are quickly copied to the output choice Some of your processing choices are 1 Sort the records into ascending or descending sequence Sort or Key No records are output until a
577. y an explicit path If you use List Related with a detail dataset Dbedit prints the specified detail entry followed by the master entry for each search field in the detail You can only Delete Related from a master dataset Dbedit shows the master entry After confirming the deletion Dbedit deletes all entries with the same search value in all related datasets Control Y can be used to interrupt the deletion process Dbedit can only use explicitly defined IMAGE paths to navigate between datasets User defined paths are not supported in Dbedit When listing related records Dbedit shows all fields in each dataset including those that Dbedit normally doesn t support e g X100 The following example shows how related records are listed starting with a master dataset and then its related detail datasets list m supplier related all related records SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons The M SUPPLIER record is listed here D INVENTORY records with a SUPPLIER NAME of STD Ribbons are listed here Under Option When Dbedit prompts for a value for a field it prints a series of underlines These underlines indicate the maximum field width These underlines can be useful but they may not work on all terminals You can disable underlining by using Set Underline Off Once underlining is turned off you may wish to enable it again but only for one command The Under option overrides the Set Underline but only for the current command Suprtoo
578. y available to users on MPE iX 4 0 or later The database must be indexed using either Omnidex or Superdex and must be enabled for indexing using DBUTIL If a database has TPI enabled Suprtool can take advantage of the generic search capability in the Chain command The Form command shows the third party indexes that correspond to IMAGE fields and any byte type indexes that do not correspond to Glossary of Terms e 457 an IMAGE field MPE automatically maintains the indexes as Suprtool adds deletes and modifies records Warnings Warnings are messages produced by Suprtool to let you know about nonfatal conditions that might affect your task Some common warning messages and their meanings are described in Appendix A Yes or No When Suprtool asks a question that requires a YES or NO answer Y OUI JA and SI are accepted as YES and any other answer is considered NO Special Characters 458 e Glossary of Terms Certain non alpha and non numeric characters like gt and have special meaning within Suprtool See the descriptions that follow As well the term special designates a class of characters in the If command Means Stdinx Stdlist or File Command in the Input command means to read input from stdinx MPE only in the Output command means to write the output to stdlist at the front of a file name points back to an MPE File command gt input MPE only gt output gt file t dev
579. y default the Output file is permanent and named Output If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records When Columns Fixed is specified STExport creates the output file with fixed length records STExport computes the maximum record size by computing the maximum length of each formatted field and adding them together If the heading line is longer than this the length of the heading line is used as the record length You can use a file equation to reduce the record size but it is not recommended since too short a record size can cause STExport to fail in the middle of a task File Equations STExport allows the use of file equations to help ensure a file is built with the attributes that you require in the output file One example of this is when you are generating HTML output and want to use it with the Apache Web server on MPE The Web server needs the files to be bytestream files One caveat for this technique with bytestream files is that you have to specify a disc value greater than or equal to the total number of bytes that will be written to the file because by definition a bytestream file has a record size of only one byte An example of this technique is as follows file x myhtml rec b disc 100000 Sin mysdfile Shtml table title My Web Page Sout x Sexit Stdlist If the output file name is each output record is written to stdlist This is useful for trying out different format
580. year to date sales total to the sales record these fields are located in the customer records run suprtool pub robelle gt base mybase gt get sales detail or use Chain command gt extract customernum saledate saleamt gt item saledate date phdate gt if saledate gt date 95 10 01 and gt saledate lt date 95 10 31 gt sort customernum gt sort saledate gt output sales link temp creates temporary SD file gt xeq gt get customer master get entire dataset gt extract customernum name gt extract salesman ytdsales gt sort customernum gt output custs link temp gt exit run suprlink pub robelle tinput sales link sales link custs to custs toutput repts temp producing REPTS xeq run the task form repts fields in repts texit purge sales temp these two files purge custs temp no longer needed file infile repts oldtemp file outfile dev lp run myprog purge repts temp Whenever Suprlink is processing files with packed or zoned decimal keys errors can occur because of invalid digits in the keys Suprlink reports the input and link record numbers with illegal digits and processing stops You can use Suprtool to examine input and link records by using record selection with Suprtool s input command A packed decimal number consists of nibbles there are two nibbles in each byte The last nibble is the sign of the number The r
581. yout information provided by PowerHouse Think of the QSHOW output as a list of records that needs only to be translated into another form What you do is send the QSHOW report to a disc file and process that file with Quiz turning it into a list of Define commands for Suprtool Notes on QSHOW Output To capture the output of QSHOW you can run QSHOW and redirect the stdlist Or you can set a File command for QSHOLIST to a disc file build templist rec 80 f ascii file qsholist templist old dev disc run qshow current cognos Once inside QSHOW you must Set Report Device Printer so that QSHOW uses the QSHOLIST file The advantage of using QSHOLIST is that only the actual file report is put in the file not any of the other information printed by QSHOW such as the program banner PowerHouse subfiles can be processed in the same way as files defined in the PowerHouse dictionary QSCHEMA There is a QSHOW command called Show Subfile which works identically to Show File and produces a report with the same information Some of the columns are off horizontally but our Quiz example program fixes that Use the QSHOW command Set Compressed to suppress the page numbers and other heading information in the QSHOW report A sample output from QSHOW would look like this Subfile F184A PC Permanent Format 3 Record Size 138 Bytes Item Type Offset Size Occurs PRON CHARACTER 0 18 INSH 18 4 REFN RACTE 22 10 RACTE 32 10 RACTE

User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents